Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 48049
if ��� THIS COPY IS FOR: CITY$ECRETM'� oNTRACTOR iCON PACT N0. CITY SECRETARY 'o SPONSORING DEPT PROJECT MANAGER PMD FILE COPY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound PMD2014-05 City Project # CO2422 FORTWORTH0, BETSY PRICE DAVID COOKE MAYOR CITY MANAGER Steve Cooke Director, Property Management Department Imperial Construction, Inc. O'Connor Architecture & Interior Design June 7, 2016 FOFFICIAL RECORD a ECRETARY FT. ORTH,TX Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 1 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 6/28/2016 - Ordinance No. 22313-06-2016, 22314-06-2016 & Resolution No. 4653-06-2016 DATE: Tuesday, June 28, 2016 REFERENCE NO.: C-27820 LOG NAME: 21 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of a Construction Contract with Imperial Construction, Inc., in the Amount of $6,530,625.00, Including an Owner's Construction Contingency Allowance of$455,625.00, 7.5 Percent, for the Construction of a New Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Hoily Water Treatment Plant Compound, Provide for Administrative Costs in the Amount of$532,304.00 and Authorize Execution of a Contract with Kleinfelder, Inc., in the Amount of$69,889.00 for Materials Testing, for a Total Anticipated Construction Cost of$7,132,818.00, Adopt Resolution Expressing Official Intent to Reimburse Expenditures with Proceeds of Future Debt and Adopt Appropriation Ordinances (2014 BOND PROGRAM) A (COUNCIL DISTRICT 9) RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: 1. Adopt the attached resolution expressing official Intent to Reimburse expenditures with proceeds of future debt for the Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility; 2. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Equipment Services Fund in the amount of$70,000.00 and decreasing the unassigned net position by the same amount; 3. Authorize the transfer of$400,000.00 from the Sun Country Tank Project to supplement the funding to the Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility Project; 4. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the amount of$400,000.00 in the Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility Project of the Water/Sewer DPN Fund; 5. Authorize execution of a construction contract with Imperial Construction, Inc., in the amount of $6,530,630.00 including an Owner's Construction Contingency allowance of$455,625.00, (7.5 percent of the base bid), for the construction of a new Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound; and 6. Authorize execution of a contract with Kleinfelder, Inc., in the amount of$69,889.00 for materials testing associated with the construction of a new Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound. DISCUSSION: A new Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound was recommended by three different fleet consultants over the past 15 years (2002 Transportation r Logname: 21MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY Page I of Consultants, Inc., 2006 Scoping Study and 2010 Mercury Associates). These studies noted that 14-16 large heavy duty bays were needed to meet the maintenance needs of the existing Water Department fleet of 750+ vehicles. The current facility has 11 small bays. Design was funded by the 2014 Bond Program (Mayor and Council Communication (M&C) C-27081) and construction is being funded using the Water/Sewer DPN Fund and the Equipment Services Fund. The City of Fort Worth issued a Request for Proposals (RFP) and received (11) proposals on January 28, 2016 for construction of the new Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound. Five of these firms provided the Post Proposal—Pre Award Submittals. These firms were: • Cooper General Contractors • Haydon Building Corp • Imperial Construction, Inc. • Muckleroy & Falls •Thos. S. Byrnes, Ltd. On February 19, 2016, these five complete proposals were reviewed by members of the Water Department, Property Management Department and the M/WBE Office. They were evaluated for best value based on the selection criteria set forth in the Request for Proposals. The selection team recommends that the City enter into negotiations for the construction of this new facility with Imperial Construction, Inc. r- Muckleroy � Thos S Selection Criteria I Imperiat Cooper Falls Byrne Haydon Proposed Price 55 F 60 1 55 53 1 53 M/V11BE F 5.5 2.0 1 5.5 F 5.0 2 Proposed Schedule 10 10 10 10 0 Reputation/Experience [_9 F 7-1 8 1 8 7( 8� Past Relationship with City of 10 I 5 6 10 F 5 Fort worth TOTAL F 89.5 F 84.0 84.5 F 86.0 68.0 The overall project costs are expected to be as described in table below: Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility i Totals I Architectural & Engineering Design $ 704,800.00 Project Management, Survey, Geotechnical, Bid Advertisement, etc. F$-75,200.00 Design Phase Total $ 780,000.00 Construction Contract (Imperial Construction, Inc. including 7.5% of $6,530,625.00 the Base Bid as an Owners Construction Contingency Allowance) Materials Testing (Kleinfelder, Inc.) $ 69,889.00 Project Administration Cost: Site Utilities, IT, Security, Project r$ 532,304.00 Management, Contingency, FFE, Etc. Construction Phase Total $7,132,818.00 Logname: 21 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY Page 2 of 4 }} Project Total ,,., .. ._... j e _ _ ���,��as18.00 In accordance with the Chapter 7, Article 111, Section 7-47, Section 109.2.1 of the City Code, Building Permit Fees are waived for this project. This project is anticipated to be included in a future revenue bond issue for the Water and Sewer Fund. Available cash within the Water and Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio along with the appropriation authority authorized under the Direct Purchase Note (DPN) Program will be used to provide interim financing for this project until debt is issued. To the extent resources other than the Water and Sewer portfolio are used to provide interim financing, the Water and Sewer Fund will be charged interest that is equivalent to the overall rate of return being earned by the City portfolio (currently approximately one-percent annually). Should the City's portfolio not support the liquidity needed to provide an interim short-term financing source, another funding source will be required, which could mean issuance of securities under the DPN Program or earlier issuance of Water and Sewer revenue bonds than is currently ^� planned. Once debt associated with this project is sold, bond proceeds will be used to reimburse the Water and Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio in accordance with the attached Reimbursement Resolution. The City Council adopted the Water Department's Fiscal Year 2016 - 2020 Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan on February 2, 2016 (M&C G-18662). This City Council adopted plan includes this specific project, with funding identified through the DPN Program to be reimbursed with future revenue bonds. In accordance with the provisions of the Financial Management Policy Statements, Staff anticipates presenting revenue-supported debt issuances to the City Council for consideration within the next three years. This debt must be issued within approximately three years to provide reimbursement for these expenses. If that does not occur, the costs will no longer be reimbursable by issuing tax-exempt debt and the funding source will have to be made whole through other budgetary methods. Adoption of the attached Reimbursement Resolution does not obligate the City to sell bonds, but preserves the ability to reimburse the City from tax-exempt bond proceeds FUNDING SOURCES - Project Funding is coming from multiple sources. The design was paid for through the 2014 Bond Program. The construction will be funded through the Water/ Sewer DPN Fund and the Equipment Services Fund. M/WBE OFFICE - Imperial Construction, Inc., is in compliance with the City's Business Diversity Enterprise (BDE) Ordinance by committing to 16 percent MBE participation on the base bid. The City's MBE goal on the base bid contract is 11 percent. The new Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 9. FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION: The Director of Finance certifies that the appropriation for this project is available as directed by M&C G- 18375 in the Water/Sewer DPN Fund Programmable Project No. P00004 for the Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility Project. Upon approval of the above recommendations and adoption of the attached reimbursement resolution and appropriation ordinances, funds will be available in the current capital budgets as appropriated, of the Water/Sewer DPN Fund and Equipment Services Fund. Logname: 21MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY Page 3 of 4 FUND IDENTIFIERS (FIDs): TO Fund Department Account Project Program Activity Budget Reference # Amount ID ID Year Chartfield 2 &4 56005 0600430 4905420 CO2422 C00780 2016 $200,000.00 56005 0600430 5740010 CO2422 C00780 2016 $200,000.00 3&4 56005 070043 4905420 CO2422 C00780 2016 $200,000.00 56005 0700430 5740010 CO2422 C00780 2016 $200,000.00 60101 0212030 5900011 $70,000.00 1602011 0210420 4960101 CO2422 C00780 2016 $70,000.00 1602011 0210420 1 1 CO2422 I I C00780 2016 $70,000.00 FROM Fund Department Accouni Project Program Activity Budget Reference # Amount ID ID Year Chartfield 2 56005 0600430 5740010 CO2659 C01880 2016 $400,000.06 5 56005 0600430 5740010 CO2422 C00780 2016 $3,265,312.50 5)1560051 0700430 5740010 CO2422 C00780 2016 $3,265,31 2.5 r )1560051 0600430 5330102 CO2422 C00780 2016 $34,944.00 )1560051 0700430 53301021 CO2422 C00780 1 2016 $34,945.00 CERTIFICATIONS: Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Jay Chapa (5804) R Originating Department Head: Steve Cooke (5118) Additional Information Contact: Brian Glass (8088) ATTACHMENTS 1. 1295 Imperial MVMF.pdf (Public) 2. 21 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AO.revised.docx (Public) 3. 21 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY A02.revised.docx (Public) 4. 21 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance REIMB RESOLUTION Version1.doc (Public) 5. 21 MUNICIPALVEHICLEMAINTENANCEFACILITY edits.docx (CFW Internal) 6. 21MUNICIPALVEHICLEMAINTENANCEFACILITY Edits.pdf (CFW Intemal) 7. Compliance Memo - Imperial Construction.pd (CFW Internal) 8. Holly New Vehicle Maint Aerial.pdf (Public) 9. Kleinfelder 1295.0f (Public) 10. SAM Report Imperial Holly MVMF.pdf (CFW Internal) Logname: 21MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY Page 4 of 4 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND R � y G y MIlJ6E'Il11 MUSEVU TS awtx Y.IRQ t I yy �u AA 8tER 1 I IL r;R L�N.c1�srFa 417 LxN AsT it t I tOYT#NIN i �I. y rt r+Y O 7 4 '1 RIVER PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION SITE S 0 A G G F T I - EXISTING w c� VEHICLE MAINT a FACILITY 44E11 Pd£iC* WEHNIE C+4 _ � r17K pE1TEId6if�.TH X 59� �� 'E. ;� r fA #I'+CMF+ r4id#(YiR E'19 Q-6-CZ E R F°``Worth 660 330 0. 660 Feet F(1R1 VV�O TW bid S S � 0 C O N O E om"CIE N 12 o r v o n E m E m m� O C f n a O mE„n C r`v mrn, v 0 w w aq O Opp G C G N � of r ? E m m cMi a O G w N x$ a v+ yhmLL u w t0 V O_ E vn^IQL E NE tO C O�ro w W) m j �r� m M � R T L F d m m M p N�mma a O.�p NNE E a N N to w w M G � O r r m ~ L.. N G M O `�IN Of Vv Le) N o X E o. °gyp N Q C r' Lo Ol mOViL t0 f0 N i^�d�? m01rrC m N W G m m o r c p nZ N � � U a = N N w tlf w w IA Z W o 0 0 0 °• J E vi cWc U_ C U O O O o N N M I` C > O m N N Ny� C O ry OI 0 Nb YJ c V j Z. Q U Of �- W wr 2 .o v� .5wodm m 7 d J ` vJ�mmc �° c cQRa$ r o W OI O Tf mmm m OIm Z � O a 3 AE m M �Y^mm 2 N N C �'3aDr W U J tC om m@I mE uj 41 LL1 F m a 0 2 Q E E o ZUF ww w N ww en p Y U O o E O o N O O M F N U m O WW r m m IL IL Y O OU m oe Smom w o o.e d LL N Q f.rrm'vnmi 9 m°o ao U Joy`- m O1n Z d p�r�@1 m Una QV ;3mr LL em�1�NN 0 Y m H G > rn 00 p E C e d E °Om °o w v d y Cl m C n N E ui o c E c r"g r V� V m m LL d O C�ONN o Jar N�1 Cp 0 2�rti� o�j3mr � � p mUW.mm® UaE uQ. O � w a en w w en U U Z N u o a Z Q N p v c y ug Z J N 3 ti m m 5 w Z w LO O¢ y N � W a c u., c J a o C Gl Q c O1 U Q: t0 V d U y C y d U N C W G C O .'@ p,Q W = of CL c%l QQ� 4 )- W C) m d+ m X33 oaW i � � d m4, W d m y C n Z0 ❑ ZU 3 O y 3 � _LL d "47 O f/l� O NQp f K iE K N v p O O O : WW 9C O O d DJ OQ O J Q o v D QU QU CL d d m a A O'CONNOR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN LTD 304 main street fort worth, texas 76102 ph (817) 877 0691 fax (817) 877 4093 www,oald.n et ADDENDUM Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound VAI Project No.: 15007.000 January 26, 2016 ADDENDUM NO. 9 Addendum to Drawings and Specifications dated November 10, 201.5 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: A. Drawings and Specifications for the above referenced project are hereby revised and amended as follows: ITEM NO. 1 PROJECT MANUAL A. Reference Section 09 91 00, section 2.5-C. Provide High Performance Paint at all exposed framing in Wash Bay. ITEM NO. 2- ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS A. Reference Sheet A605, details 02, 03, 06. Remove references to exterior gyp sheathing and weather barrier. Wall system to be per standard PEMB. ITEM NO. 3 - QUESTIONS FROM BIDDERS: A. Q: C212. Are you aware that if Alternate#1 is chosen, thus moving the building footprint 25'-0° East that the clearance will be approximately 5'-0" of concrete paving and 10'-0" of Flex base? We are concerned that there will not be enough clearance for City Vehicles to navigate around the Wash Bay. A: If the building is extended 25' to the east, the pavement will also be extended/shifted the same distance. This is shown on sheet C203 — Site Plan-Alternate. A note on this sheet also lists the pavement quantities associated with this alternate. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 9 ® O'CONNOR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN LTD 304 main street ip i fort worth, texas 76102 ph (817) 877 0691 fax(8T7) 877 4093 www.00icf.net ADDENDUM Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound OAID Project No.: 04527.00 January 25,2016 ADDENDUM NO. 8 Addendum to Drawings and Specifications dated November 10, 2015 NOTICE TO.BIDDERS: A. Drawings and Specifications for the above referenced project are hereby revised and amended as follows: ITEM NO. 1 PROJECT MANUAL A. Revise Section 09 30 00. Grout to be cement grout with sealer. B. Revise Section 08 41 13. Storefront finish to be High-Performance Organic Finish C. Revise specification Section 11 96 00 General Shop Equipment, page 6, PART 2-PRODUCTS, E. Accessories, 3. Remote start / stop control: ...quantity as indication on plans. The quantity is NOT indicated on plans. Revise to state"Provide one near each hose reel (3720A), two total." D. Revise Section 26 09 23 per the attached. ITEM NO.2 - ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS A. The Stove, Dishwasher and Refrigerator were mislabeled O.F.O.I on elevation 07/A702, however as specified (113100), these item are IN CONTRACT. Reference updated sheet A702 B. Removed some upper cabinets from Breakroom/Training. Reference updated sheet A702 C. Clarification on Overhead Doors: Overhead doors to be 20 Gauge with rounded edge windows 24" wide x 7° high D. Clarification on Type G1 door. Base Bid: Fast Acting Steel Coiling Door;Alternate#4: Fast Acting Overhead Rolling Rubber Doors. E. Revised window schedule to show appropriate heights/sizes. See updated sheet A902 F. Reference details 03, 05&06 on sheet A605. Delete reference to underlayment and coverboard. Roof to be per standard PEMB. (no revised drawing issued for this item) ADDENDUM STRUCTURAL ITEMS �. G. Provide edge angle at OH doors: Ref attached SK-01 MEP/EQUIPMENT ITEMS H. Revision to the underslab plumbing for lower soil PVRs like what's anticipated for this project. Ref attached P502 I. Vehicle exhaust reel shown on sheet Q2.01.1 on column line (K) directly north of column line (1) should be labeled as 3305. Ref. attached Q2.01.1 ITEM NO.3- QUESTIONS FROM BIDDERS: 1. Q: The key designations for the clerestory storefronts AS12-AS14 & as17 do not make sense with the designations noted on the elevations. For example: Det 03 AS12-Window above OH Doors-elevation is marked AS14(14'6"wide, 4 lites), however, on the building elevations, the windows above the OH doors are marked AS12, but, they appear to be 160"wide with 3 lites. Re: Det 04 AS14 North Clerestory Windows - elevation is marked AS12, 4 lites, but, there are also AS12's marked on the South building elevation with 3 lites. Can these designations be clarified?? A: See updated sheets attached. The Aluminum Storefronts in question are as follows- a. AS12= 16'—0"wide,4 lites b. AS13=20'—0"wide,4 lites c. AS14= 14'—6"wide,4 lites d. AS15= 14'—6"wide,4 lites, 1 mechanical fan (5 divisions total) e. AS16=20'—0"wide,4 lites, 1 mechanical fan (5 divisions total) f. AS17=mislabeled, not used. 2. Q: 04/A903 shows window bracing. Is window bracing required for interior windows as well? A: 04/A903 is bracing for aluminum storefront systems with doors(ie:AS2,AS5 and AS8) 3. Q: 03/A903 Need size for angle at head A:As engineered per PEMB manufacturer 4. Q: 19/A302—Need size of embed in Tilt Wall Panel, Need size of angle at OHD track A: No detail 19/A302 is in drawing set. Note: As noted per alternate list(G001),Additional engineering required for tilt wall alternate. 5. Q: In the men's&women's restrooms at the L2 lavatory fixture is there a counter top associated with this fixture? A: The Men's and Women's Locker Room Restrooms have Fabricated Stainless Steel Trough Sinks, ref.sheet A701 and detail 08/A703. There is not an additional countertop at these locations. 6. Q:Are all of the W1 Windows—hollow metal frames with glass or are they aluminum frames with glass? A:W1 windows are hollow metal frames with glass, ref updated detail references on attached revised sheet A902. 7. Q: Detail 01/A701 Calls for the lockers to be 12"x 18" however the elevations indicate 72"tall lockers, which is correct? A: Both. The lockers are 12"wide, 18" deep and 72"tall. 8. Q: I only saw one FEC required in the breakroom/training. Is this all or is there more? A: Reference sheet G002.1. There are both FECs and FEs required per G002.1. 9. Q: There is a specification for Entry Mats and Frames, however none are shown on the drawings.Are there any? A: No Entry Mats and Frames are in this project. Disregard Specification Section. 10. Q: There is a specification section for Wall & Door Protection, however none are shown on the drawings.Are there any? A:Wall Corner Guards should be provided at indicated outside gyp corners. Ref updated sheet A201 Addenda No.7 ADDENDUM 11. Q: There is a specification section for Projection Screens, however none are shown on the drawings.Are there any? A: No projector screen in this project. Disregard Specification Section. 12. Q: There is a specification section for Horizontal Blinds, however none are shown on the drawings.Are there any? A: None Required. Disregard Specification Section. 13. Q: There is not a specification for the aluminum column cover. Can one be provided? A:Aluminum cover to be NorthClad CL Series Column Cover or equal. 14. Q: There's no door type designation for Doors 101A. Looking at the elevation view it looks like they're storefront.Also, Doors 101 B show to be hollow metal in the door schedule but are called out as B2 doors.Are these storefront or hollow metal?What type should we quote? A: These doors shall be aluminum storefront. Reference updated sheet A901. 15. Q: Section 04/A705 shows the Bridge Crane and the PEMB Frame. There is no structural beam shown to support the crane rail and no haunch on the building frame to mount the beam &crane rail. The Equipment Drawings give no sizes for the Crane Rail Support Beam. The Equipment Drawings show an Interior Column that does show up on Structural Drawings. Please provide details or clarification of how the crane rail is to be supported. A: The haunch and support beam to be designed and sized by PEMB manufacturer based on the load requirements. 16. Q: Alternate 3B: a. This alternate provides additional length of the crane rail system for the additional 13/14 Bay. ! b. Should the crane rail system for the south bays be extend into 13 Bay? c. Is the cost of Alternate 3B just the cost of the added length or lengths; or is it to be the full price of"the bridge crane system for all bays in the extended building? E A: Yes, crane rail should extend into Bay 13. Provide full price of system for entire North and extension of South bay at Alternate 3B. 17. Q: Section 09/A606 shows Head Cover Trim. What kind of material is this as it is drawn like a steel plate A: This is a metal trim closure piece per the metal wall panel manufacturer. 18. Q:Alternate 3B. Was the original Alternate 3B deleted from scope as the Bid Form Does not reflect the original Alternate? A: Please clarify question,did the bid form change?? 19. Q: Is a completed Finish Material Schedule being issue, or pre-determined allowances for finish materials? A: No change from what was issued in Add.5 20. Q: No detail or specification description is shown for top of wall tile(references to floor tile). Is a bullnose cap or metal top edge required? A: Bullnose 21. Q: Since there is no ceramic tile called out for floors(only walls)does the waterproof barrier, crack isolation apply to all wall tile? A: Yes 22. Q: No detail is shown for the shower stalls. Plumbing drawings and page 093000-13 seem to indicate this could be tiled stall. Please clarify A: Tiled. Ref A701 23. Q: Page 093000-11 calls for a grout sealer, but epoxy grout is also specified for walls. Is sealer required on epoxy grout? A: Specs updated to be cement grout with sealer 24. Q: The roof is spec'd to be a 2"trapezoidal rib and to be trapezoidal the ribs must be 3"high? A: Roof panel to be 3" high. 25. Q: The crane capacity or loads are not listed anywhere in the specs or plans, which makes it impossible to design the structural building members? + A: Listed in 412200,first paragraph 26. Q: The specs and plans do not match regarding the PEMB wall and roof insulation. Specs call for R19 in roof & R13 in walls. Plans show 2-layers of R13 in roof on wire mesh? A: This was clarified in Addendum 5 Addenda No.7 ADDENDUM 27. Q: The Division 13 specs call for a continuous ridge vent but nowhere on the plans is this shown or mentioned? A: This project does not include a continuous ridge vent. 28. Q: Sheet M102 Plan 01/M102 between column line(J)—(K)the exhaust fan is not tagged, is this EF-12?And is it part of the base bid? A: No fans this location in base bid. Exhaust fans 12 and 13 are included on Sheet M102.1 and are part of the Alternate bids No. 1 and No. 2 29. Q: In the base bid do we have bridge cranes in the odd numbered bays as is shown on A602? A: Yes. 30. Q: Is the highlighted area on the attached sheet to be temporary fence or permanent? A: The construction fence shown in this drawing is temporary, but this only means it will be removed at the end of construction. The chain link fence detail issued in Addendum No.4 should be used for both permanent and construction fencing. This is stated in Note 10 on the detail 31. Q: There are 4 fans shown on A301 and A601,which are reflected ceiling plans and a building section. We do not see these fans anywhere else in the plans, no circuits shown on E-drawings, and not called out or _ specified under section 233400(Fans), or any other section we've found. Not listed as Owner furnished or Contractor furnished equipment. Please advise A: HVLS fans are not the scope of work. Reference updated sheet A301. 32. Q:SR: Please find attached, a request to substitute Honeywell Fire Alarm System for Notifier system specified. Catalog data for the Honeywell system is also attached. A: Honeywell as indicated is an approved substitution. 33. Q: SR: 119600 General Shop Equipment, part 2.01 Washer, Hi-Pressure/Hot Water, NG, Equipment Mark number 3720 and Hose Reel for 3720. We manufacturer an equal to the specifications and I am checking to see if we can submit a substitution request for our Hydro Engineering, Inc. pressure washer equipment? A: Hydro as indicated is an approved substitution. 34. Q: SR:We are the Hormann High Performance Door representatives for Texas, We are requesting approval to quote our Hormann Speed Guardian SG4000,which is a direct competitor to the Rytec Spiral A: The Hormann High Performance Door Flexon Speed Guardian 4000 as indicated is an approved substitution. 35. Q:The Beams& Deck at the Catwalk are not detailed on the Structural Drawings as it states on 01/A605. Can we get the beam and deck sizes for our structural fabricators and erectors? A: The beams, deck and grating for the catwalks will all be part of the PEMB framing package 36. Q:The Grating at the Catwalk is not included in the spec's for size or type.What size&type should be used? A: The beams, deck and grating for the catwalks will all be part of the PEMB framing package 37.. Q: Spec's call for Metal Panel Guard Rail, is this at the Catwalk?Will 3 line rail meet safety requirements? (also,the Metal Panels are not detailed for type in the specs) A: Guardrails at Catwalk are per 03/A606. Metal Panel Guard Rails not used. 38. Q: Section 3/A501.2 shows "Laser Cut Steel Plate"will Plasma cut work for this?What is the Plate thickness? Zinc Rich Primer? A: For the Bay Identification Numbers: Plasma cut is acceptable.1/4"thick plate.Yes. 39. Q:At the top of the stair it shows Stainless Steel Guardrail, per 05/A601.This is a conflict with 03/A601 that states steel handrail. Please clarify A: Railings at the mezzanine are Painted Steel Guardrails 40. Q: Detail 01/A605 shows Channel,Steel Beams&Edge Angle that is not shown on Structural Drawings& Sizes are not listed A:All of the steel required for support of the mezzanine level is shown on 5202, 2/5301,3/5301,and 6/S301. The deck and edge angle shown on 1/A605 are not applicable 41. Q: Detail 02/A605 shows L6x6x1/2 angle that is not shown on Structural Drawings. Please clarify the extent this is used? A:All members for this detail are part of the PEMB framing Addenda No-7 ADDENDUM 42. Q:#9.Steel Angle at Parapet per detail 5/A605 is not shown on Structural Drawings.What size is this? A: All members for this detail are part of the PEMB framing 43. Q: #10.Will we need to supply embeds at Tilt wall?No details are provided A:Tilt wall embeds are not applicable , 44. Q: Detail 7/A605 shows steel angle support.What size?(Not shown on Str. Drawings) A:All members for this detail are part of the PEMB framing 45. Q: Detail 9/A606.2 shows Painted Steel Header Plate.What thickness should be used?Also, is this the same as 9/A606? A: Steel plate not required at 9/A606.2, provide flashing to close off bottom of insulated concrete tilt wall. Steel plate not required at 9/A606,this is head trim per the metal wall panel manufacturer. 46. Q: Details#4/A704 show at steel plate that is not sized.Also,should this have the Abrasive No Slip Surface as listed in the specs? A: Information provided in previous addendum, Ref addendum#5 47. Q: Will there need to be a Galy. Embed Angle at the O.H. Doors? None are shown A: Provide per the attached sketch. — 48. Q:The type of roof and wall insulation-plans and specs do not match up on this A: See Addendum No.5 49. Q: Please clarify door 105.3's location A: This door is removed from schedule 50. Q: Flagpoles were not mentioned in the drawings or specs. Please confirm that flagpoles will not be required A: No flagpoles required. 51. Q:According to the bid specifications,the spec is to use copper pipe for the airlines and black pipe with — welded fittings for the lube pipe. We are told this is not the industry standard for lube and air piping in dealership service departments or maintenance shops. Industry standard,according to equipment contractors, is aluminum piping system with nickel plated brass compression fittings for the air piping, in - conjunction with threaded galvanized pipe at all air drops that are accessible and designed for normal everyday usage. For the lube piping a carbon steel tubing with compression fittings is typical as well as 1" tubing for all lines including waste oil and coolant. We are told both of these methods and materials will show a significant cost savings to the customer due to lower material costs and much more efficient installation procedures. Please let us know if these would be acceptable alternatives to the spec that is listed. — A: No exception to piping materials proposed 52. Section 22 30 00 is calling for a duplex compressor mounted on a 250 gallon horizontal tank. Unable to find horsepower rating and the voltages required. Please advise us as to what the complete specs are for the air compressor A:Reference Air Compressor Schedule on sheet P601 53. Q: We can could not find a clear definition of the wall,and soffit panels (profile,gage,etc) A:Ref.Addendum No.5 54. Q: There is not a spandrel beam drawn in either wall system, block or tilt-up.Are we to provide a spandrel in one or both cases? A: No spandrel beam is anticipated. 55. Q:There are no specs listed for the low-volt switching system. Are there no preferences or was it accidentally left out? It would be very helpful to have specs so there can be an apples-to-apples comparison — of the bids when it comes to low-volt systems. A:Section 260923 is issued with this Addendum. 56. Q:The relay panel that controls the lighting for the office is at the opposite end of the building. Wouldn't it A be preferable to have it located in the same electrical room as Panel L which is near the offices? This would Addenda No.7 _ 1 ADDENDUM significantly shorten the power and control circuit runs for the office lighting. A: No, Office lighting is fed from Panel 'H'thru the relay panel. 57. Q: Sheet A601 section 01 calls for purlins to be spaced at 2' -0" on center. Sheet A605 section 03 & 06 call for underlayment under the roof panels. The 2'—0" purlin spacing and underlayment indicate that there will be decking over the purlins, however no decking is shown or specified. Will decking be used, and if so could you provide specifications so we can determine dead load? If decking is not required will the underlayment also be removed and in not how will it be installed? A: No decking or underlayment. Purlin spacing per PEMB manufacturer. 58. A: Ref Addendum No. 5, Item K and revised drawings 59. Q: Will girt at top of CMU walls need to be designed to support the CMU wall or will the CMU wall be self- supporting? A: All of the walls (except the masonry walls below the mezzanine level)will be laterally supported by the PEMB framing, but could be vertically supported to the foundation as needed. 60. Q: The penthouse located over the service bays does not run the full length of the service bay building (stops short of frame line C), but I can't find a dimension for the length of the penthouse. It appears to stop about 5' short of frame line C. Can you confirm length of the penthouse? A: Reference 02/A202 61. Q: When calculating the eave height of the service bay building based on the peak elevation of 144'-7 5/16" shown on sheet A501 detail 02 "South Elevation", the eave height is approximately 28'—5" at the eave of the building at the sidewalls. This would make the eave height at the edge of the eave extension shown on sheet A605 section 06, 27'—0 X". With the soffit located at 26'—4" and the eave extension eave height of 27'—0 %"the height of the fascia at the eave would only be about 8". The detail on sheet A605 section 06 appears to ® show a fascia height much taller. Are my calculations incorrect?Are there specific eave heights and/or clearance we need to hold to? Please verify condition. A: Clarification of intent provided in attached sketch SK-02. 62. Q: Sheet A501 detail 02 "West Elevation" calls for 24ga seamless gutters. Pre-engineered building gutters will not be seamless. Will it be acceptable to use standard pre-engineered building gutters with seams? A: Yes. 63. Q: Sections 133419-13 of specifications paragraph C, D and E called for 0.022-inch (26ga) trim including cutters and downspouts. As noted in item above, drawings indicate 24ga gutter. Will it be acceptable to provide all trim, including gutters and downspouts in 26ga. Material? A: Yes 64. Q: Sheet A603 sections 04 & 05 indicated 5/8"exterior grade gyp parapet board substrate behind parapet walls. However, it appears that we are to provide standing pre-engineered building framing (girts)for parapet walls. Will special girt space be required for the gyp parapet board? A: Exterior Grade Gyp Parapet Board required behind all parapet walls above roof, PEMB girt spacing as required. (Note: Extended parapet above entry/behind signage will require add'I framing/bracing as shown.) 65. Q: Several locations on the drawings show an elevation of 125'—0"7.0. wall. However, it doesn't appear to go to the top of any walls. Can you clarify what this dimension is going to? A: This 125'—0" elevation/level tag can be disregarded. 66. Q: Sheet A604 section 02"Wall Section-Wash Bay" has a note as follows: NOTE: All exposed finishes at interior of wash bay shall be corrosion resistant. Seal all nicks and penetrations through finishes. Will the wash bay framing need to be galvanized or will a finish paint be applied in the field? A: Corrision resistant paint on all exposed steel. 67. Q: Will you accept StoGuard Systems—Emerald Coat as an approved equal for Vapor Permeable Membrane Air Barrier per specification section 072726? A: StoGuard as indicated is an approved substitution. 68. Q: To provide a complete cost for Alternate 2, we need drawings that provide a design of a foundation that will accommodate Tilt Wall Construction, panel reinforcing and connections to the pre-engineered metal building. A: Note: As noted per alternate list(G001),Additional engineering required for tilt wall alternate. Addenda No.7 ADDENDUM 69. Q: S202/A601. The Elevations for the loft slab on S202, over the Riser Room, do not match Section 03/A601 for the Riser Room. Which is correct? A: Top of Slab/Finish Floor Elevation is 116'—8". Reference updated sheet A705 attached. 70. Q: 02/A605. Are there any other supports for the Catwalk besides the 6 x 6 x'/"angles as shown? A: The beams, deck and grating for the catwalks will all be part of the PEMB framing package 71. Q: Please clarify dimensions of window W1. A:4'—0"x 4'—0", ref schedule. See revised sheet A902 72. Q: Please confirm traffic control will not be required for this project. A: Confirmed. 73. Q: Throughout the contract documents, references to LEED requirements are made, please confirm this is not a LEED project. A: Confirmed. 74. Q: General note II.A. on S001 states the piers to be drilled 3' into the bearing stratum, but 1/S101 call for 4' penetration into the bearing stratum. Please clarify. A:The 4' penetration into Gray Limestone will control and should be used. 75. Q:Will there need to be a Galv. Embed Angle at the OH Doors, none currently shown. A: See attached sketch SK-01 for embed angle detail. 76. Q: Refer to the civil drawings.All the scales appear to be half of what they should be, please verify the scales are correct. A: The civil scales are correct. The graphic scale controls and will vary depending if the contractor prints sheets out to full size(30x42)or half size(15x21) 77. Q: Please refer to the mechanical drawings. Please confirm whether the MUA Round Duct in the Vehicle '* Bays need to be insulation. The specifications are unclear. A: Insulation is not required. 78. Q: Please refer to the mechanical drawings. Do the Combustion Air duct, Vehicle Exhaust Flues and Radiant Heater Exhaust need to be insulated? A: Insulation is not required. Addenda No.7 ADDENDUM END OF ADDENDUM NO 8 i Addenda No.7 an City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION 084113 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior and interior storefront framing. 2. Exterior and interior manual-swing entrance doors and door-frame units. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details,material descriptions,dimensions of individual components and profiles, and fmishes. B. Shop Drawings: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts. Include plans, elevations,sections,full-size details,and attachments to other work. 1. Include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for draining moisture occurring within the assembly to the exterior. 2. Include full-size isometric details of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts,showing the following: a. Joinery,including concealed welds. b. Anchorage. C. Expansion provisions. d. Glazing. e. Flashing and drainage. 3. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal,weather,air,and vapor barriers. ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113 - 1 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. D. Fabrication Sample: Of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of assemblies,made from 12-inch lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following: 1. Joinery, including concealed welds. 2. Anchorage. 3. Expansion provisions. 4. Glazing. 5. Flashing and drainage. E. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors,frames, and related work to ensure proper size,thickness,hand,function, and finish of entrance door hardware. F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria,including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Preconstruction Laboratory Mockup Testing Submittals: 1. Testing Program: Developed specifically for Project. 2. Test Reports: Prepared by a qualified preconstruction testing agency for each mockup test. �+ 3. Record Drawings: As-built drawings of preconstruction laboratory mockups showing changes made during preconstruction laboratory mockup testing. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Energy Performance Certificates: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts, accessories, and components,from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: NFRC-certified energy performance values for each aluminum-framed entrance and storefront. D. Product Test Reports: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts,for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. E. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113-2 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions,arrangements,alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines,to one another, and to adjoining construction. 1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects,as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed,submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.8 MOCKUPS A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings or, if not shown on Drawings, as directed by Architect. 2. Testing shall be performed on mockups according to requirements in"Field Quality Control"Article. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements,approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Structural failures including,but not limited to,excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113 -3 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 C. Deterioration of metals,metal finishes,and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas. e. Failure of operating components. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Deterioration includes,but is not limited to,the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. C. Cracking, checking,peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL- ' A. VOC Limits: any adhesives, sealants,paints, or coatings shall meet the VOC limits indicated in Section 018113. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer,as defined in Section 014000"Quality Requirements,"to design aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts. B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture,fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. 1. Aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts shall withstand movements of supporting structure including,but not limited to,story drift,twist,column shortening,long-term creep,and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2. Failure also includes the following: a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. ALUMIIVUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113-4 STOREFRONTS R City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 C. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners,attachments,and other components. e. Failure of operating units. C. Structural Loads: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. D. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure,as follows: 1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch,whichever is less. _ 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller. 3. Cantilever Deflection: Where framing members overhang an anchor point,as follows: a. Perpendicular to Plane of Wall: No greater than 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 11 feet 8-1/4 inches or 1/175 times span,for spans less than 11 feet 8-1/4 inches. E. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows: 1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures,assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies,including anchorage,do not evidence material failures,structural distress,or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity,but not less than 10 seconds. F. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows: 'a 1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area: a. Maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq.ft.at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.5.7 lbf/sq.ft.. 2. Entrance Doors: a. Pair of Doors: Maximum air leakage of 1.0 cf n/sq.ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq.ft.. b. Single Doors: Maximum air leakage of 0.5 cfm/sq.ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq.ft.. G. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows: ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113-5 STOREFRONTS M w City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure,but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. H. Water Penetration under Dynamic Pressure: Test according to AAMA 501.1 as follows: 1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested at dynamic pressure equal to 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq.ft.. 2. Maximum Water Leakage: No uncontrolled water penetrating assemblies or water appearing on assemblies'normally exposed interior surfaces from sources other than condensation. Water leakage does not include water controlled by flashing and gutters, or water that is drained to exterior. I. Interstory Drift: Accommodate design displacement of adjacent stories indicated. 1. Design Displacement: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Test Performance: Complying with criteria for passing based on building occupancy type when tested according to AAMA 501.4 at design displacement and 1.5 times the design displacement. J. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as PE follows: 1. Thermal Transmittance(U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.57 Btu/sq.ft.x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100. 2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient:Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.40 as determined according to NFRC 200. 3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified condensation resistance rating of no less than 35 as determined according to NFRC 500. K. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes: 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F,ambient; 180 deg F,material surfaces. 2. Thermal Cycling: No buckling; stress on glass;sealant failure; excess stress on framing, anchors,and fasteners;or reduction of performance when tested according to AAMA 501.5. a. High Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: That which produces an exterior metal-surface temperature of 180 deg F. b. Low Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: 0 deg F. C. Interior Ambient-Air Temperature: 75 deg F. ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113-6 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: i 1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Kawneer North America. 3. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope. 4. United States Aluminum, 5. YKK AP America Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain all components of aluminum-framed entrance and storefront system,including framing and accessories,from single manufacturer. 2.4 FRAMING A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded-or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Construction: Thermally broken. 2. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3. Glazing Plane: Front. 4. Finish: High-performance organic finish. 5. Fabrication Method: Field-fabricated stick system. B. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard,continuous backer plates for framing members,if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining,nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Materials: 1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars,Rods,Profiles,and Tubes: ASTM B 221. C. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. 2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00;applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM,and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard. a. Structural Shapes,Plates,and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.. ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113-7 .r STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. C. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A l0l lM. 2.5 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS A. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual-swing operation. 1. Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch overall thickness,with minimum 0.125-inch- thick, extruded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. 2. Door Design: Medium stile;3-1/2-inch nominal width. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled,snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door. 2.6 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A. Entrance Door Hardware: Hardware not specified in this Section is specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." B. General: Provide entrance door hardware and entrance door hardware sets indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets"Article for each entrance door to comply with requirements in this Section. 1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity,item,size,finish or color indicated,and products complying with BHMA standard referenced. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function,sequence of operation,and interface with other building control systems indicated. 3. Opening-Force Requirements: a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch and not more than 30 lbfto set the door in motion[and not more than 15 lbf to open the door to its minimum required width. b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 5 lbf to fully open door. C. Designations: Requirements for design,grade,function,finish,size,and other distinctive qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in"Entrance Door Hardware Sets"Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as follows: 1. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description,quality,and function. ALUN]NUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113 -8 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 D. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21,raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2,with maximum height of 1/2 inch. 2.7 GLAZING A. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing." B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black,resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets,setting blocks,and shims or spacers. C. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer. D. Weatherseal Sealants: ASTM C 920 for Type S;Grade NS; Class 25;Uses NT,G,A, and O;chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with structural sealant ` and other system components with which it comes in contact;recommended by structural-sealant,weatherseal-sealant,and structural-sealant-glazed storefront manufacturers for this use. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant,nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements,wind loads, or vibration. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads,fabricated from 300 series stainless steel. B. Anchors: Tbree-way adjustable anchors with minimum adjustment of 1 inch that accommodate fabrication and installation tolerances in material and fmish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by manufacturer. 1. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron,malleable-iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements. C. Concealed Flashing: Dead-soft,0.018-inch-thick stainless steel,ASTM A 240/A 240M of type recommended by manufacturer. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos,formulated for 30-milthickness per coat. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before fmishing. ALUMIIVUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113-9 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Fabricate components that,when assembled,have the following characteristics: !, 1. Profiles that are sharp,straight,and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior for vision glass and exterior for spandrel glazing or metal panels. �. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. E. Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using screw-spline system. F. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door- operation and for installing entrance door hardware. 1. At exterior doors,provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. 2. At interior doors,provide silencers at stops to prevent metal-to-metal contact. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single-door frames and two silencers on head of frames for pairs of doors. G. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware. 1. At pairs of exterior doors,provide sliding-type weather stripping retained in adjustable strip and mortised into door edge. 2. At exterior doors,provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. H. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill,and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes. I. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.10 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. High-Performance Organic Finish: 2-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare,pretreat,and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'written instructions. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected from paint manufacturer's standard colors. ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113- 10 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ~" Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 B. n 1 n di Finish: A n T a n 611,AA M1 7n'S T n 4244 A Class!,%D.018.,R., e thicken 1 Gel Dark br-e ze . G02V1: PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals,protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry,protect against a.. corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200"Joint Sealants"to produce weathertight installation. D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. E. Install operable units level and plumb,securely anchored, and without distortion. Adjust weather-stripping contact and hardware movement to produce proper operation. F. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000"Glazing." G. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113- 11 STOREFRONTS y City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers'written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 3. Alignment: a. Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2 inch wide,limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch. b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide,limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch. C. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more,limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch. 4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/2 inch over total length. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Field Quality-Control Testing: Perform the following test on representative areas of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts. 1. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun,areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration. a. Perform a minimum of two tests in areas as directed by Architect. C. Aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Entrance Door Hardware: ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113- 12 STOREFRONTS P City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance,and removal and replacement of entrance door hardware. 2. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion,provide six months'full maintenance by skilled employees of entrance door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance,repair or replacement of worn or defective components,lubrication,cleaning,and adjusting as required for proper entrance door hardware operation at rated speed and capacity. Use ++ parts and supplies that are the same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. am 3.6 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE SETS A. Refer to Section 087100. ~' END OF SECTION 084113 d" ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND 084113- 13 STOREFRONTS City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION 093000-TILING a PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 1. Ceramic,procelain, and stone tile. 2. Glazed wall tile. 3. Stone thresholds. 4. Waterproof membrane for thinset applications. 5. Crack isolation membrane. 6. Metal edge strips. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General:Definitions in the ANSI A 108 series of file installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series:ANSI A108.01,ANSI A108.02,ANSI A108.1A,ANSI A108.113, r ANSI A108.1C,ANSI A108.4,ANSI A108.5,ANSI A108.6,ANSI A108.8,ANSI A108.9,ANSI A108.10,ANSI A108.11,ANSI A108.12,ANSI A108.13,ANSI A108.14,ANSI A108.15,ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17,which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Module Size:Actual tile size plus joint width indicated. D. Face Size:Actual file size,excluding spacer lugs. ■ 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. PreinstalIation Conference:Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review requirements in ANSI A108.01 for substrates and for preparation by other trades. TILING 093000-1 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials:Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. 1. Obtain setting and grouting materials,except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate,from single manufacturer. 2. Obtain waterproof membrane and crack suppressant membranes,except for sheet products,from manufacturer of setting and grouting materials. C. Source Limitations for Other Products:Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer: 1. Stone thresholds. 2. Waterproof membrane. 3. Crack isolation membrane. 4. Cementitious backer units. 5. Metal edge strips. 2.2 PRODUCTS,GENERAL A. VOC Limits: any adhesives, sealants,paints,or coatings shall meet the VOC limits f indicated in Section 018113. B. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard:Provide file that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions,and other characteristics indicated. 1. Provide file complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated. C. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials:Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02,ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles,ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in file installation schedules,and other requirements specified. D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges,blend tile in factory and package so file units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. E. Mounting:For factory-mounted tile,provide back-or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where tile is indicated for installation on exteriors,do not use back-or edge-mounted tile assemblies unless file manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of -� successful in-service performance. F. Dynamic.Coefficient of Friction(level interior tiles that will be walked on when wet) per ANSI A137.1:DCOF(Dynamic Coefficient of Friction)of>0.42,DCOF,per DCOF AcuTestSM method. TILING 093000-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Tile:As scheduled. i 1. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction:Not less than 0.42. 2. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile.Provide shapes as follows,selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. External Corners for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose,same size as adjoining flat tile. b. Internal Corners:Field-butted square corners.For coved base and cap use angle pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes. 2.4 THRESHOLDS A. General:Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. 1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope,with lower edge of bevel aligned with or up to 1116 •F inch above adjacent floor surface.Finish bevel to match top surface of threshold. Limit height of threshold to 1/2 inch or less above adjacent floor surface. B. Marble Thresholds:ASTM C 503/C 503M,with a minimum abrasion resistance of 10 according to ASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241/C 241M and with honed finish. 1. Description:Uniform,fine-to medium-grained white stone with gray veining. 2. Description:Match Architect's sample. 2.5 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. General:Manufacturer's standard product,selected from the following,that complies with ANSI A 118.10 and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Chlorinated Polyethylene Sheet:Nonplasticized,chlorinated polyethylene faced on both sides with nonwoven polyester fabric. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following. a. Noble Company(The);Nobleseal TS. 2. Nominal Thickness: 0.040 inch. C. Fabric-Reinforced,Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and continuous fabric reinforcement. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: TILING 093000-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 a. Custom Building Products;9240 Waterproofing and Anti-Fracture Membrane. b. Laticrete International,Inc.;Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane. C. MAPEI Corporation; .a 2.6 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE A. General:Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI Al 18.12 for high performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Chlorinated Polyethylene Sheet:Nonplasticized,chlorinated polyethylene faced on both sides with nonwoven polyester fabric; 0.030-inch nominal thickness. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Noble Company(The);Nobleseal CIS. C. Fabric-Reinforced,Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and fabric reinforcement. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Custom Building Products;9240 Waterproofing and Anti-Fracture �* Membrane. b. Laticrete International,Inc.;Laticrete . C. MAPEI Corporation;Mapelastic HPG with MAPEI Fiberglass Mesh. 2.7 SETTING MATERIALS A. Portland Cement Mortar(Thickset)Installation Materials:ANSI A108.02. 1. Cleavage Membrane:Asphalt felt,ASTM D 226/1)226M,Type I(No. 15); or .� polyethylene sheeting,ASTM D 4397,4.0 mils thick. 2. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized,welded-wire fabric,2 by 2 inches by 0.062-inch diameter; comply with ASTM A 185/A 185M and ASTM A 82/A 82M,except for minimum wire size. 3. Latex Additive:Manufacturer's standard water emulsion,serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water,of type specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use with field-mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed. B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar(Thinset):ANSI Al 18.4. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: TILING 093000-6 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name;product name or designation>or comparable product by one of the following: a. Ardex Americas. b. Custom Building Products. C. Laticrete International,Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation. 3. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible,vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 4. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin liquid-latex additive at Project site. 5. For wall applications,provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A 118.4. C. Medium-Bed,Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: Comply with requirements in ANSI A118.4. Provide product that is approved by manufacturer for application thickness of 5/8 inch. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation>or comparable product by one of the following: a. Ardex Americas. b. Custom Building Products. C. Laticrete International,Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation. 2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 3. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin liquid-latex additive at Project site. 2.8 GROUT MATERIALS A. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as requited to produce color indicated. B. Standard Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Custom Building Products. b. Laticrete International, Inc. C. MAPEI Corporation. C. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI Al 18.3[, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less]. TILING 093000-7 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following: a. Custom Building Products. b. Laticrete International,Inc. C. MAPEI Corporation. 2. Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure to temperatures of up to 140 and 212 deg F,respectively, and certified by manufacturer for intended use. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds:Latex-modified,portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips:Angle or L-shaped,height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base,designed specifically for flooring applications;stainless-steel,ASTM A 666,300 Series exposed-edge material. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide "R Insert manufacturer's name;product name or designation or comparable product by one of the following: a. Schluter Systems L.P. C. Tile Cleaner:A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces,specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions where tile will be installed,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm;dry;clean;free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials,including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap,wax,oil,or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI Al 08.01 for installations indicated. TILING 093000-8 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A 108.01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified. b. Verify that protrusions,bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. 3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors,recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated,adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks,holes,and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. T B. Where indicated,prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains. C. Blending:For tile exhibiting color variations,verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.If not factory blended,either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.3 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic,Glass,and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile"that are referenced in TCNA installation methods,specified in tile installation schedules,and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations,follow procedures in the ANSI A 108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Exterior tile floors. b. Tile floors in wet areas. C. Tile swimming pool decks. d. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. e. Tile floors consisting of rib-backed tiles. TILING 093000-9 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated.Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns.Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints.Fit tile closely to electrical outlets,piping, fixtures,and other penetrations so plates,collars,or covers overlap tile. D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges. E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile,vary setting-bed thickness so that tiles are flush. F. Jointing Pattern:Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated.Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area.Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile.Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. 1. For tile mounted in sheets,make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. 2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base,walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor,base,walls,or trim,align j oints unless otherwise indicated. G. Joint Widths:Unless otherwise indicated,install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch. 2. Quarry Tile:3/8 inch. 3. Pressed Floor Tile:3/8 inch. 4. Glazed Wall Tile: 1/16 inch. 5. Porcelain Tile: 3/8 inch. H. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. I. Expansion Joints:Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints,including control,contraction,and isolation joints,where indicated.Form joints during installation of setting materials,mortar beds,and tile.Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. -+ 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates,locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. J. Stone Thresholds:Install stone thresholds in same type of setting bed as adjacent floor unless otherwise indicated. TILING 093000- 10 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1. At locations where mortar bed(thickset)would otherwise be exposed above adjacent floor finishes,set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar(thinset). 2. Do not extend waterproofing under thresholds set in latex-portland cement mortar.Fill joints between such thresholds and adjoining tile set on waterproofing with elastomeric sealant. K. Metal Edge Strips:Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet,wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. L. Grout Sealer:Apply grout sealer to cementitious grout joints in tile floors according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions.As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints,remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. 3.4 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install panels and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated.Use latex-portland cement mortar for bonding material unless otherwise directed in manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. B. Allow waterproofing to cure and verify by testing that it is watertight before installing tile or setting materials over it. 3.6 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A 108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. B. Allow crack isolation membrane to cure before installing tile or setting materials over it. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile.Provide '! new matching units,installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting,clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. TILING 093000- 11 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation.Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned.Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning.Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining,damage,and wear.If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection,remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.9 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Floor Installations,Concrete Subfloor: 1. Quarry Tile Installation:TCNA F112 and ANSI A108.1B;cement mortar bed (thickset)bonded to concrete. a. Bond Coat for Cured-Bed Method:Dry-set portland cement mortar. b. Grout: EpeKy-gFeutStandard cement grout. 2. Ceramic Tile Installation:TCNA Fl 13;thinset mortar. a. Thinset Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. b. Grout:EpexStandard cement grout. 3. Ceramic Tile Installation:TCNA F122;thinset mortar on waterproof membrane. a. Thinset Mortar:Latex-portland cement mortar. b. Grout: Epe} Standard cement grout. 4. Ceramic Tile Installation:TCNA F125A;thinset mortar on crack isolation membrane. . a. Thinset Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. b. Grout:€tem}- Standard cement grout. B. Interior Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: TILING 093000-12 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 I. Ceramic Tile Installation:TCNA W243;thinset mortar on gypsum board. a. Thinset Mortar:Latex-portland cement mortar. b. Grout:EpeKy-gFeufStandard cement grout. 2. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W245 or TCNA W248;thinset mortar on glass-mat,water-resistant gypsum backer board. a. Thinset Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. b. Grout:Epe*y-greitStandard cement grout. C. Shower Receptor and Wall Installations: ` I. Ceramic Tile Installation:TCNA B420;thinset mortar on. a. Thinset Mortar:Latex-pordand cement mortar. b. Grout:EgemyStandard cement grout. 2. Ceramic Tile Installation:TCNA B421;thinset mortar on waterproof membrane over solid backing. a. Thinset Mortar:Latex-portland cement mortar. b. Grout:EpeKy grout Standard cement grout. END OF SECTION 093013 TILING 093000- 13 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility 10 NOVEMBER 2015 SECTION 260923 -LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Refer to Section 260510: General Requirements for Electrical Work. B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction with installation of the low voltage lighting control system as indicated in the Contract Documents. 1.2 OVERVIEW A. All relay panel interiors shall be pre-assembled complete with the necessary relays, transformers and devices.Relay panel interiors are to be separate from enclosure so as to permit easy mounting; conduit installation and wire pull to enclosures. Interiors to be inserted last and connections made. B. All components are to be supplied by same manufacturer.Manufacturer to be a supplier of this type of equipment for over 10 years. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products used. B. Submit a one-line diagram of the proposed system configuration for review. 1.4 INSTRUCTION MANUALS A. Supply manuals on system components to permit ease of installation, system operation and maintenance including,but not limited to the following: 1. Lighting control system step-by-step operating instructions. 2. Relay panel schedules indicating circuits connected, inputs assigned, area controlled, panel location and panel equipment details. PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 RELAYS A. 1-pole HID suited for all types of lighting loads. LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM 260923- 1 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility 10 NOVEMBER 2015 1. Lighting control relays mounted in relay panels shall be full load relays suitable for all types of lamp loads up to 20 Amperes. Load contacts shall be able to sustain 1500 amp fault currents for up to 20 milli-seconds. 2. The relay shall be contained in a molded case containing both low and high voltage terminals and shall have a built-in operating lever marked ON/OFF for manual switching at the relay panel. 3. Switching the relay shall be accomplished with ONE signal wire and a common return. The signal wire shall be able to signal ON and OFF and shall also carry status current that indicates if the relay is ON or OFF. 4. UL Listing 20A: 120&277 VAC. B. 2-pole HID suited for all loads including 480V applications. 1. 2-Pole lighting control relays mounted in relay panels shall be full load relays suitable for all types of lamp loads up to 20 Amperes. Load contacts shall be able to sustain 1500 amp fault currents for up to 20 milli-seconds. 2. Switching the relay shall be accomplished with ONE signal wire and a common return. The signal wire shall be able to signal ON and OFF and shall also carry status current that indicates if the relay is ON or OFF. 3. The relay shall be contained in a molded case containing both low and high voltage terminals and shall have a built-in operating lever marked ON/OFF for manual switching at the relay panel. 4. UL Listing 20A: 120,277&480 VAC. 2.2 PRE-ASSEMBLED RELAY PANELS A. Where indicated on the drawings, provide a factory pre-assembled relay panel. The panel's enclosure shall be for surface or flush installation, as indicated on schedule, with a screw-on cover or a hinged door assembly as required. B. The panel shall consist of a pre-assembled interior insert,with capacities for 12,24,36,48 or 72 relays as scheduled.Panel enclosure must be UL/CSA Approved. C. Panel interior shall have the following pre-assembled and pre-wired: 1. Suitable divider separating class 1 and class 2 compartments. 2. Control transformer,UL/CSA approved for class 2 circuits. 3. Low voltage relays as required by switched circuits shown on plans or schedules. 4. Control devices as required. 2.3 RELAY CONTROLS INSTALLED IN RELAY PANELS A. Relay Scanners: 1. When a group of relays is to be switched with a master switch and individual relays are to be switched locally,provide a relay scanner. 2. Each scanner shall be solid state and have 24 relay outputs.An output shall be capable of switching the connected relay ON and OFF. The scanner shall be controlled by a relay switch or by another device such as a time clock. �' LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM 260923-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility 10 NOVEMBER 2015 B. Programmable Relay Scanners: 1. When groups of relays are to be switched by master switches or time controls and it still must be possible to switch individual relays by local switches, provide a programmable relay scanner in the relay panel. 2. Each scanner shall be solid state and have 24 relay outputs.An output shall be capable of switching the connected relay ON and OFF and sensing if the connected relay is ON or OFF. 3. Each programmable relay scanner shall have 5 switch inputs to accommodate master group switches. Each switch input can be set with the keypad built into the scanner to switch some or all of the 24 relay outputs of the scanner.Each switch input must indicate an ON state if any of the relays in the group is ON.If all relays are OFF,then indicate an E OFF state to the master switch. 4. The scanner shall be able to provide an optional flick warn option for each of the 5 groups. After the flick wam, the occupant has 5 minutes to prevent the local lights from switching OFF by activating the local switch. 5. The programming of the scanner shall be user friendly with instructions printed on the scanner label. 2.4 WALL SWITCHES AND ACCESSORIES A. Switches 1. Remote control switches and switch hardware to mount to standard wall boxes. Standard switches mount up to 3 switches per gang. 2. Switches shall be off white plastic. 3. Switches that require an indicator shall be a push button switch,with integral LED's that indicate both ON and OFF states (red=ON, green--OFF). The switch shall have a plastic cap to permit holding a paper identification label. 4. Key switches shall have a nickel tumbler mechanism with integral LED to indicate state. 5. Wiring of switches to be#18 AWG,solid conductor. Check with manufacturer regarding other gauges before installing. Wo B. Switch plates 1. Provide stainless steel switch plates to suit number of switches as shown on the plans. Up to 3 switches can be installed in a 1-gang box.Use filler plugs where appropriate. . 2.5 TIMECLOCK A. 8 channel,TimeClock with the following features: 1. 8 outputs,each individually programmable 2. 7 assignable programs,64 events per program 3. 32 holiday schedules per year 4. Power loss protection:48 hours for time&indefinite program memory 5. Astronomic programming 6. Automatic daylight savings adjustment(selectable) LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM 260923-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility 10 NOVEMBER 2015 2.6 PHOTOCELL&DAYLIGHT CONTROLS A. Outdoor and Skylight Photocell: 1. Provide a photometric sensor, capable of sensing from 1-10,000 foot candles. The sensor is to be connected via 2 conductors, #18 AWG wire to a control unit located in the relay panel. Light levels shall be continuously displayed by LEDs. Set point adjustments shall be easy to set with UP and DOWN control buttons. Instructions shall be printed on the label of the control unit. 2. The control unit shall have two sets of outputs. Both output sets shall be capable of being _ overridden by a remote switch or via a button built into the photocell control unit. Each output can be governed with a time clock(via an enable/disable input). B. Indoor Task Area Daylight Sensor: 1. Provide an indoor daylight sensor to harvest daylight by ON/OFF control of lighting circuits. The sensor shall switch relays ON when natural light is insufficient and OFF when it is sufficient. The sensor shall be ceiling mounted and shall measure light reflected upward from the surface below. The sensor shall be easy to adjust with a range setting and a set-point slider located under the front faceplate. 2. The daylight sensor shall have an adjustable dead-band setting so that cycling effects can ,. be eliminated. 3. The daylight sensor shall also include an enable/disable feature so that the sensor will only operate when desired and will be disabled during off hours. C. Indoor Task Area Daylight Sensor for Dimmable Ballasts: 1. Provide an indoor daylight sensor to harvest daylight by regulating the electronic dimmable fluorescent ballasts. The sensor shall regulate the ballast so that when natural light is bright the lamp is dim and when natural light is dim the lamp is bright. The sensor shall be ceiling mounted and measures light reflected upward from the surface below. The sensor shall have a range setting and a set-point slider located under the front + faceplate. 2. The sensor shall be compatible with Phillips/Advance Mark VII, Motorola Helios or any other ballast that uses the same dimming control method. The sensor shall connect with 2 wires connected in parallel to a maximum of 50 ballasts. No other connections to the sensor are required for the dimming function. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Ensure that conduit for line voltage wires enters panel in line voltage areas and conduit for low voltage control wires enters panel on low voltage areas. Check manufacturer's drawings for location of line and low voltage areas. B. Provide low voltage wiring as recommended by the manufacturer. LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM 260923-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION �. Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility 10 NOVEMBER 2015 C. Adhere to manufacturer's recommendations as to maximum wire length and maximum quantity _ of relays per switch. END OF SECTION 260923 i ill LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM 260923-5 IfN■LCII NIaL�fla 7A3n 3Av i HILIOM 1210 ; ifoNUaxJlaue:.. ,�,..,.,�,......,. 3nN3nvu3oovouu 6NOSawf ++�w — Ien P8OO dWA.LNtfldAllOH ' F ' ■■ 8 B' ' :C r, Oli NLISiO IOIIi1Nl� Q N0117na1sNOO uoi 3nssl ,,,n �.� IIa1�i11Npi�iONMOt1,0 1 H, H nge , fig; 10 i kill , i « i8HIM `��R EDR RRR � I a i • f ; « na - ■ J._ Pit 8 � e z� CD I III I!I 4--4_.._-- - ...... - - -- --- - .......... a .o x- I I ' i I --- '0 I � x I I I , nP MAIM ...N. -—- --- --------- I 1 him J him 1 r Z &in r I 17-1 F-- ® ® 0 MOB ie hit u (D L -------------- ---------------i-------------- LFI—FF C-S-- WORTH ANOIAICNITICTO LFF' MULLT rLi", 8:E3 E -0-- FORT WORTH,TO 2222 DAGGM A =2 i •� a 1 IMI III n II - ©ro■N - 4 � . Mill o 11'1'1'1'1'11111 Ip 1 oil_._ " 1 II = 1'111;1;1;1;;1 ...1.1.1.1.1'1 p i? p LMAI! s3D — , Illlllllllflll �'' 1�1�1i��1�1�1. IIIIIIIIII�III "�, „ 11111�1�1�11111 1 •'';;'1;1'1;1 1,111,1,1,1,1,1 ' ©D :nil+„ ImH` I ANI I' Mill - '!'!;!;x'111;,;';' •�_ �' � - -i �� n p ���".. �I Np • III, 11111 -�1.1.1.1.1.1• !: -1 �� ' l p IC p � 'ilir i,i,'i:i!i!i!i!i! p ll,� 11i,iflg $b a4•,ii','i; �aD to E Will �N®I .. ,•1.1.1.1•;;;; :'�;�'�;�;!;�; i1�1111,;,1,;,,,;, � ;•;I;1'1.1;1;' IIIII�INWIAI II Iii ti_i'i'1't'i'{•_ _ _ C - W-V oil ............ . ............ Rio -24 UMM Ell I I NEI '666 i = - IIII PH till tool fool till CHI ml "M I 1 n Him f` ;i - . _..._-............................ ...._._..__-.... Nw -- -J ' - ..t_ T• _ r rll TH . :: i — _._ _.._........ _•_ - - -—- - \ - - J ` M - - uI- _. _. En i =_ yN, _"-_ I o _ - - N� EES i z -- _ € ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ORT WORTH r� .,O•coNNOtARCHITECTURE ELEVATIONS ��B HALFF 9f � HOLLY PLANT VMF G ` �h�TEUOt DESIGN tro ! —�rn�_n- I� rw vAi [ asn.m ii.Iaxls ® ?,` 2222DAGGMAVENUE- . FOR7 WORTH TIXAS 76152 vti/InitzLOlti E........- ............ ...._....... . _.....__. _._..._.{J a - - _- - -—_—1 J - _ __- -- ! _ ! -- =--_—= _ ...==-- — =--__ __=—_ ! =-- --__. = —_ _ __ ___ ML _ —_ _ ___ _ __ __ _ _ _— � Ae9yF l CD _-- --- z ie ............. AN A kp3 y ► , o'coNNOtXECxITteTEkE ELEVATIONS _ f,. y ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION FORT WORT • tItlTEtIOt DESIGN LTD e I �1f1J 8�8 HALFF HOLLY PLANT VMF o.eaT.oE ss.sEXme _ tra u.wi.. >4t-i aa.a; E7EtTSOXIS ti. ORTDAGGtTfAVENUE- � ..�nnm® vu' iu� eltWClfEANOFP FORT WORTH TEXAS 76102 mm�ros9xxr t =___ oe Kl 11A q imp kkK Oil oil. s. be — _ 0 - ♦ f�fF111 +Vi a Z -- ---- LJ ISSUE�FORRI UCTION WORTH•� . CONMOtAtCAliFC1E1E ELEYATION6 ' 'B rB HAhFF t HOVTO a INil IIDI DlFIGN lID K F F- p .Fwicau rFAlr+ ° 2222 EIEUE- . t.F ,.^'y•., FORT WORTH TEXAS 76102 vmDro EaDSSw arne,.o i ' b 2R:4 YI�i4/t m-t al'H.laoM lao F J°t p 1'M1 S 4 tl ddi�OHIasV3xNoH OsM a°.Hve d E°. .8�..a,..':•=',•x•:�.wB._..r.v.e. �b��N Me d_'�.-_ ri0�n 1NtndAIIOH USNOO 0 MSSI � i NI]nY O Nn^`N wO.^N J! :wO ir`3nN3AV1 LZZZ AWAH � 201 NOLLOlI . •• S 0 VJ I Y I• uu g I ° m -I- III 5ir3�� � 9 Y I 00 }II � ® s O O ED y� m I � Imo FU I �U a-- I W Qy t -� U2 K e f a uu € I:, ......_._ co C3 m co I N O ��'•. � �� � X75 rc�e a e - f E yy ;I W p q MPF ( f p y5y 0 0 cc a N 2 O S �� - ��-- I �2• mUB � E C) 38 �e O n ' c II I O E 1= I z 3 M - qw 7T—• •R .� G I I........... In 0 LO C Y O �0 o mN� t- --.... tW¢elZl ptMRft �- n 31 H1NOM laOj : ,. .=" 0111°,•o.�;R��� i n •p r'..yi• x� #sw • { P il�`J°Jtl0 LLR tYry•p `►- r•m.�v awrncu m�ta�n tlldAll�H �b��HLZIUZNU� srwo ao�anssi p $.. r, hill E 4� A5� lg8� �' 6 • b �� •� -� 3°g�� yip° 9p �p -tap fi C i 16 d I t 5 1 0 0 IN Is $, I o al a ' i II a �$ O CD jj O'@g�g LU f 8 ig € 'aQ ag ai@ fl p4 a epg5■6 5yyjb eg 9�y y$aa5� Sy 5g a t� Yd�428 bkE 44 (Q L p O o 0 �. - � . 111111@ 991 @11996661616 @6166966116111'9111101166116111 5 111116111 @ @I6NII @II��@ @@ @116 0996191 @@ 00000@ CPI99C @COCCCCC9C99C9CC09CC9C @C69CC9C: 111119191191��@III9911911119 C • Ildl101dlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllfllllll�lll � @ @91E9M@ 16:11 1C — pill lIIII 3 . Ej!9C @9111E €119E� 111 d09909C9oC9990oLOC9oCECC00�9CE�CC09C9COG�CdCC9CCCOCCi 0@ 0909 @ 111111@1@ 11111119 @ @0 @01690�e�1CC60 @;@ � 16169�G606�B91�I�161CI�11663EIIII96696�I�G�E�CI @EB�O G� .� � a 89069066968960609666090996690966606G899C919066096�99 6 3 11�1�I611@ 1111111111�I91111111�I0111191111111�111116►fl� 1916111111111111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII � : . ; 2dtlSiZ1�IQRA 7ALSL SVX31 H180M laoi ar iiONN37YJNltl9 -- ��,inm ne...w e.-euER 3nN3AV 113°JJVO `�� 3l 111]311;]✓IY O;MO,��oA,.LAOS dWA 1NVld AIIOH g�► ' ��l'dH T 8.B � '� !xl l NouonalSNO3 aoi 3nss1 o o w Ll El El I o 3 O S a � a K� •if I $ •� ,�. m 2 l7 r k ® •1 I 6 N O q� ■� y;y o • z ®• �} � �! ® e 5 0 jai CD El 3 1 03 0 S O CN CD Lo LO it 15 CV es F J F yy N N �- F 7683 3 3 ® A p N LO Oy bbbb bbb 9 ! ] Q Z J bi6bbbb LPL b •�� ® yl •�r,•,•, F� E �• 04 aim L� 6 tibiiMQIQF Z0191 3nNS3VtlHOJlailOOM1110:1 d p l O1]lI 3 1M1ON.I].SoVwp3r O01N 3M3O1p]-1",O 1 JtlOnZZ dWA 1NVlKH �91Itl�0MONMw00TO 3ppdanssi NOUonasO Q �i 1 "h 411 J111 m a o o a o z a3 z o z 19 all I P1 i5o. LO 71 0 f r O O Jill X31 of loll 1 gill 89 I2 9 o as 'k e� 3 ; g R ION _ � � �: If .111i 8 1 K Ix x y r km mm oaf -J 0 aas mr Jill oo ti o CO s p e O a O O gg ` B 4 pp F ig g LL h hill 1i 51 AR s9 3 +� FT- C3 3 ° IL u7 Yl�' x _ h '•,+5�"vs '�°}.'�•,'�1;c� S w g i 1 •;r la y,'is,,hu � � pi 9 y a ,7p ! p a <' S fE � M e2 � ❑ e =. Y - 5 8� 38 �eCeg3 � a � y'� ■ 8¢ 5 ��3 e � � ❑ 0 C3 ❑ - m . ........... o zs z o y y � � g 8 ❑a � tau§ �� �� y�4� � p��� � si�i �e �� tl� 5 � oo ! A� a $� ti 9i !eE �5la�ks CO iY 14 Nil 9 a e rn N3 j C-4 k m a i8 h �Z _ - -------------- - ------- 81 'a N �_ .. . | | _ ` � a ■ F. | | � �.�'� � ��■� �| — .2 21 | § § |\ _ NI §] _ ( K - . �| ■ § , � f� | � | � � �� )|. { ■ ,ƒ _ ��■ ■�■ |» — ■ �|m j! % � | r a |7 | ?" k-m� ■ | ISSUE_�_ » � @:8 &HALrr ;,f m�Po a� OIW 2IL _�GmA1'rNUE- _ FORT_TH,TI , / " � * o u IVA 11 Hall I if it a PR floo mHOURI 11H, 111; got Ile » 011 ' 11IN 411,191 d H.' 1� 'e 16 (2) 15 TRIP FONT, �„ �.�PRE—rORMED DRAIN , REFER TO MECH, DRAWS DNEL REFER TO SCHEDULE - , SLOPFR FIN. EL. EL- REFER TO PL Aft T:04, CLI R GRADE BEAM 5 N1�, TOP" ) 5 TAP CO f r1T_ 3 8 C0N,T. P�fffOM ,3 [ 10" O.C. 4 (6) #5 kTTOM CONT. TOP OF FIER EL. #5 CONT. REFER TO PLAN 1 '-41m in RER4MUE@ OVERHEAD DOOR AND TRENCH DRAT DETAIL SCALE- Q . O'C O N N O R ARCHITECTURE revsion no.: revision to sheet no.: project no.: & INTERIOR DESIGN LTD CITY OF FORT Addendum#8 S102 04527.00 304 moln street drawn by. toff wo(th.70x97 lox 18 76102 WORTH ph(8I7)677 0697 lox(817)677 4093 revision date: revision to detail no.: FWNA www.o9ld.nel ... �0 RT�0 RTC 01/22/2016 1 checked by. vai architects Incorporated f//�•••�►►► e FWNA 16000 north dallas parkway,suite 200 r•W response date; sketch rm,: L,� dallas,texas 75248 F,..kw.N.a�aas.«!i' revision no.: Va 1 972934.8885 t 972458.2323 f :L3—"v. >e,— S K-01 / archhe t+ www.vaiarr-hitects.com 1° '=�+»"' ""��' V 4 5'-5 1/2" L 129'-10 3/8" I A INTERSECTION OF TOP OF"V PEMB ROOF AND GRID LINE 4 ar 126'-4" Ah 126'-3 3/4" BOTTOM OF SOFFIT �� 'q-- BEND IN PEMB FRAME —...11_._.......-........_. ........... ........... 3'-4" ELEVATIONS AT EAVE SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0" 0-CONNOR ARCHITECTURE sion no.: revision to sheet no.: project no.: & INTERIOR DESIGN LTC) CITY OF FORT 'Addendum#8 N/A 04527.00 304 main Wool drawn by, loct wofth,texas 76102 ph(817)877*0691 lax(817)877 4093 WORTH revision date: revision to detail no.: ES www.00ld.nel 01/22/2016 N/A checked by. FORT WORTH. OR 18000 north tects incorporated response date: sketch no.: revision no.: dalla3,texas 75248 ,V.M 972.934.8888 t 972.458.2323 f A.hk.ct. ,o:diallas parkway,suite 200 SK-02 www.valarchttects.com I FORTWORTHO i CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO,. 7 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND Request for Proposals Submittal Date: .January 28, 2016 (NOT CHANGED) Attached is the following Addendum. 1. Revised Proposal Form (REVISED 1-21-2016) Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 7 on your Proposal. STEVE COOKE DIRECTOR,PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT By; Brian Glass,AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817392-8488 RELEASE DATE_ January 21, 2016. MVMF Holly Page 1 of 1 Addendum No.7(January 21,2016) PROPOSAL (REVISED 1-21-2016) T0: MR. DAVID COOKE CITY MANAGER ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE 1000 THROCKMORTON CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FOR: Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound 2222 Daggett Avenue Fort Worth, Texas Project PMD2014-05 Pursuant to the foregoing "Instructions to Offerors," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and, if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the following sum,to wit: DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS v --Base Proposal Calendar Days $ Owner's General Contingency Allowance(7.5%)added to Base Proposal (This Allowance amount is not included in the Base Proposal but is added to the Base Proposal. Only the Owner will approve the use of this Allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth). $ Base Proposal Plus Owner's General Contingency Allowance Alternates: 1. Add two vehicle service bays(13&14)by increasing the length of the building by 25'. Price: Additional Days: 2 Add two vehicle service bays(13 & 14) by increasing the length of the of the building by 25'& provide insulated concrete tilt walls at the exterior walls in iue of cmu on cfmf. Price: Additional Days: 3A Provide bridge crane and support rails and beams over the North service bays g (2,4,6,8,10,and 12). Price: Additional Days: Instruction to Offerors Page 9 of 28 Munibipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 3B. Provide bridge crane and support rails and beams over the North service bays (2,4,6,8,10, 12 and 14) at the extended building length descrided in alternates 1 and 2. Price: Additional Days: 4. Provide fast acting overhead rolling rubber doors in lue of overhead coiling doors at the wash bay doors 120B and 120C. Price: Additional Days: 5. Delete two vehicle service bays(11 & 12)by decreasing the length of the building by 25'. Price: Additional Days: UNIT PRICES A For INCREASE of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, excavation, concrete, and reinforcing: 1. For 24" diameter piers: ADD per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: ADD _per linear foot B. For DECREASE of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, excavation, concrete, and reinforcing: 1. For 24"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot Note: Deduct price shall be minimum 66% of add unit price. C. For DELETION of temporary metal casings for drilled pier shafts: 1. For 24"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot Note: Casing is included in Base Proposal. The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within the calendar days specified above after the date of Notice to Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitted as required in the Instructions to Offeror. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof proposed for the above work. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400(Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21 through 13A-29). Residency of Offerors: The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a instruction to Offerors Page 10 of 28 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 ■yr. comparable contract in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet 1 specifications. The failure of out of state or non-resident bidders to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Ll Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. 1_1 Non-resident vendors in (give state), are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Ij Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. Within ten (10)days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the successful bidder will execute the formal contract and will deliver approved Performance and Payment Bonds for the faithful performance of this contact. The attached deposit check in the sum of Dollars ($ )is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attached Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bonds are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE(MBE): (For Proposals in excess of$50,000) 1 am aware that I must submit information to the Director, Transportation and Public Works, concerning the MBE participation within FIVE BUSINECSS DAYS of submittal of this Proposal in order to be considered RESPONSIVE. Respectfully submitted, Company Name By: Signature Printed Name of Principal Title Address: Street City Zip Phone: Fax: Email: Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1: Addendum No.2: Addendum No. 3: Addendum No. 4: Instruction to Offerors Page 11 of 28 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 Addendum No.6: Addendum No.6: Addendum No. 7: Addendum No. 8: Addendum No. 9: Addendum No. 10: M9 Instruction to Offerors Page 12 of 28 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 rO'CONNOR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN LTD 304 main street fort worth, texas 761 02 ph (81 7) 877 0691 fax (817) 877 4093 wwiv.oaid.net ADDENDUM Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound VAI Project No.: 15007.000 January 26, 2016 ADDENDUM NO.7 Addendum to Drawings and Specifications dated November 10, 2015 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: A. Drawings and Specifications for the above referenced project are hereby revised and amended as follows: ITEM NO. 1 PROJECT MANUAL A. None. ITEM NO. 2- ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS A. None. ITEM NO. 3 - QUESTIONS FROM BIDDERS: A. See attached document for answers to questions. END OF ADDENDUM NO.7 Please refer to page 5,Section D-"Pay' General Estimates",of the General Conditions.This item Conditions states that'Ve Contractor shall submit an Pages CERTIFIED PAYROLL affidavit"per payroll period stating compliance with NOT R EQD. Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code.Please confirm that certified payroll will not be required for this proiect. "'r Please refer to page 10,Section E-6 of the General General Conditions.This Rem states that"each Conditions CERTIFIED PAYROLL subcontractor must submit weekly payroll record Page 10 NOT R E Q D. and a weekly statement of compliance".Please confirm that certified payroll will not be required for I this pr9ject. Please refer to drawing A301-Reflected Ceiling A301 Plan.There are four(4)industrial high volume low speed fans located in the service bays. Material/Product information could not be found for these fans.Please provide spec into for the fans. Please confirm that traffic control will not be General required for this project. Requirements Throughout the contract documents,references to General LEED requirements are made.Please confirm that Requiremerrts this proilect is not a LEED project. Please refer to page 9,of the Instruction to instruction to Offerors.There are not any specified areas to fill in Offerors SEE ADDENDUM #6 pricing for the alternates.Please provide direction Page 9 for recording alternate pricing on the proposal form. Please refer to page 10,of tfie Instruction to Instruction to YES Offerors.Are Unit Prices A 8 B to include casing? Offerors Page 10 • i w FO RT WO RT H�� CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 6 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 28, 2016 (NOT CHANGED) Attached are the following Addenda from O'Connor Architecture&Interior Design. 1. Revised Proposal Form (REVISED 1-20-2016) Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No.6 on your Proposal. STEVE COOKE DIRECTOR, PROPERTY,MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT By: Brian Glass,AIA 3 Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817.392-8488 RELEASE DATE: January 20,2016, Page 1 of 1 MVMF Holly Addendum No.6(January 20,2016) PROPOSAL(REVISED 1-20-•2016) T0: MR. DAVID COOKE CITY MANAGER ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE 1000 THROCKMORTON CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FOR: Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound 2222 Daggett Avenue Fort Worth, Texas Project PMD2014-05 Pursuant to the foregoing "Instructions to Offerors," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do al[the work and furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and, if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the following sum,to wit: DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS $ Base Proposal Calendar Days $ Owner's General Contingency Allowance(7.5%)added to Base Proposal (This Allowance amount is not included in the Base Proposal but is added to the Base Proposal. Only the Owner will approve the use of this Allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth). $ Base Proposal Plus Owner's General Contingency Allowance Alternates: 1. Increase the length to accommodate two additional bays. Price: Additional Days: 2. Increase the length and add two bays and utilize tilt wall concrete in-lue-of metal siding. Price: Additional Days: 3A. Provide bridge crane and required structure. Price: Additional Days: 3B. Provide rubber curtain door. Price: Additional Days: Instruction to Offerors Page 9 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facllity at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 4. Shorten length and delete two bays. Price: Additional Days: UNIT PRICES A. For INCREASE of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, excavation, concrete, and reinforcing: 1. For 24"diameter piers: ADD$ per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: ADD$ per linear foot B. For DECREASE of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, excavation, concrete, and reinforcing: 1. For 24"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot Note: Deduct price shall be minimum 66% of add unit price. Y C. For DELETION of temporary metal casings for drilled pier shafts: 1. For 24"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot Note: Casing is included in Base Proposal The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within the calendar days specified above after the date of Notice to Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitted as required in the Instructions to Offeror. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof proposed for the above work. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400(Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21 through 13A-29). Residency of Offerors: The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out of state or non-resident bidders to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Ll Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. Li Non-resident vendors in (give state), are not required to underbid resident bidders. Instruction to Offerors Page 10 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 I B. j�j Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. Within ten (10)days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the successful bidder will execute the formal contract and will deliver approved Performance and Payment Bonds for the faithful performance of this contact. The attached deposit check in the sum of Dollars($ )is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth,Texas, or the attached Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bonds are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE(MBE): (For Proposals in excess of$50,000) 1 am aware that I must submit information to the Director,Transportation and Public Works, concerning the MBE participation within FIVE BUSINESS DAYS of submittal of this Proposal in order to be considered RESPONSIVE. Respectfully submitted, Company Name By: Signature Printed Name of Principal Title Address: Street City Zip Phone: Fax: Email: Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1: Addendum No. 2: Addendum No, 0. Addendum No.4: Addendum No. 5:1 _ Addendum No. 6: Addendum No.7: Addendum No. 8: Addendum No.9: Addendum No. 10: Instruction to Offerors Page 91 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance f=acility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2095 I FORT WO RT H�� CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 5 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 28, 2016 (NOT CHANGED) Attached are the following Addenda from O'Connor Architecture& Interior Design. 1. Revised Specification sections 2. Revised Drawings 3. Questions to answers submitted for clarification. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 5 on your Proposal. STEVE COOKE DIRECTOR, PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT By: Brian Glass, AIA Architectural-Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE: January 15, 2016. MVMF Holly Addendum No.5(January 12,2016) Page 1 of i O'CONNOR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN LTD 304 main street fort worlh, texas 76102 ph(8 17) 877 4691 fax(81 7)877 4093 ADDENDUM oaldta6cgtobat.nel Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound PMD2014-05 FORT WORTH,TEXAS OAID Project No.04527 January 14,2016 ADDENDUM NO.5 Addendum to Drawings and Specifications dated November 10,2015 dw NOTICE TO BIDDERS: A. Drawings and Specifications for the above referenced project are hereby revised and amended as follows: ITEM NO. 1 PROJECT MANUAL A. 012200 UNIT PRICES:Added unit price for over excavation. B. 033543 POLISHED CONCRETE: New section C. 034713 TILT-UP CONCRETE: 1.6—Added requirement for certification. D. 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY: Removed reference to Masonry Unit Insulation. E. 075216 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING: 1.10 — Clarified Warranty to be 20.yr No Dollar Limit F. 083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS: New section G. 083323.10 HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS:Added Cookson to 2.1 Products. H. 084113 ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS: 2.4-Revised glazing plane to"center". I. 085659 SERVICE WINDOW UNITS: New section. J. 096116 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING: 2.2—Added epoxy sealer information. K. 107114 FIXED ALUMINUM SUN SCREENS:2.1 -Added Peachtree to list of manufacturers in section L. 133419 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS: Added Alliance Steel Building Systems to list of manufacturers; revised insulation requirement; added information on panels. M. 230923 BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS: 1.3—Revisions to Contractor ITEM NO.2 - ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS A. General updates were made to wall sections to clarify intent of wall construction. B. Aluminum signage and graphics were revised to be a fabricated design. ITEM NO. 3- QUESTIONS FROM BIDDERS: ADDENDUM A. Q: What Building Code is applied to this project? The Plans say IBC 2009 with Fort Worth Amendments, where can I find those amendments? A: Amendments can be downloaded from City of Fort Worth's web site. B. Q: Is there any spec forthcoming on the Security System? Spec's call for conduit only and there is CCTV and Card Readers on the drawings. A: Cabling/Cameras/Strikes to be provided and installed by others. C. Q: Specifications on Door Hardware do not include electric strikes or card readers. Will this be addressed on an addendum? A: No electric strikes or card readers are included in this project. D. Q: Will there be any substitutions allowed on the Hotsy Pressure wash systems? A: No E. Q: Spec's call for Coiling Counter Doors, but they are not listed on the Door Schedule, where are they? A: There are no Coiling Counter Doors in this project. Please disregard the specification section. F. Q: Is Voice and Data cabling within the scope of the GC as all that is in the Specifications is Voice& Data Cabling Conduit? A: V/D cabling is not included in the scope G. Q: What are you looking for, for Downspouts at Eyebrow Canopy?01/A603 A: Downspout"port" terminates just below canopy, as indicated in 01/A603. Water will drip to surface. H. Q: Is Roof Panel a 3" Trapezoidal roof panel or 2"Vertical Leg and is it the same on the canopies? A: Trapezoidal roof panel. Ref. Section 133419, Paragraph 2.5.A. I. Q: Specs call for a Standard Roof Weather Tightness Warranty, are you not looking for a No Dollar limit warranty? A: Warranty to be No Dollar Limited Warranty. Ref. revised specifications. J. Q: PEMB to Provide Runway Beams only for Bridge Crane from line 1-2, Do we provide from 3-4 or provide as part of Alternate 3? A: Runway Beams at grid 3-4 to be installed as part of base bid. Crane rail, hoist and trolley only are part of alternate#3. '" K. Q: Clarify Roof and Wall Insulation. Spec's and drawings differ A: Wall insulation varies with exterior wall type and alternates(insulated tilt vs. metal building). Typically mineral wool board insulation (R19)at CMU; white vinyl clad metal building insulation (R19) at PEMB metal panels. Roof insulation to be PEMB vinyl clad (R13) insulation with R-13 batt insulation supported on 1"wire mesh. L. Q: Is Interior Liner Panel at Wash Bay only, and at ceiling 22 gauge? Is it"R" Panel? _ A: Basis of Design for interior liner panel to be Mesco IL Panel, 24" wide, 22GA (ref. attached cut sheet). M. Q: Page A901 Finish Schedule. The flooring, tile, carpet, etc. have no styles or color patterns shown, will this be forthcoming? A: Styles/colors to be selected from manufacturers full range. N. Q: The Bid Form in the Instructions to bidders lists the five (5) alternates to be bid. However there are actually six (6) since Alternate 3 is in two parts A and B. Will the form be revised? A: Correct. Please enter Alternate 3A & B as two items under Alternate 3. O. Q: The scale shown on sheets C201, C203, C211, C212, C301, C401 and C601 all show to be 1"=20'0". However they appear to be 1" =40'0". Which scale is correct? A: The scale on these sheets are 1:20 when printed at 30"x42". Please refer to bar scale to verify the sheets are printed to correct size. P. Q: Sheet S 201 at column Line J1 and J4 there is a section cut 4/S102 Typ. It appears that this should be .. 2/S102, Which one is correct? A: 21S102 applies at the pilaster and 4/S102 applies beyond at the edges of the pilaster. (4/S102 was inadvertently labeled with a repeated number 2 on S102.) Addenda No.5doc ADDENDUM Q. Q: Sheet S201 at Column Line J1 there is a section cut 12/S101 thru the door opening. Section 12/S101 is for an interior pile cap. Please clarify? A: The section mark 12/S101 on grid 1 between J and J.9 should be section 8/S102. R. Q: On Sheet S102 Detail 2 the enlarged portion of the grade beam at these locations does not appear to have the reinforcing detailed. Please clarify? A:the reinforcing in the pilaster portion of the section can be found in the pilaster details on sheet S103 that are called out on the plan. S. Q: On Sheet S101 Detail 4 the enlarged portion of the grade beam at these locations does not appear to have the reinforcing detailed. It refers you to 15/S102 and 2/S103 but there is not 15/S102 and 2/S103 does not apply. Please clarify? A: The reinforcing in the pilaster portion of the section can be found in the pilaster details on sheet S103 that are called out on the plan. T. Q: On Sheet S102 Detail 1 indicates a cast in place pre-fabricated Trench Drain. However,the Plumbing Fixture schedule indicates that it is a precast concrete drain and the details do not match on another. Please clarify? A: Trench drains at the service bay door entrances and at the edge of the wash bay alcove shall be pre-manufactured per detail 1/S102. The main trench drain at the wash bay shall be per detail 11/S102 with slotted grate as shown on 1/A606. U. Q: On Sheet A704 Details 01, 04 and 05 show the steel plate bolted to the CMU support walls however, they do not provide a size or thickness or gauge of material for the steel plate. Please provide design intent? A: Refer to revised details (attached). V. Q: Per the structural callouts provided on Sheets S201,the Service Bays will be a SOG, and the Area between Column Lines A&C will be a structural slab. The soils report states"the amount of necessary subgrade modification is dependent upon the moisture content at the time of construction". It is-clear that we have to utilize a 4"thick base course, but please confirm the depth of over excavation that will be required at the SOG. A: Basic recommendation is 12" of moisture conditioned subgrade under the 4" of base material.Any undocumented fill will need to be removed and replaced.Contractor to provide a unit cost on a volume basis for removal and replacement of undocumented fill. Ref. revised section 012200. W. Q: Which hardware section are we to utilize....Section 08710 Door Hardware or Section 087100 Door Hardware. A: Please clarify—only one section 087100 is in the Project Manual. X. Q: At the Service Center Area on the North, West and South Walls,the fluid applied air barrier and the rigid insulation only shows to be installed behind the burnished block areas up to 10'to 12' (depending on the location). The air barrier and rigid insulation are not shown above 12' (see 02/A603, 08/A606). The east wall of the Service Center on 03/A603 and 12/A605 does show the rigid insulation and the weather barrier at the CMFM/Metal Panel wall going all the way to the roof. Please confirm that the air barrier and rigid insulation is required on all exterior walls, including the upper North, West and South walls of the Service Center A: For the base bid,the semi rigid insulation and air barrier goes up to the top of the CMU veneer. Above the CMU the wall the exterior wall consists of PEMB metal panels with PEMB vinyl clad insulation (no air barrier or rigid insulation). For Alternate 2, ref.to sections on A603.2. Y. Q: The floor plan on Sheet A201 calls for the area between the doors in the Service Center to receive 3/4"fire retardant treated plywood. How high do we need to install the fire treated plywood? A: To top of CMU/Masonry veneer—ref. 13/A606. Z. Q: Do the upper interior walls of the Service Center receive a finish material? The only call out I have been able to locate is on 01/A603.2,which calls it out as painted cementitious board. The finish schedule shows CMU and F.R. Treated Plywood for the walls in the Service Center. Please confirm what material is required at the upper interior walls of the Service Center A: The upper interior walls for the base bid to be exposed vinyl clad insulation as indicated. For Alternate No. 2 (Insulated tilt-up panels), interior finish to be painted cementitious board. Addenda No.5doc ADDENDUM AA. There is a spec section for Residential Appliances 113100, yet the details on 06 & 07/A702 show as OFOI. Please clarify. _ A: Appliances indicated as OFOI are not part of the scope. BB. Q: The high speed roll up doors at the wash bays are Alternate#4. What is to be included in these 2 openings in the base bid? Are they to be only cased openings? A: Base bid is Overhead Coiling Doors (metal). Specifications included with this addendum. CC. Q: Section 107114 Fixed Aluminum Sunscreens—Since each of the storefront manufacturers listed in 084113, like Kawneer, produce the sunscreens detailed that are specifically designed and engineered for their storefront systems, can we quote sunscreens from the storefront manufacturer used if they are approved in 084113 A: Yes DD. Q: Section 084113.2.4.A.3 states the Glazing Plane to be "Front". All details on the drawings indicate a "Center" Glazing Plane. Please clarify. Also, be aware that the sunshades shown cannot be mounted on front set storefront, only on center or back set systems. A: Specifications have been revised to reflect"center" glazing plane. .. EE. Q: Need specification/details for sliding pass window W3 A: Specifications included with this addendum. FF. Q: Please verify door type for Door 101 A. A: Type B2. Ref rev.A901. GG. Q: What is the difference between F-4 and F-5? They are spec'd as"Diamond Hand Sealed" and "Diamond Hand Sealed/Polished". A: Refer to revised dwg A901 and section 033543& 096116 for clarification on concrete floor finishes. Floors in heavy duty areas to receive clear epoxy sealer, other exposed conc. to receive clear acrylic sealer and exposed conc. floor in corridors and locker rooms to be diamond polished. HH. Q: Do they want Sealed Concrete or Polished Concrete A: Both. Ref revised A901. II. Q: We are also worried about the wide range of pricing that will be submitted by other flooring subs because there aren't any products specified. No tile spec, no color or style on VCT, and the only thing found on carpet was 26oz or better A: Ref. revised A901 for clarification on finishes and material allowances. JJ. Q: Masonry specifications call for the cells to be filled with insulation however, the partitions schedule and wall tags do not indicate that. Are these walls insulated A: CMU cells are not to be filled with insulation. Specifications have been revised to reflect this. ` ATTACHMENTS: DRAWINGS— 0001 S101 5102 S201 A501 A501.1 A501.2 A603 A603.2 ` A604 A605 A605.2 A704 A901 SPECIFICATIONS— Addenda No.5doc ADDENDUM 000110 012200 033543 034713 042200 075216 083323 083323.10 085659 096116 107114 133419 230923 END OF ADDENDUM NO 5 Addenda No.5doc ZML SVX31 HIHOM 18 *-Wmwomw anNRAV 11309VO Zzzz smasum 41 1�� e I ", S3 10N W)13N9O'X3aN1 ONJA�V a:E3 _t0l JWA J.NV"ld A-1 H"'PA'Hol NOUOnHiSN03 HOMI ----- ------- ----- -------------- ----- ------- ----- -------- 9=WW-1—NWnG nov -------------- 9=-=L-C'ONMnaN3aaV ......... .... ....... ...... NOLLOnHaNOOH043n a IT OE "o H-gow.,M8 MWO -0 24- �5--,F-0-o "'.-'wi�m�W::C!3, R in, 10- s-mzo4ow-2zoi MPH! 0 'd. �z oil, 0 o,04 W. O'S -0, O-S L,.,�.i- z T Z� 41. -g 00 > w am 3 Mj 0 cc r.S A- M-4 W.- =01 4" o"'n -H- X E� I co HA'-MIN. 2-Mg CR a-,�,s ffl�,S, 3.,b2 o, z -a . .z N b 2 9��, N55 :S"0�< 0 w ;:x 0 0 0 W"FX 0. 4�� 0. -�z m z ,m i�. ,.,(DJ bwZ Soli z I 0 mz F3 ED Z z.0 Q z Q 0 > :3 gzz m 0, C) 0 =1 a a z ML) w 0 1 u -10 �x Z z w 0 LLI w wo 0� M z LL %H M H -T 0 m0t� 11111,11 fill,fill I J! ,11g,Mom.4gs.ANA 1.11,10a g IA&.1miOddh 0,-,Xs%Mg..Vgil Ili-it Ild City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION .� Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION,BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS COVER SEALS PAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE TO OFFERORS INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS PROPOSAL TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES WEATHER TABLE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE WORKERS COMPENSATION COMPLIANCE PROJECT SIGN DIVISION 00—PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 003132 Geotechnical Information............................................. 10 Nov 15 003132X Geotechnical Report..................................................... 10 Nov 15 007000 General Conditions....................................................... 10 Nov 15 008000 Supplementary Conditions............................................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 012100 Allowances 10 Nov 15 ................................................................... 012200 Unit Prices.................................................................... 10 Nov 15_rev 14 Jan 16 012300 Alternates...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 012500 Substitution Procedures................................................ 10 Nov 15 012501 Substitution Request Form............................................ 10 Nov 15 012600 Contract Modification Procedures................................ 10 Nov 15 012900 Payment Procedures...................................................... 10 Nov 15 013100 Project Management and Coordination......................... 10 Nov 15 013200 Construction Progress Documentation.......................... 10 Nov 15 013233 Photographic Documentation........................................ 10 Nov 15 013300 Submittal Procedures ........ 10 Nov 15 014000 Quality Requirements................................................... 10 Nov 15 014200 References.................................................................... 10 Nov 15 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls................................ 10 Nov 15 y 015713 Storm Water Pollution Prevention(C).......................... 10 Nov 15 016000 Product Requirements................................................... 10 Nov 15 016600 Product Storage and Handling Requirements(C)......... 10 Nov 15 _ 017000 Mobilization and Remobilization(C)........................... 10 Nov 15 017300 Execution .................................................................... 10 Nov 15 017700 Closeout Procedures..................................................... 10 Nov 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 on City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 017100 Construction Staking and Survey(C)........................... 10 Nov 15 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data.................................. 10 Nov 15 017839 Project Record Documents........................................... 10 Nov 15 017900 Demonstration and Training......................................... 10 Nov 15 018113.02 Sustainable Design Requirements................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 02—EXISTING CONDITIONS 024113 Selective Site Demolition(C)....................................... 10 Nov 15 024114 Utility Removal Abandonment(C)............................... 10 Nov 15 024115 Paving Removal(C)...................................................... 10 Nov 15 024119 Selective Demolition..................................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 03-CONCRETE 031000 Concrete Forming(S)................................................... 10 Nov 15 032000 Concrete Reinforcing(S).............................................. 10 Nov 15 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete(S)............................................ 10 Nov 15 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete(C)........................................... 10 Nov 15 033413 Controlled Low strength Material CLSM(C)............... 10 Nov 15 4 033416 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair(C)............. 10 Nov 15 033543 Polished Concrete......................................................... 14 Jan 16 033910 Concrete Sealing—Hardening...................................... 10 Nov 15 034713 Tilt-Up Concrete........................................................... 10 Nov 15 rev 14 Jan 16 035416 Hydraulic Cement Underlayment.................................. 10 Nov 15 038000 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures(C)....... 10 Nov 15 +� DIVISION 04-MASONRY 040500 Mortar and Grout(S).................................................... 10 Nov 15 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry S 10 Nov 15 rev 14 Jan 16 DIVISION 05-METALS 054000 Cold Formed Metal Framing(S)................................... 10 Nov 15 055000 Metal Fabrications ....................................................... 10 Nov 15 055000 Metal Fabrications(S).................................................. 10 Nov 15 055213 Pipe and Tube Railings................................................. 10 Nov 15 ' DIVISION 06—WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry................................... 10 Nov 15 062023 Interior Finish Carpentry............................................... 10 Nov 15 064116 Plastic-Laminate Faced Architectural Cabinets............ 10 Nov 15 066400 Plastic Paneling............................................................. 10 Nov 15 i DIVISION 07-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072100 Thermal Insulation........................................................ 10 Nov 15 072600 Under-Slab Vapor Barrier............................................. 10 Nov 15 072726 Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barrier........................... 10 Nov 15 075216 Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene(SBS)Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing.................................... 10 Nov 15-rev 14 Jan 16 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim..................................... 10 Nov 15 076210 Flexible Flashing.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 077200 Roof Accessories.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 078413 Penetration Firestopping............................................... 10 Nov 15 078446 Fire Resistive Joint Systems.......................................... 10 Nov 15 079200 Joint Sealants................................................................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 08-OPENINGS 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.................................. 10 Nov 15 081200 Metal Door Frames....................................................... 10 Nov 15 081416 Flush Wood Doors........................................................ 10 Nov 15 083113 Access Doors and Frames............................................. 10 Nov 15 ...................... 083323 Overhead Coiling Doors............................................... 14 Jan 16 083323.10 High Speed Rolling Doors............................................ 10 Nov 15 rev 14 Jan 16 �- 083613 Sectional Doors............................................................. 10 Nov 15 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts.............. 10 Nov 15 085659 Service Window Units.................................................. 14 Jan 16 087100 Door Hardware............................................................. 10 Nov 15 087100x Door Schedule.............................................................. 10 Nov 15 088000 Glazing ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 088300 Mirrors ......................... 10 Nov 15 ............................................. 089119 Fixed Louvers............................................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 09-FINISHES •- 092216 Non-Structural Metal Framing...................................... 10 Nov 15 092900 Gypsum Board.............................................................. 10 Nov 15 093000 Tiling ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings............................................. 10 Nov 15 096116 Concrete Floor Sealing................................................. 10 Nov 15 rev 14 Jan 16 096513 Resilient Base and Accessories..................................... 10 Nov 15 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring.................................................. 10 Nov 15 096813 Tile Carpeting............................................................... 10 Nov 15 098116 Acoustical Blanket Insulation....................................... 10 Nov 15 099400 Painting ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 099655 Acrylic Textured Coating.............................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES -- 101400 Signage ..... 10 Nov 15 .................................................. 102113.15 Stainless Steel Toilet Compartments............................ 10 Nov 15 102600 Wall and Door Protection............................................. 10 Nov 15 102800 Toilet,Bath,and Laundry Accessories......................... 10 Nov 15 104413 Fire Protection Cabinets................................................ 10 Nov 15 104416 Fire Extinguishers......................................................... 10 Nov 15 105113 Metal Lockers............................................................... 10 Nov 15 107114 Fixed Aluminum Sunscreens........................................ 10 Nov 15 rev 14 Jan 16 109900 Miscellaneous Specialties............................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 11-EQUIPMENT 110510 Relocation of Existing Equipment(EQ)....................... 10 Nov 15 110600 Equipment Schedule(EQ)............................................ 10 Nov 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 111110 Service Station Equipment(EQ)................................... 10 Nov 15 111119 Lubrication Equipment(EQ)........................................ 10 Nov 15 113100 Residential Appliances ................................................. 10 Nov 15 R 115213 Projection Screens ........................................................ 10 Nov 15 115224 Flat Screen TV Mounts................................................. 10 Nov 15 119600 General Shop Equipment(EQ)..................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 12—FURNISHINGS _ 122113 Horizontal Louver Blinds ............................................. 10 Nov 15 123623.13 Plastic Laminate Clad Countertops............................... 10 Nov 15 124813 Entrance Floor Mats and Frames.................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 133419 Metal Building Systems................................................ 10 Nov 15 rev 14 Jan 16 DIVISION 14-CONVEYING EQUIPMENT—not used DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 210010 General Requirements For Fire Protection Work.......... 10 Nov 15 210512 Fire Protection And Electrical Coordination................. 10 Nov 15 _ 211 100 Fire Protection Piping................................................... 10 Nov 15 211300 Automatic Sprinkler Systems........................................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 22- PLUMBING 220010 Basic Plumbing Requirements...................................... 10 Nov 15 220512 Plumbing And Electrical Coordination......................... 10 Nov 15 220516 Plumbing Expansion Compensation............................. 10 Nov 15 �. 220519 Plumbing Meters And Gauges...................................... 10 Nov 15 220529 Plumbing Supports And Anchors................................. 10 Nov 15 220553 Plumbing Identification ................................................ 10 Nov 15 220716 Plumbing Piping Insulation .......................................... 10 Nov 15 221000 Plumbing Piping........................................................... 10 Nov 15 221001 Plumbing Specialties..................................................... 10 Nov 15 221119 Piping Specialties.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 223000 Plumbing Equipment.................................................... 10 Nov 15 224001 Plumbing Fixtures......................................................... 10 Nov 15 228030 Automotive Fluid Piping And Tanks............................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 23 -HEATING,VENTILATING,AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230010 Basic Mechanical Requirements................................... 10 Nov 15 230512 Mechanical And Electrical Coordination...................... 10 Nov 15 230519 Mechanical Meters And Gauges................................... 10 Nov 15 230529.40 Non-Penetrating Portable Rooftop Supports................. 10 Nov 15 _ 230553 Mechanical Identification............................................. 10 Nov 15 230593 Mechanical Testing,Adjusting And Balancing............ 10 Nov 15 230713 HVAC Duct Insulation................................................. 10 Nov 15 230923 Building Control System (BCS) ................................... 10 Nov 15 rev 14 Jan 16 230993 Sequence Of Operation................................................. 10 Nov I5 TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 4 4W City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 233113 Metal Ductwork............................................................ 10 Nov 15 233113.19 Ductwork Accessories.................................................. 10 Nov 15 233400 Fans ............. 10 Nov 15 ......................................................... 233713 Air Outlets And Inlets................................................... 10 Nov 15 235523.13 Low-Intensity Gas-Fired Radiant Heaters..................... 10 Nov 15 237413 Rooftop Heating And Cooling Units............................ 10 Nov 15 237533 Outside Air Handling Units.......................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL 260510 General Requirements For Electrical Work.................. 10 Nov 15 260512 Mechanical And Electrical Coordination...................... 10 Nov 15 260519 Wires And Cables......................................................... 10 Nov 15 260520 Wire Connection And Devices..................................... 10 Nov 15 260526 Grounding..................................................................... 10 Nov 15 260527 Sealing Of Penetrations ................................................ 10 Nov 15 260529 Supporting Devices....................................................... 10 Nov 15 R 260532 Pull And Junction Boxes.............................................. 10 Nov 15 260533 Conduits ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 260534 Outlet Boxes................................................................. 10 Nov 15 260535 Wireway ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 260923 Low Voltage Lighting Control System......................... 10 Nov 15 260924 Occupancy Sensors....................................................... 10 Nov 15 260926 Miscellaneous Items.......................................................10 Nov 15 ...................... 262213 Dry Type Transformers................................................. 10 Nov 15 262416 Paneiboards................................................................... 10 Nov 15 262417 Distribution Panelboards............................................... 10 Nov 15 262713 Electric Service Entrance.............................................. 10 Nov 15 262714 Electric Metering.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 262716 Cabinets ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 262726 Wiring Devices............................................................. 10 Nov 15 262816 Overcurrent Protective Devices.................................... 10 Nov 15 262817 Disconnect Switches..................................................... 10 Nov 15 262913 Motors Motor Starters And Controls 10 Nov 15 264113 Lightning Protection System......................................... 10 Nov 15 265113 Lighting ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 27-COMMUNICATIONS 270528 Empty Conduit Systems................................................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 28-ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 283101 Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 31—EARTHWORK 311000 Site Clearing(C)........................................................... 10 Nov 15 312316 Unclassified Excavation(C)......................................... 10 Nov 15 312400 Embankments(C)......................................................... 10 Nov 15 312500 Erosion and Sediment Control(C)................................ 10 Nov 15 312303 Excavation and Fill for Structures(S)........................... 10 Nov 15 313116 Termite Control............................................................ 10 Nov 15 — TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-5 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 315000 Excavation Support and Protection............................... 10 Nov 15 316329 Drilled Piers (S)............................................................ 10 Nov 15 r DIVISION 32—EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 320117 Permanent asphalt Paving Repair(C)........................... 10 Nov 15 321123 Flexible Base Courses (C) ............................................ 10 Nov 15 321216 Asphalt Paving(C) ....................................................... 10 Nov 15 321313 Concrete Paving(C)...................................................... 10 Nov 15 r 321373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants(C)............................... 10 Nov 15 321613 Concrete Curb, Gutters and Valley Gutters(C)............ 10 Nov 15 321713 Parking Bumpers .......................................................... 10 Nov 15 321723 Pavement Markings ...................................................... 10 Nov 15 323113 Chain Link Fence and Gates (C)................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 33—UTILITIES 330440 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains(C). 10 Nov 15 330510 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill (C)............................................................ 10 Nov 15 330513 Frame Cover and Grade Rings(C) ............................... 10 Nov 15 330514 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade(C)................................ 10 Nov 15 331105 Bolts, Nuts and Gaskets(C).......................................... 10 Nov 15 331111 Ductile Iron Fittings(C)................................................ 10 Nov 15 331112 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pressure Pipe(C)................ 10 Nov 15 331210 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch(C).............................. 10 Nov 15 331220 Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve(C)..................... 10 Nov 15 331225 Connection to Existing Water Mains (C)...................... 10 Nov 15 331240 Fire Hydrants C 10 Nov 15 333120 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Gravity ' Sanitary Sewer Pipe (C)................................................ 10 Nov 15 333150 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line(C)............................................................ 10 Nov 15 334110 Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe Culverts(C).... 10 Nov 15 334920 Curb and Drop Inlets C .... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 41 —PIECE MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT 412200 Cranes and Hoists (EQ)................................................ 10 Nov 15 432119 Dispensing Liquid Pumps(EQ).................................... 10 Nov 15 i DIVISION 43—PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT 434116 Above Ground Atmospheric Tanks (EQ)..................... 10 Nov 15 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS r TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 -6 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 012200-UNIT PRICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is[an amount incorporated in the Agreement,applicable during the duration of the Work as] a price per unit of measurement for materials,equipment,or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification,if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material,plus cost for delivery,installation, insurance, applicable taxes,overhead,and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured,at Owner's expense,by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. UNIT PRICES 012200- 1 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price 1: Provide unit cost per cubic yard for removal and replacement of undocumented fill under SOG. END OF SECTION 012200 i UNIT PRICES 012200-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 �. Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 033543-POLISHED CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polished concrete floor finish consisting of thorough cleaning of new concrete slab,dry grinding to remove surface imperfections and irregularities,application of dye hardener,and ., polishing. 1.3 REFERENCES — A. NFSI-National Floor Safety Institute;Test Method 101A; current edition. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Polished Concrete Floor Finish:A multi-step finishing process on concrete floor surfaces consisting of dry grinding and polishing to the scheduled reflective sheen. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4 A. Completed polished concrete floor surface shall have a static Coefficient of Friction or Slip Coefficient of 0.6,minimum,when tested in accordance with NFSI Test Method 10 IA. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:Provide manufacturer's product data sheets on densifier, sealer, and joint filler materials.Provide manufacturer's product data on polishing equipment,including grinding machine,grinding heads,grinding pads and dust extraction system. B. Samples: Submit two polished concrete finish samples, 6 x 6 inch in size,illustrating sheen level of polished concrete. C. Test Reports: Submit test reports or certification from NFSI confirming that polished concrete floor finish has been tested in accordance with Method 101A and has passed phase 2 level of certification. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate complete preparation and finishing instructions for each - level of sheen. E. Maintenance Data: Indicate manufacturer's recommended cleaning and maintenance • instructions for polished concrete floor finish. 1.7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements:Provide polished flooring that has been selected,manufactured and installed to achieve the following: 1. Abrasion Resistance:ASTM C779,Method A,high resistance,no more than 0.008 inch (0.20 mm)wear in 30 minutes. 2. Reflectivity:Increase of 35%as determined by standard gloss meter. 3. Waterproof Properties:Rilem Test Method 11.4,70%or greater reduction in absorption. 4. High Traction Rating:NFSI 101-A,ANSI B-101.1 2009 non-slip properties. B. Design Requirements: 1. Hardened Concrete Properties: a. Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength: 3500 psi(24 MPa). b. Normal Weight Concrete:No lightweight aggregate. POLISHED CONCRETE 033543 - 1 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 C. Non-air entrained. d. Maximum W/Cm ratio of.50. 2. Placement Properties: a. Natural concrete slump of inches -5 inches (100 - 127 mm). Admixtures may be used. b. Flatness Requirements: 1) Overall FF 50. 2) Local FF 40. 3. Hard-Steel Troweled (3 passes) Concrete: No burnishing marks. Finish to ACI 302.1R, Class 5 floor. ?! 4. Curing Options: a. Membrane forming curing compounds (ASTM C309,Type 1, Class B, all resin, dissipating cure). 1) Acrylic curing and sealing compounds NOT recommended. b. Sheet membrane (ASTM C 171); polyethylene film not recommended. C. Damp Curing: Seven day cure. C. Non-membrane curing compound. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section and trained by equipment manufacturer in proper operation of equipment; successfully completed not less than 3 previous projects of similar scope. B. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Prior to application of polished concrete floor finish, conduct a pre-installation conference at the project site. 2. Attendance: Contractor,job superintendent, and suppliers of hardeners and sealers related to polished concrete floor finish work. 3. Agenda: Finish criteria, mock-ups, preparation, application process and protection of completed floors. C. Provide list of not less than 5 successful projects, complete with name and contact information i� of owner, documenting past performance. i 1.9 MOCK-UP A. Provide polished concrete floor finish mock-up, 10 feet long by 10 feet wide,illustrating completed finish including selected sheen level. B. Locate mock-up where directed. C. Accepted mock-up will serve as standard to judge quality and workmanship of completed ' polished concrete floor finish. D. Accepted mock-up may remain as part of the Work, if undisturbed. E. Mock up will show specified level of aggregate exposure as: +� 1. Class B -Fine Aggregate (Salt/Pepper) Finish - Expose the fine aggregate such as sand and small aggregate with the concrete. The depth of grind will depend greatly on the placement and finishing procedures. Generally, this level of cut can be achieved within 1/16" of the surface. F. Mock up to show specified level of gloss level when concrete is mechanically processed as outlined in section 3.03 Installation. 1. Level 2 Sheen, Satin (Matte appearance, with or without slight diffused light) as determined by a gloss reading of 10 -25 (100 -400 grit). POLISHED CONCRETE 033543 -2 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Take precautions to prevent staining of concrete prior to application of concrete floor polishing: B. Prohibit parking of vehicles on concrete slab. C. If construction equipment must be used for application,diaper components that might drip oil, hydraulic fluid,or other liquids. D.. Prohibit acids and acidic detergents from contacting concrete surfaces. E. Sequence application of concrete polishing after completion of other construction activities that would be damaging to completed polished finish. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS,GENERAL A. VOC Limits: any coatings shall meet the VOC limits indicated in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements." MK 2.2 ACCEPTABLE HARDENING/SEALING MANUFACTURERS A. Everhard Densifier by American Concrete Technologies,Inc. B. FGS Permashine by L&M Construction Chemicals. ., C. Retro-Plate 99,by Advanced Floor Products,Inc. D. Ashford Formula by CureCrete. E. Vitraflor/Stabilizer Pro by Bomanite. F. Formula One Lithium Densifaer MP by Scofield. G. Consolideck by Prosoco. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Grinding Machine: Counter rotating head floor grinding machine and edge grinder. B. Dust Extraction System:Provide complete with squeegee attachment. C. Grinding Heads: 1. Metal Bonded SF-80, SF-150 or SF-300 diamonds depending on application. 2. Resin Bonded:HTC phenolic resin diamonds in 400, 800, 1500, and 3000 grits. D. Grinding Pads for Edges: 1. Swiflex Telum grits 40 or 60 and 120,depending upon application. 2. KGS Speedline grits 200,400,800, 1500, and 3000. 2.4 ACCESSORY MATERIALS — A. Acceptable Control Joint Filler: 1. Metzger McGuire MM 80 epoxy joint filler. 2. Hi-Tech Structural Systems Polyurea Joint Filler HT-PE85. B. Self-Leveling Underlayment:As recommended by system manufacturer for use in areas requiring deep grinding to remove deep surface imperfections. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine concrete floors for defects and conditions that cannot be corrected by preparatory work. B. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. POLISHED CONCRETE 033543-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 •� 3.2 PREPARATION A. On existing concrete floors, completely remove mastics, adhesives, paint, and other foreign matter. B. Clean concrete surfaces free of dirt, debris, paint/oil splatters and other residue. C. Remove curing compounds and sealers from concrete surfaces. D. Leave concrete surfaces clean and dry, ready for polishing process. E. Protect adjacent surfaces and finishes from damage by concrete polishing procedures. F. Fill control joints with joint filler and shave prior to the grinding and polishing process. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply concrete polishing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to the selected sheen level. B. Grind concrete floor to within 5 inches of walls and partitions using SF-40 grit, removing construction debris and floor slab imperfections and imparting a uniform scratch pattern in i concrete surfaces. Thoroughly vacuum floor using a squeegee vacuum attachment to completely remove dust and debris. C. Apply liquid densifier, undiluted, at approximate rate of 200 s.f. per gal (or as otherwise recommended by manufacturer) in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove excess material from surfaces. Allow to cure for I to 2 hours before proceeding with grinding and polishing. D. Grind concrete floor to within 5 inches of walls and partitions using metal bonded diamond grits, SF-80, SF-150 and SF-300 in succession,grinding 90 degrees from each previous grind and removing scratches from each previous grind.After each grind, thoroughly vacuum floor using a squeegee vacuum attachment to completely remove dust and debris. E. Grind edges of floor using KGS 60, 120 and 220-grit grinding pads, completely removing scratches from each previous grind. After each grind, thoroughly vacuum floor using a squeegee vacuum attachment to completely remove dust and debris. F. Polish concrete floor,to sheen level indicated, with resin bonded diamond grits of 400, 800, 1500, and 3000 as applicable, first polishing floor edges with pads of same grit and then polishing field of floor,completely removing scratches from each previous grit. G. Completed polished concrete floor shall have uniform sheen level and shall match accepted mock-up. END OF SECTION 033543 POLISHED CONCRETE 033543 -4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 f Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 034713 -TILT-UP CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Face-down Surface: Concealed surface of as-cast,tilt-up panel formed against the casting slab. B. Face-up Surface:Exposed upper surface of as-cast,tilt-up panel. C. Reveal:Projection of the coarse aggregate from the matrix after exposure. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Before submitting design mixes,review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials.Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with tilt-up concrete to attend,including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. C. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Tilt-up concrete subcontractor. 2. Review testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control;steel reinforcement installation;and tilt-up concrete protection. *+ 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures:For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials,Project conditions, weather,test results,or other circumstances warrant adjustments. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 - 1 4W City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Shop Drawings:Detail fabrication and installation of tilt-up concrete units. Indicate panel locations,plans, elevations, dimensions,shapes, cross sections, and details of steel embedments. Match panel identification designations on Shop Drawings with those on Contract Drawings. 1. Include steel reinforcement,detailing fabrication, bending, and placing. Include material,grade,bar schedules,stirrup spacing, bent-bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. 2. Include additional steel reinforcement to resist hoisting and erection stresses. 3. Include locations and details of hoisting points and lifting devices for handling and erection. 4. Include engineering analysis data of additional steel reinforcement and hoisting and erection details,signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 5. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols.Detail cast-in inserts, connections,and joints,including accessories. 6. Include layout of wythe connectors for sandwich panels. D. Samples: 20-1b Sample of exposed aggregate. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Welding certificates. C. Material Certificates: For each of the following,signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 4. Bondbreakers. 5. Curing compounds. 6. Inserts and embedments. 7. Sandwich-panel insulation and wythe connectors. D. Material Test Reports:For the following, from a qualified testing agency,indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Aggregates.Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications:A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 941C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. TU,T-UP CONCRETE 034713-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 E Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. Installer Qualifications:A qualified installer who employs a supervisor on Project who is an ACI-certified Tilt-up Supervisor. C. Testing Agency Qualifications:An independent agency,qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,Grade I, according to ACI Ctrl or an.equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician- Grade I.Testing agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician-Grade II. D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M,"Structural Welding Code- Steel." 2. AWS D I A/D I AM, "Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel." E. Concrete Testing Service:Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. F. Certifications: Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer,anchors shall have the following certifications: 1. ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report based on data submitted in accordance with ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria 320 indicating compliance with the applicable building code and listed with ICC-ES. G. Mockups: Cast and erect tilt-up concrete panel mockups to demonstrate typical reveals, surface finishes,texture, color,and standard of workmanship. 1. Build mockup panels in the location and of the size indicated or,if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. In presence of Architect,damage part of an exposed surface for each finish, _ color,and texture required,and demonstrate materials and techniques proposed for repairs to match adjacent undamaged surfaces. 3. Subj ect to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TILT-UP CONCRETE A. Comply with ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5, unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures from one source from a single manufacturer. 2.2 FORMS AND ACCESSORIES A. Forms:Metal, dressed lumber,or other approved materials that are nonreactive with concrete and that will provide continuous,true,and smooth concrete surfaces. B. Chamfer Strips: Wood,metal,PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch. C. Reveal Strips:Metal, PVC,rubber, straight dressed wood,or plywood; with sides kerfed. D. Sealer:Penetrating, clear,polyurethane wood form sealer formulated to reduce �. absorption of bleedwater and prevent migration of set-retarding chemicals from wood or plywood. ' 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Rebar shall have an average recycled content so that post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content is not less than 80 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60,deformed. C. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. D. Plain-Steel Wire:ASTM A 82,as drawn. E. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement:ASTM A 185/A 185M, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. F. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet. G. Bar Supports:Manufactured according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" of plastic or CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or Class 2 stainless-steel wire. r TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material:Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand,and source,throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement:ASTM C 150,Type I, . Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash:ASTM C 618,Class F. b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag:ASTM C 989,Grade 100 or 120. B. Fine Aggregate:ASTM C 33,manufactured or natural sand,from same source for Project,free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. ! C. Water:ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture:ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures:Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete.Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type D. 4. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 1017/C 1017M,Type II. *- 2.6 BONDBREAKERS A. Solvent-Borne,Chemically Reactive Bondbreaker:Penetrating polymerized solution containing no oils,waxes,paraffins,or silicones,and compatible with casting-slab curing compound. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Conspec CST VOC Edoco Clean Lift 90 VOC Maxi Tilt Super Maxi-Tilt Sure Lift(J-6). b. Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.; Certi-Vex E-Z Lift. B. Solvent-Borne,Membrane-Forming Bondbreaker:Dissipating polymerized solution containing no oils,waxes,paraffins,or silicones,and compatible with casting-slab curing compound. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Conspec Tilt-Eez VOC Edoco Super Bondbreaker VOC. b. Universal Building Products, Inc.; Unitilt VOC. C. Waterborne, Chemically Reactive Bondbreaker: Penetrating polymerized emulsion .+ containing no oils, waxes,paraffins, or silicones,and compatible with casting-slab curing compound. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Conspec CST WB Edoco Clean Lift 90 WB Maxi Tilt E Sure-Lift WB (J-6 WB). b. Nox-Crete Products Group; Silcoseal 2000F Silcoseal Select. # C. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starseal E-Z Lift. .. D. Waterborne,Membrane-Forming Bondbreaker: Dissipating polymerized emulsion containing no oils, waxes,paraffins, or silicones, and compatible with casting-slab curing compound. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Conspec Tilt-Eez WB Edoco Super Bondbreaker WB. b. Universal Building Products, Inc.; Unitilt WB. 2.7 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne,monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, aw weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. I C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white an burlap-polyethylene sheet. 6 D. Clear, Waterborne,Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 1 2.8 CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Embedded Metal Items and Loose Hardware: Materials for securing tilt-up concrete panels together and to supporting and adjacent construction are specified in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications." 1 T TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 -6 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 E Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Loose Hardware:Materials for securing tilt-up concrete panels together and to supporting and adjacent construction are specified in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications." C. Carbon-Steel Shapes and Plates:ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Carbon-Steel Bolts and Studs:ASTM A 307, Grade A;carbon-steel,hex-head bolts and studs;carbon-steel nuts; and flat,unhardened steel washers. ,s E. Unheaded Carbon-Steel Rods and Nuts:ASTM A 36/A 36M,threaded rods with ASTM A 563,nuts. F. Welded Headed Studs:AWS D1.1/D1.1M,Type B headed studs,and cold-finished, carbon-steel bars. G. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 706/A 706M,deformed. H. Chord Bar Sleeves: Tubular sheathing,plastic or moisture-resistance-treated cardboard. I. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. J. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish:Apply zinc coating to steel connections by hot-dip process, complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M as applicable. 1. Zinc Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20. K. Shop-Primed Finish:Prepare surfaces of steel connections,except those surfaces to be embedded in concrete, according to requirements in SSPC-SP 3, and shop-apply primer according to SSPC-PA 1. 1. Primer:MPI 479, "Alkyd Anti-Corrosive Metal Primer." 2.9 LIFTING INSERTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Furnish inserts,dowels, bolts,nuts,washers,and other items to be cast in panels for tilting and lifting. 1. Manufacture inserts with feet of plastic,galvanized-steel wire,plastic-tipped *� steel wire,or stainless-steel-tipped steel wire. B. Furnish brace anchors and other accessories to be cast in panels and in casting slab for attaching bracing. 1. Manufacture wall brace anchors and accessories with feet of galvanized-steel wire,plastic-tipped steel wire,or stainless-steel-tipped steel wire. 2. Manufacture floor brace anchors that will not penetrate vapor retarder under slab-on-grade. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 -7 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2.10 BEARING PADS A. Elastomeric Pads: AASHTO M 251, plain, vulcanized, 100 percent polychloroprene (neoprene) elastomer, molded to size or cut from a molded sheet; Type A Shore durometer hardness of 50 to 70,ASTM D 2240; and minimum tensile strength 2250 psi, ASTM D 412. B. Random, Fiber-Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, randomly oriented synthetic !1 fibers set in elastomer with a Type A Shore durometer hardness of 70 to 90,ASTM D 2240. C. Cotton-Duck-Fabric-Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, horizontally layered cotton-duck fabric bonded in elastomer with a Type A Shore durometer hardness of 80 to 100, ASTM D 2240. D. High-Density Plastic Strips: Multimonomer, nonleaching plastic. 2.11 GROUT _ A. Cement Grout: Portland cement,ASTM C 150,Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. B. Nonmetallic,Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands,portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents; complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application. 2.12 SANDWICH-PANEL INSULATION A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type IV, square edged. .. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Chemical Company(The), Dow Building Solutions; STYROFOAM Brand. 2. Owens Corning; FOAMULAR 250 XPS. B. Faced Poly isocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type 1, square edged; with aluminum/polyethylene facer. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Dow Building Solutions; Isocast R. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 -8 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2.13 SANDWICH-PANEL ACCESSORIES A. Fiber-Polymer Composite Wythe Connectors:Manufactured composite glass-fiber and vinyl-ester polymer connector rods,notched,with polymer collars injection molded around shaft of connector rod; alkaline resistant; for noncomposite structural action. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Composite Technologies Corporation;THERMOMASS Building Insulation Systems. , with integml Fesin flange around shaft of eefmerstef red;alk-aline ; G. Stainless Steel W-)4he Cennee4efs;Manufastiamd ef stairAess steel sheet-,ASTM A.- 240A 240M,T- �+ e holes fer-aneher rods and oval holes for-eenemte bond;equipped with br-igM, hard df-awn steel wife aneheF r-eds, 1/4 ineh in diameter-,28 inehes leiig;and L shaped , 1. r,ra,,,,a,.Wfe,.s. Subject to, .,i:anse ,,ith requirements,provide pr-ea.,et w„ a. Da)4en Superior-Ger-per-ation. b. Meadow Bufke. G. Univer-sel Building Wedue4s, . D. Polyethylene Sheet:ASTM D 4397,4 mils thick. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Chemical Surface Retarder: Water-soluble,liquid set retarder with color dye,for horizontal concrete surface application,capable of temporarily delaying final hardening of concrete to depth of reveal or etch required of specified finish. re B. Form Retarder: Chemical liquid set retarder,for application on hardened horizontal concrete and capable of temporarily delaying final hardening of newly placed concrete to depth of reveal specified. 1. Mold Release: Solution specially formulated by manufacturer for use under form retarder. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713-9 ** City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Flashing Reglets: Open type having continuous groove not less than 1-1/8 inches deep by 3/16 inch wide at opening and sloped upward to 45 degrees.Temporarily fill or cover face openings of reglets to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. r" 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304,soft annealed,not less than 0.0 18 7 inch thick. 2. Copper Strip: ASTM B 370,Temper H00 or 060,not less than 16 oz./sq.ft.. 3. Hot=Dip Galvanized-Steel Sheet:ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating,not less than 0.0217 inch thick. D. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet,not less than 0.0336 inchthick, with bent tab anchors.Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.15 REPAIR MATERIALS �. A. Bonding Agent:ASTM C 1059,Type II,nonredispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. B. Patching Mortar: Dry-pack mix consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing No. 16 sieve,using only enough water for handling and placing. 2.16 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete,proportioned on basis a of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete design mixtures based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Proportion concrete mixture as follows: 1. Reference structural for concrete mix design. 2.17 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure,batch,mix,and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. am 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F,reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project-Site-Produced Concrete:Measure,batch,and mix concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M.Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 - 10 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 �- Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Provide a batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number,date,mix type,mix time, quantity, and amount of water added.Record panel locations where concrete is deposited. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS A. Construct and brace formwork so tilt-up concrete panels are of size, shape, alignment, elevation,and position indicated. 1. Construct forms on slab-on-grade or on temporary casting slab,at Contractor's option. 2. Provide for openings, offsets,recesses,reveals,rustications,reglets,and blockouts. 3. Place form liners accurately to provide finished surface texture indicated.Provide solid backing and supports to maintain stability of liners during concreting. Coat form liner with form-release agent. B. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Use kerfed inserts, such as those forming reglets,rustication,and recesses, for easy removal. C. Set edge forms for panels to achieve required panel thickness. D. Chamfer exposed corners and edges,unless otherwise indicated,using chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform,smooth lines and tight edge joints. E. Coat contact surfaces of wood forms and chamfers with sealer before placing reinforcement. +r 3.2 BONDBREAKERS A. Uniformly and continuously apply two coats of bondbreaker to casting-slab surfaces by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instruction,before placing steel reinforcement. Recoat areas subjected to moisture before drying.Maintain continuity of coating until concrete placement. B. After placing steel reinforcement,touch up or recoat worn or damaged areas with bondbreaker.Do not splash or coat steel reinforcement and inserts. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 - 11 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 3.3 FORM RETARDER A. Uniformly and continuously apply form retarder to slab surfaces by power spray, roller, or brush according to manufacturer's written instructions,before placing steel reinforcement.Recoat areas subjected to moisture before drying.Maintain continuity of coating until concrete placement. 1. Uniformly apply mold release according to manufacturer's written instructions and allow it to dry before applying form retarder. B. After placing steel reinforcement,touch up or recoat worn or damaged areas with form retarder.Do not splash or coat steel reinforcement and inserts. !' 3.4 REINFORCEMENT AND INSERTS A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating and placing reinforcement. B. Accurately position,support, and secure reinforcement against displacement.Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. 1. Field weld reinforcement according to AWS D1.4/D I AM, where indicated. 2. Do not tack-weld crossing reinforcing bars. 3. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces. C. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging.Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. D. Accurately place and securely support embedded items,anchorages,inserts, cramps, retainers,bar chords and sleeves, and other items to be built into panels. Coordinate with other trades for installing cast-in items. E. Wythe Connectors:Accurately place and securely support stainless-steel anchors and connecting pins for sandwich panels. 3.5 PANEL CASTING,GENERAL A. Comply with ACI 301 for handling,placing,and consolidating concrete. B. Maintain position of steel reinforcement, inserts,and anchors during concrete placement, consolidation, and finishing. C. Screed panel surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713- 12 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 —. Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Begin initial floating before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface.Use bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane free of humps or hollows.Do not disturb panel surfaces before beginning finishing operations. D. Form chamfers at top edges of panel perimeters, openings, and similar locations not formed by chamfer strips unless otherwise indicated. E. Surface Defects:Limit visible surface defects to those permitted by TCA's"Tilt-up Concrete Association's Guideline Specifications" for Grade B, Standard panel surfaces. 3.6 SANDWICH-PANEL CASTING A. Cast and screed supported wythe over casting slab. B. Fiber-Polymer Composite Wythe Connectors: 1. While concrete is still plastic,place polyethylene sheet over top surface, overlapping sheet edges 6 inches and extending beyond edges of panels. 2. Immediately place insulation, abutting edges and ends between boards. Stagger end joints between rows. Stagger joints of insulation layers one-half of board apart.Insert wythe connectors through predrilled insulation,and consolidate concrete around connectors according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Stainless-Steel Wythe Connectors:Place insulation through projecting connectors, abutting edges and ends between boards. Stagger end joints between rows. Stagger joints of insulation layers one-half of board apart. 1. Place polyethylene sheet over insulation,overlapping edges 6 inches and extending beyond edges of panels. D. Cast,screed,and apply initial float finish to structural wythe. 3.7 CASTING TOLERANCES A. Cast tilt-up concrete panels without exceeding the following tolerances: 1. Height and Width of Panels: a. For Panels up to 20 Feet Tall: 1/4 inch wide. b. For Panels 20 to 30 Feet Tall: 3/8 inch wide. C. Each Additional 10 Feet in Excess of 30 Feet Tall: 1/8 inch wide. 2. Thickness: 3/16 inch. 3. Skew of Panel or Opening:Difference in length of diagonals of 1/8 inch per 72 inches with a maximum difference of 1/2 inch. — 4. Openings Cast into Panel: TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713- 13 PW City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 a. Size of Opening: 1/4 inch. b. Location of Centerline of Opening: 1/4 inch. 5. Location and Placement of Embedded Items: a. Inserts, Bolts, and Pipe Sleeves: 3/8 inch. b. Lifting and Bracing Inserts:As required by manufacturer. .. C. Lateral Placement of Weld Plate Embedments: 1 inch. d. Tipping and Flushness of Weld Plate Embedments: 1/4 inch. 6. Deviation of Steel Reinforcement Cover: Maintain minimum cover required by ACI 301. 3.8 FACE-UP FINISHES A. Float Finish: Consolidate surface of plastic concrete with power-driven floats or by hand floating.Restraighten and cut down high spots and fill low spots.Repeat float passes and restraighten until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. B. Trowel Finish:After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate plastic concrete by hand trowel or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and is uniform in texture and appearance. 3.9 FACE-DOWN FINISHES A. Smooth,As-Cast Finish: Cast panel to produce a surface free of pockets,sand streaks, and honeycombs.Produce a surface appearance of uniform color and texture. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures according to ACI 301. 1. Apply evaporation retarder in hot,dry,or windy weather to protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations.Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after screeding and bull floating concrete,but before float finishing. PE B. Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure by one or a combination of the following methods according to ACI 308.1: 1. Moisture Curing:Keep surfaces continuously moist for no fewer than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 - 14 w City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Absorptive cover,water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete,placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches,and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for no fewer than seven days.Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period,using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound:Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions.Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application.Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.11 ERECTION A. Use erection equipment with care to prevent damage to floor slabs and panels. B. Lift, support, and erect panels only at designated lifting or supporting points indicated on Shop Drawings. C. Do not erect panels until 75 percent of 28-day compressive strength of concrete has been verified. D. Install tilt-up concrete panels level,plumb, square, and true.Place panels on leveled grout-setting pads or shims in correct position.Maintain joint width of 3/4 inch between panels. 1. Install tilt-up concrete panels with face-down surfaces exposed to exterior of building. E. Temporarily brace and support panels securely in position against loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed.Maintain braces and supports in place,undisturbed,until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to panels are secured. F. Anchor panels in place and,if indicated,to one another. 1. Weld steel connectors to steel supports and embedments indicated,complying with AWS D1.1/D1.IM. G. Solidly grout-fill gaps between foundation system and bottom of panels. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform tests and inspections. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 - 15 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before erection of tilt-up panels. .� C. Testing Services: Tests shall be performed according to ACI 301. D. Tilt-up concrete panels will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.13 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Install tilt-up concrete panels without exceeding the following erection tolerances: 1. Joint Width Variation(Exterior Face): Without decreasing or increasing more than 50 percent from specified joint width,maintain joint width as follows: a. For Panels up to 20 Feet Tall: 1/4 inch. b. Each Additional 10 Feet in Excess of 20 Feet Tall: 1/8 inch. 2. Joint Taper:Maximum 3/8 inch over length,but not greater than the following: a. For Panels up to 20 Feet Tall: 1/4 inch. b. Each Additional 10 Feet in Excess of 20 Feet Tall: 1/8 inch. 3. Panel Alignment: a. Alignment of Horizontal and Vertical Joints: 1/4 inch. b. Offset in Exterior Face of Adjacent Panels: 1/4 inch. 3.14 FILLING AND REPAIRS A. Patch holes and voids left by erecting and bracing inserts on tilt-up panels and slabs-on-grade. Cut or chip edges of voids perpendicular to concrete surface.Fill blockouts where indicated. 1. Clean, dampen with water,and brush-coat holes,voids, and blockouts with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar of a stiff consistency before bonding agent has dried. 2. Finish surfaces of fills and repairs to Architect's approval,with materials of same colors and textures as finishes on surrounding surfaces. TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713- 16 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Repair damaged galvanized-steel surfaces of connectors by cleaning and applying a coat of zinc repair paint. C. Repair damage to tilt-up panels and slabs-on-grade resulting from tilt-up work,as directed by Architect. D. Remove and replace tilt-up panels that do not comply with requirements in this Section. E. Demolish and remove temporary concrete casting slabs. END OF SECTION 034713 TILT-UP CONCRETE 034713 - 17 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 042200-CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY r A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Decorative concrete masonry units. 3. Mortar and grout. 4. Steel reinforcing bars. 5. Masonry joint reinforcement. 6. Ties and anchors. 7. Embedded flashing. 8. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28 days. 1. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry from average net-area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method) according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: 1. Decorative CMUs, in the form of small-scale units. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 1 g City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 �- Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2. Colored mortar. 3. Weep holes/vents. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention,and ASTM C 91 for air content. .� 2. Include test reports,according to ASTM C 1019,for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. B. Statement of Compressive Strength,of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type,provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units,mortar type,and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated. B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color,or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics,from single source from single manufacturer for each product required. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality,including color for exposed masonry,from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate. D. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by Ma requirements in the Contract Documents. E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings. 2. Build mockups for typical exterior wall in sizes approximately 48 inches long by 96 inches high by full thickness,including face and backup wythes and accessories. a. Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches long in exterior wall mockup. b. Include lower corner of window opening at upper corner of exterior wall mockup. Make opening'approximately 12 inches wide by 16 inches high. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Include through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch length in corner of exterior wall mockup approximately 16 inches down from top of mockup, with a 12-inch length of flashing left exposed to view(omit masonry above half of flashing). 3. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 4. Approval of mockups is for color,texture,and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors;tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities of workmanship. a. Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. b. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. 5. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. ,i 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms,under cover,and in a dry location. , Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for use with dispensing silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover,and in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items,to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction,cover tops of walls,projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls and hold cover securely in place. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 -M Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least three days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout,mortar,and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout,mortar,and soil that come in d% contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills,ledges,and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames,as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes,from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, r but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL *� A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips,cracks,or other defects exceeding limits stated in the „# standard. Do not use units where such defects will be exposed in the completed Work. B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated,provide units that comply with requirements for fire-resistance ratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E 119, by equivalent masonry thickness,or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows,with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels,corners,jambs, sashes,movement joints, headers,bonding, and other special conditions. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2. Providesquare-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. B. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with integral water repellent for exposed units. 1. Integral Water Repellent: Liquid polymeric, integral water-repellent admixture that does not reduce flexural bond strength. Units made with integral water repellent, when tested according to ASTM E 514 as a wall assembly made with mortar containing integral water-repellent manufacturer's mortar additive,with test period extended to 24 hours,shall show no visible water or leaks on the back of test specimen. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 1) ACM Chemistries,Inc.; RainBloc. 2) BASF Aktiengesellschaft; Rheopel Plus. 3) Grace Construction Products,W. R. Grace&Co. -Conn.; Dry-Block. C. CMUs: ASTM C 90. 1. Density Classification: Lightweight. 2. Exposed Faces: Provide color and texture matching the range represented by f Architect's sample. 3. Faces to Receive Plaster: Where units are indicated to receive a direct application of plaster,provide textured-face units made with gap-graded aggregates. D. Decorative CMUs: ASTM C 90. 1. Basis of Design: Acme Teatherlight'burnished block, color as selected. 2. Density Classification: Lightweight. 3. Size(Width): Manufactured to dimensions specified in"CMUs" Paragraph. 4. Pattern and Texture: a. Standard pattern,ground-face finish. 5. Colors: As scheduled. 6. Special Aggregate: Provide units made with aggregate matching aggregate in Architect's sample. 2.3 CONCRETE LINTELS A. General: Provide one of the following: CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Concrete Lintels: ASTM C 1623,matching CMUs in color,texture,and density classification;and with reinforcing bars indicated. Provide lintels with net-area compressive strength not less than CMUs. 2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I or II,except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207,Type S. C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. D. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Davis Colors;True Tone Mortar Colors. b. Lanxess Corporation;Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments. C. Solomon Colors,Inc.; SGS Mortar Colors. E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view,use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 1/4 inch thick,use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. 4 G. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride,noncorrosive,accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Euclid Chemical Company(The);Accelguard 80. b. Grace Construction Products, W.R. Grace& Co.-Conn.;Morset. C. Sonneborn Products,BASF Aktiengesellschaft;Trimix-NCA. H. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMUs, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-6 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ACM Chemistries, Inc.; RainBloc for Mortar. ' b. BASF Aktiengesellschaft; Rheopel Mortar Admixture. C. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. -Conn.; Dry-Block Mortar Admixture. I. Water: Potable. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60. B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951/A 951M. 1. Interior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 5. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: 0.148-inch diameter. 6. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 7. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet,with prefabricated corner and tee units. C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods. 2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mill-Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 coating. 2. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating. 3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel, G60zinc coating. 4. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating. 5. �. 6. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 7. Stainless-Steel Bars: ASTM A 276 or ASTM A 666, Type 304. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-7 li City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie,sized to extend within 1 inchof masonry face,made from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. s. C. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie section;formed from 0.060-inch-thick,steel sheet,galvanized after fabrication. a. 0.064-inch-thick,galvanized sheet may be used at interior walls unless otherwise indicated. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie,sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face,made from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. D. Partition Top anchors: 0.105-inch-thick metal plate with 3/8-inch-diameter metal rod 6 inches long welded to plate and with closed-end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 2.7 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Flexible Flashing: Use one of the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable,adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.030 inch. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following]: 1) Carlisle Coatings&Waterproofing; CCW-705-TWF Thru-Wall Flashing. 2) Dayton Superior Corporation,Dur-O-Wal Division;Dur-O-Barrier Thru-Wall Flashing. �. 3) Grace Construction Products,W.R. Grace&Co.-Conn.; Perm-A-Barrier Wall Flashing. 4) W.R. Meadows,Inc.;Air-Shield Thru-Wall Flashing. 5) Polyguard Products,Inc.; . CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-8 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 b. Accessories: Provide preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and seaming materials produced by flashing manufacturer. B. Application: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following: 1. Where flashing is indicated to receive counterflashing, use metal flashing. 2. Where flashing is indicated to be turned down at or beyond the wall face, use metal flashing. 3. Where flashing is partly exposed and is indicated to terminate at the wall face, use flexible flashing with a metal drip edge. 4. Where flashing is fully concealed, useflexible flashing. C. Single-Wythe CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU web covers made from high-density polyethylene incorporating chemical stabilizers that prevent UV degradation. Cell flashing pans have integral weep spouts that are designed to be built into mortar bed joints and weep collected moisture to the exterior of CMU walls and that extend into the cell to prevent clogging with mortar. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Blok-Flash. ■ D. Adhesives, Primers, and Searn Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neopreneurethaneor PVC. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805orPVC, complying with ASTM D 2287,Type PVC-65406] and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I(No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-9 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 r Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 a. Dayton Superior Corporation,Dur-O-Wal Division;D/A 810,D/A 812 or D/A 817. b. Heckmann Building Products Inc.;No. 376 Rebar Positioner. C. Hohmann&Barnard, Inc.;#RB or#RB-Twin Rebar Positioner. 2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures,including pigments,air-entraining agents, accelerators,retarders,water-repellent agents,antifreeze compounds,or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. For exterior masonry,use portland cement-lime mortar. 4. For reinforced masonry,use portland cement-lime mortar. 5. Add cold-weather admixture(if used)at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view,regardless of weather conditions,to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended,Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions,and thoroughly " blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270,Proportion Specification. -� Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to provide required compressive strength of masonry. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth,use Type M. 2. For reinforced masonry,use Type S. 3. For exterior,above-grade,load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls;for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated,use Type N. 4. For interior non-load-bearing partitions,Type O may be used instead of Type N. D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product or select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Do not add pigments to colored cement products. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Mix to match Architect's sample. 3. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following units: a. Decorative CMUs. .� E. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 10 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. t 2. Application: Use colored aggregate mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following units: a. Decorative CMUs. F. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. I. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and`pour height. r 2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1 or paragraph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi. 3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to I 1 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1� 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. 1 C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. C. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 11 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 'r inch or minus 1/4 inch. 2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,or 1/2 inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines,such as lintels,sills,parapets, and reveals,do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,3/8 inch in 20 feet,or 1/2 inchmaximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines,such as external corners,door jambs,reveals,and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet,or 1/2 inchmaximum. 5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet,or 1/2 inch maximum. 6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints,do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,or 1/2 inch maximum. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints,do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch,with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. 2. For exposed bed joints,do not vary from bed joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch. 3. For head and collar joints,do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings,movement-type joints,returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units,particularly at corners,jambs,and, —. where possible,at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond or bond pattern indicated on Drawings if different];do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 12 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 4-inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do ■ not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise _ indicated. i G. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. H. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells of CMUs solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to provide 1/2-inch clearance between end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors 48 incheso.c. unless otherwise indicated. ,,. 3. Wedge non-load-bearing partitions against stricture above with small pieces of tile, slate, or metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches final position. _ 4. At fire-rated partitions,treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Section 078446 "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems." 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint) unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 AIASO I-RY CELL INSULATION A. Pour granular-insulation into envities to fill void spnees. Maintain inspeetion ports to shom, presenee of insulation at extremities of eaeh pour aren. Close per-ts after-filling has been eonfirfaed. Limit the fall of insuintion to one stof-f- high, but not more than 20 feet. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 13 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Install molded pelystyr-eike insulation u0its i"te masenFy unit eeHs befer-e laong .� units. 3.7 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT ' A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet she walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at comers, returns,offsets,column fireproofing,pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.8 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete where masonry abuts or faces structural steel or concrete to comply with the following: I. Provide an open space not less than 1/2 inch wide between masonry and structural steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated,but not more than 24 inches o.c.vertically and 36 inches o.c.horizontally. 3.9 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods: CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 14 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDEN DUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of CMUs on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant. 2. Install preformed control joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. 3.10 LINTELS A. Providemasonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches for brick-size units and 24 inches for block-size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. B. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 FLASHING A. General: Install embedded flashing in masonry at lintels,ledges,other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall,and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint,place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive,sealant,or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At lintels,extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills,extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams. 3. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2 inches or as recommended by flashing manufacturer,and seal lap with r elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 4. Install metal drip edges with ribbed sheet metal flashing by interlocking hemmed edges to form hooked seam. Seal seam with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 5. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 6. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. 7. Cut flexible flashing off flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 15 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Install single-wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply with manufacturers written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of wall. Install CMU web covers so that they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at CMU webs and extend from face shell to face shell. D. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where they are shown to be built into masonry. 3.12 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape,line,and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace,tie,and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement,including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas,as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Inspections: Level 1 special inspections according to the"International Building Code." .� 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared mortar. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades,sizes,and locations of reinforcement. 3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 16 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. D. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for compressive strength. E. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test(Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. F. Mortar Test(Property Specification): For each mix provided,according to ASTM C 780. Test mortar for mortar air contentandcompressive strength. G. Grout Test(Compressive Strength): For each mix provided,according to ASTM C 1019. 3.14 REPAIRING,POINTING,AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose,chipped,broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar,pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes,except weep holes,and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners,openings, and adjacent = construction,to provide a neat,uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application,where indicated. = C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners;remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 17 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 3.15 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated,excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work,remove from Project site. B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil-contaminated sand,waste mortar,and broken masonry units,by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in each dimension. 2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill,as described above,and other masonry waste,and legally dispose of off Owner's property. i END OF SECTION 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 18 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 075216-STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS)MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: ~ 1. Styrene-butadiene-styrene(SBS)-modified bituminous membrane roofing. 2. Roof insulation. B. Section includes the installation of insulation strips in ribs of acoustical roof deck. Insulation strips are furnished under Section 053100 "Steel Decking." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology:Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner,Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable,testing and inspecting agency representative,roofing Installer,roofing system manufacturer's representative,deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule,and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements,including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings,special roofing details,roof drainage,roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216- 1 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports:For components of membrane roofing system,for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. B. Research/Evaluation Reports:For components of membrane roofing system,from ICC-ES. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE .� A. Manufacturer Qualifications:A qualified manufacturer that is FM Global approved for membrane roofing system identical to that used for this Project. B. Installer Qualifications:A qualified firm that is approved,authorized,or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty. C. Roofing crews must be certified to repair and modify roof membranes and flashing. If not currently certified,training of City crews shall be provided by contract. .. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name,product brand name and type,date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings,and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean,dry,protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-2 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING pa City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight,moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials,and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations:Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, fasteners,substrate board,and other components of roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 year No Dollar Limit from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section,signed by Installer,covering the Work of this Section,including all components of roofing system such as membrane roofing, base flashing,roof insulation,fasteners,cover boards,substrate boards,vapor retarders,and walkway products,for the following warranty period: r1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Firestone Building Products. 3. GAF Materials Corporation. 4. Johns Manville. 5. Siplast,Inc. 6. Tamko Building Products,Inc. 7. U.S. Ply STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-3 MODIFIED BITUNIINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation fasteners for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance:Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures,thermally induced movement,and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture,fabrication,installation,or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. Mtn 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G 152,ASTM G 154,or ASTM G 155. 2. Impact Resistance:Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272. B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required,as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Roofing System Design:Tested by a qualified testing agency to resist uplift pressures as indicated on Drawings. D. FM Global Listing:Roofing, base flashings,and component materials shall comply with requirements in FM Global 4450 or FM Global 4470 as part of a roofing system, and shall be listed in FM Global's "RoofNav" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction,as applicable.Identify materials with FM Global markings. i 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class IA-90. 2. Hail-Resistance Rating: SH. E. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108 or UL 790,Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated;testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. F. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 4 2.3 ROOFING SHEET MATERIALS A. Glass-Fiber Base-Ply Sheet:ASTM D 2178,Type IV,asphalt-impregnated,glass-fiber felt. B. Roofing Membrane Sheet:ASTM D 6163,Grade S,Type I or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet(reinforced with glass fibers);smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-4 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Granule-Surfaced Roofing Cap Sheet:ASTM D 6163, Grade G, Type I or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet(reinforced with glass fibers); granule surfaced; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: 1. Granule Color: White. 2.4 BASE FLASHING SHEET MATERIALS A. Backer Sheet:ASTM D 6163, Grade S,Type I or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with glass fibers); smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified. B. Granule-Surfaced Flashing Sheet:ASTM D 6163, Grade G, Type I or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet(reinforced with glass fibers);granule surfaced; suitable for application method specified,and as follows: 1. Granule Color: White. 2.5 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. General:Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits per Section 018113. B. M-Weld Curbs, filled with 1 part Chem Link Pourable Sealer, are to be used on all roof pipe penetrations.FM 03-04-10 C. Roof penetration pitch-pan systems to be"Chemcurb." D. Asphalt Primer:ASTM D 41/13 41M. E. Roofing Asphalt:ASTM D 312, Type III. F. Roofing Asphalt:ASTM D 6152, SEBS modified. G. Cold-Applied Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard asphalt-based, one- or two-part,asbestos-free, cold-applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with roofing membrane and base flashings. H. Asphalt Roofing Cement:ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing system manufacturer for application. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-5 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING i City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 I. Mastic Sealant:Polyisobutylene,plain or modified bitumen;nonhardening, nonmigrating,nonskinning,and nondrying. J. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470,designed for fastening roofing components to substrate;tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength,and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. K. Roofing Granules:Ceramic-coated roofing granules,No. 11 screen size with 100 percent passing No. 8 sieve and 98 percent of mass retained on No.40 sieve,color to match roofing. L. Miscellaneous Accessories:Provide those recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 2.6 ROOF INSULATION A. General:Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer,selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated and that produce FM Global-approved roof insulation. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation:ASTM C 1289,Type 11,Class 1,Grade 2,felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation. b. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. C. Firestone Building Products. d. GAF Materials Corporation. e. Johns Manville. f. Rmax,Inc. - C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide preformed saddles,crickets,tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain.Fabricate to slopes indicated. E. Minimum LTTR(aged)R Value of Insulation: R-30. 2.7 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General:Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with roofing. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-6 i MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 �. B. Fasteners:Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. C. Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C 728,perlite insulation board. D. Cover Board:ASTM C I I77/C I I77M,glass-mat,water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/2 inch thick, factory primed. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; G1asRoc Sheathing Type X. b. Georgia Pacific Corporation;Dens Deck Prime. C. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing. d. Temple-Inland,Inc; GreenGlass Exterior Sheathing. e. USG Corporation; Securock Glass Mat Roof Board. 2.8 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Pads:Reinforced asphaltic composition pads with slip-resisting mineral-granule surface, manufactured as a traffic pad for foot traffic and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer,3/8 inch thick,minimum. 1. Pad Size:Manufacturer's standard. a PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas,and conditions, with Installer present,for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place,curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood cants,blocking, curbs,an d nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck complies with requirements in Section 053100 "Steel Decking." 4. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch out of plane relative to adjoining deck. 5. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed. 6. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture.Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-7 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 a. Test for moisture by pouring 1 pint of hot roofing asphalt on deck at start of each day's work and at start of each roof area or plane.Do not proceed with Work of this Section if test sample foams or can be easily and cleanly stripped after cooling. 7. Verify that concrete-curing compounds that impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION 4M A. Clean substrate of dust,debris,moisture,and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction.Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at a rate of 3/4 gal./100 sq. ft.,and allow primer to dry. D. Install insulation strips in ribs of acoustical roof decks according to acoustical roof , deck manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Asphalt Heating:Heat asphalt to its equiviscous temperature,measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. Circulate asphalt during heating.Do not raise asphalt temperature above equiviscous temperature range more than one hour before time of application.Do not exceed asphalt manufacturer's recommended temperature limits during asphalt heating.Do not heat asphalt within 25 deg F of flash point.Discard asphalt maintained at a temperature exceeding finished blowing temperature for more than four hours. 1. Apply hot roofing asphalt within plus or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature. •r C. Asphalt Heating:Heat and apply SEBS-modified roofing asphalt according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. .. D. Substrate-Joint Penetrations:Prevent roofing asphalt and adhesives from penetrating substrate joints,entering building,or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-8 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 3.4 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Install one lapped base-sheet course and mechanically fasten to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Insulation Cant Strips: Install and secure preformed 45-degree insulation cant strips at junctures of roofing system with vertical surfaces or angle changes greater than 45 degrees. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. a D. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line,with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards.Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers,projections, and penetrations. E. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches or greater,install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. 1. Where installing composite and noncomposite insulation in two or more layers, install noncomposite board insulation for bottom layer and intermediate layers, if applicable, and install composite board insulation for top layer. F. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. G. Install tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces. H. Mechanically Fastened Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board-type roof insulation to deck type. 1. Fasten insulation according to requirements in FM Global's "RoofNav" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners,perimeter,and field of roof. I. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with ® end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum of 6 inches in each direction.Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to roof deck. Tape joints if required by roofing system manufacturer. 1. Fasten cover boards according to requirements in FM Global's "RoofNav" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. w 2. Fasten cover boards to resist uplift pressure at corners,perimeter, and field of roof. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-9 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 3. Apply hot roofing asphalt to underside,and immediately bond cover board to substrate. 3.5 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in ARMA/NRCA's"Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing." 1. Basis of Design: FM 03-04-10 by U.S.Ply. B. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in ARMA/NRCA's"Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing" and as follows: 1. Deck Type: I(insulated). 2. Adhering Method: T(torched). 3. Base Sheet: One. 4. Number of Glass-Fiber Base-Ply Sheets:One. 5. Surfacing Type:M(mineral-granule-surfaced cap sheet). do C. Start installation of roofing in presence of manufacturer's technical personnel. D. Where roof slope exceeds 1/2 inch per 12 inches,install roofing membrane sheets parallel with slope. 1. Backnail roofing sheets to nailer strips according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. E. Coordinate installation of roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt,with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings,and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 'q 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. Mq 3.6 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install modified bituminous roofing cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's MR written instructions,starting at low point of roofing system.Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Torch apply to substrate. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216- 10 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 �. 2. Unroll roofing sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period required by manufacturer. B. Laps:Accurately align roofing sheets,without stretching,and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 2. Apply roofing granules to cover exuded bead at laps while bead is hot. C. Install roofing sheets so side and end laps shed water. 3.7 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloped and vertical surfaces,at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof,and secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by roofing system manufacturer. 2. Backer-Sheet Application:Mechanically fasten backer sheet to walls or parapets. Adhere backer sheet over roofing membrane at cants in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt cold-applied adhesive. 3. Backer-Sheet Application:Adhere backer sheet to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt cold-applied adhesive. 'F 4. Flashing-Sheet Application:Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at not less than 425 deg F.Apply hot roofing asphalt to back of flashing sheet if recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 5. Flashing-Sheet Application:Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in cold-applied adhesive at rate required by roofing system manufacturer. 6. Flashing-Sheet Application:Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in asphalt roofing cement at rate required by roofing system manufacturer. 7. Flashing-Sheet Application:Torch apply flashing sheet to substrate. B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches above roofing membrane and 4 inches onto field of roofing membrane. C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 1. Seal top termination of base flashing. D. Install roofing cap-sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216-11 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 E. Roof Drains: Set 30-by-30-inch-metal flashing in bed of asphaltic adhesive on completed roofing membrane. Cover metal flashing with roofing cap-sheet stripping, and extend a minimum of 4 inches beyond edge of metal flashing onto field of roofing membrane. Clamp roofing membrane,metal flashing, and stripping into roof-drain clamping ring. 1. Install stripping according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkway Pads:Install walkway pads using units of size indicated or, if not indicated, of manufacturer's standard size,according to walkway pad manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Set walkway pads in cold-applied adhesive. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to inspect substrate conditions,surface preparation,membrane application, flashings,protection, and drainage components, and to furnish reports to Architect. 1. Electric Field Vector Mapping(EFVM):Testing agency shall survey entire roof area for potential leaks using electric field vector mapping(EFVM). B. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion. 1. Notify Architect and Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. C. Roofing system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 1. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense,will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements. 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing,inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report,with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements,repair substrates,and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216- 12 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. 3.11 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY A. WHEREAS of herein called the"Roofing Installer," has performed roofing and associated work("work") on the following project: 1. Owner: 2. Address: 3. Building Name/Type: 4. Address: 5. Area of Work: 6. Acceptance Date: 7. Warranty Period: 8. Expiration Date: B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted(either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor)to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period, C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants,subject to terms and conditions herein set forth,that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense,make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition. D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the building, and to building contents, caused by: a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding C. fire; d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking,settlement, excessive deflection,deterioration,and decomposition; e. faulty construction of parapet walls,copings, chimneys, skylights,vents, equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work; f. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and g. activity on roofing by others,including construction contractors, maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner. STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216- 13 MODIFIED BITUNIINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes,Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work. 4. During Warranty Period,if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting,patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work,and positioning of anything on roof,this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations,but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer,before starting said work,shall have notified Owner in writing,showing reasonable cause for claim,that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work,thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty. 5. During Warranty Period,if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used *� for,but was not originally specified for,a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface,flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified,this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change,but �. only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty. 6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed,known, or suspected leaks,defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. 7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofmg failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract F, Documents,regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor. E. IN WITNESS THEREOF,this instrument has been duly executed this _ day of , 1. Authorized Signature: 2. Name: 3. Title: END OF SECTION 075216 STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE(SBS) 075216- 14 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 083323 -OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary ,., Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulated service doors. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS low A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory. 1. Include construction details,material descriptions,dimensions of individual components, profiles for slats,and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities,operating characteristics,electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. 1. Include plans, elevations,sections,and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies, and indicate dimensions,required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include points of attachment and their corresponding static and dynamic loads imposed on structure. 4. For exterior components,include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for excluding and draining moisture to the exterior. 5. Show locations of controls,locking devices, and other accessories. 6. Include diagrams for power, signal,and control wiring. C. - Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's finish charts showing full range of colors and textures available for units with factory-applied finishes. 1. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 - 1 City of Fort Worth 90%Construction Documents Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2,2015 B. Oversize Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire-rated and that exceed size limitations of labeled assemblies. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For overhead coiling doors to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. 1. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than two hours'normal travel time from Installer's place of business to Project site. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S.Architectural& Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and Texas Accessibility Standards(TAS). PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS,GENERAL A. Source Limitations: Obtain overhead coiling doors from single source from single manufacturer. 1. Obtain operators and controls from overhead coiling door manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance,Exterior Doors: Capable of withstanding the design wind loads. 1. Design Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Testing: According to ASTM E 330. 3. Deflection Limits: Design overhead coiling doors to withstand design wind load without evidencing permanent deformation or disengagement of door components. 4. Operability under Wind Load: Design overhead coiling doors to remain operable under design wind load,acting inward and outward. 2.3 DOOR ASSEMBLY A. Service Door: Overhead coiling door formed with curtain of interlocking metal slats. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the — following: a. Cookson Company. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 -2 City of Fort Worth 90% Construction Documents Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2, 2015 .� b. Cornell Iron Works,Inc. C. Overhead Door Corporation. d. Raynor. e. Wayne-Dalton Corp. B. Operation Cycles: Door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 20,000. One operation cycle is complete when a door is opened from the closed position to the fully open �* position and returned to the closed position. 1. Include tamperproof cycle counter. C. Air Infiltration: Maximum rate of 0.08 cfm/sq. ft.at 15 and 25 mph when tested according to ASTM E 283. D. Curtain R-Value: 5.0 deg F x h x sq.ft./Btu. E. Door Curtain Material: Galvanized steel. F. Door Curtain Slats: Flat profile slats of 2-5/8-inch center-to-center height. 1. Gasket Seal. Manufacturer's standard continuous gaskets between slats. G. Bottom Bar: Two angles,each not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8 inch thick;fabricated from hot-dip galvanized steel and finished to match door. H. Curtain Jamb Guides: Galvanized steel with exposed finish matching curtain slats. 1. Hood: Match curtain material and finish. 1. Shape: As shown on Drawings. 2. Mounting: As shown on Drawings. J. Locking Devices: Equip door with locking device assembly. 1. Locking Device Assembly: Cremone type,both jamb sides locking bars, operable from inside and outside with cylinders. K. Electric Door Operator: 1. Usage Classification: Standard duty,up to 25 cycles per hour and up to 90 cycles per day. 2. Operator Location: As shown on Drawings. 3. Safety: Listed according to UL 325 by a qualified testing agency for commercial or industrial use. 4. Motor Exposure: Interior. 5. Emergency Manual Operation: Push-up type. 6. Obstruction-Detection Device: Automatic photoelectric sensor; self-monitoring type. 7. Control Station(s): Where shown on Drawings. L. Curtain Accessories: Equip door with push/pull handles. M. Door Finish: OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 -3 City of Fort Worth 90%Construction Documents Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2,2015 1. Factory Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard color. 2.4 MATERIALS,GENERAL A. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.5 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtains: Fabricate overhead coiling-door curtain of interlocking metal slats,designed to withstand wind loading indicated,in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated,provide slats of thickness and mechanical properties recommended by door manufacturer for performance,size, and type of door indicated, and as follows: 1. Steel Door Curtain Slats: Zinc-coated(galvanized),cold-rolled structural steel sheet; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M,with G90 zinc coating;nominal sheet thickness (coated)of 0.028 inch;and as required. 2. Insulation: Fill slats for insulated doors with manufacturer's standard thermal insulation complying with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively,according to ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Enclose insulation completely within l slat faces. 3. Metal Interior Curtain-Slat Facing: Match metal of exterior curtain-slat face,with minimum steel thickness of 0.010 inch and minimum aluminum thickness of 0.032 inch. B. Curtain Jamb Guides: Manufacturer's standard angles or channels and angles of same material and finish as curtain slats unless otherwise indicated,with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain,to allow curtain to operate smoothly,and to withstand loading. Slot bolt holes for guide adjustment. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain. 2.6 HOODS A. General: Form sheet metal hood to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head. Contour to fit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Form closed ends for surface-mounted hoods and fascia for any portion of between-jamb mounting that projects beyond wall face. Equip hood with intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sagging. 1. Galvanized Steel: Nominal 0.028-inch-thick,hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with G90 zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 2.7 LOCKING DEVICES A. Locking Device Assembly: Fabricate with cylinder lock, spring-loaded dead bolt,operating handle,cam plate,and adjustable locking bars to engage through slots in tracks. 1. Lock Cylinders: Cylinders standard with manufacturer and keyed to building keying system. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 -4 City of Fort Worth 90%Construction Documents Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2,2015 2. Keys: Two for each cylinder. B. Safety Interlock Switch: Equip power-operated doors with safety interlock switch to disengage power supply when door is locked. 2.8 CURTAIN ACCESSORIES A. Smoke Seals: Equip each fire-rated door with replaceable smoke-seal perimeter gaskets or brushes for smoke and draft control as required for door listing and labeling by a qualified testing agency. B. Weatherseals for Exterior Doors: Equip each exterior door with weather-stripping gaskets fitted to entire exterior perimeter of door for a weather-resistant installation unless otherwise indicated. 1. At door head,use 1/8-inch-thick,replaceable,continuous-sheet baffle secured to inside of hood or field-installed on the header. ,�.. 2. At doorjambs,use replaceable,adjustable,continuous,flexible, 1/8-inch-thick seals of flexible vinyl,rubber,or neoprene. C. Astragal for Interior Doors: Equip each door bottom bar with a replaceable,adjustable, continuous,compressible gasket of flexible vinyl,rubber, or neoprene as a cushion bumper. D. Push/Pull Handles: Equip each push-up-operated or emergency-operated door with lifting PW handles on each side of door,finished to match door. E. Automatic-Closing Device for Fire-Rated Doors: Equip each fire-rated door with an automatic-closing device or holder-release mechanism and governor unit complying with NFPA 80 and an easily tested and reset release mechanism. Release mechanism for motor-operated doors shall allow testing without mechanical release of the door.Automatic-closing device shall be designed for activation by the following: 1. Replaceable fusible links with temperature rise and melting point of 165 deg F interconnected and mounted on both sides of door opening. 2.9 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of manufacturer's standard mechanism with an adjustable-tension,steel helical torsion spring mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to top of curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or '^ self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of manufacturer's standard hot-formed, structural-quality, seamless or welded carbon-steel pipe,of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled-up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. of span under full load. C. Counterbalance Spring: One or more oil-tempered,heat-treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain,with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft with cast-steel barrel plugs. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 -5 City of Fort Worth 90%Construction Documents Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2,2015 1. Fire-Rated Doors: Equip with auxiliary counterbalance spring and prevent tension release from main counterbalance spring when automatic closing device operates. D. Torsion Rod for Counterbalance Shaft: Fabricate of manufacturer's standard cold-rolled steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load. E. Brackets: Manufacturer's standard mounting brackets of either cast iron or cold-rolled steel plate. 2.10 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and operation-cycles requirement specified,with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls,starter,gear-reduction unit,solenoid-operated brake,clutch, control stations,control devices,integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Chamberlain Group,Inc. (The). 2. Comply with NFPA 70. 3. Control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1,NEMA ICS 2,and NEMA ICS 6,with NFPA 70 Class 2 control circuit,maximum 24-V ac or dc. B. Door Operator Location(s): Operator location indicated for each door. C. Motors: Reversible-type motor with controller(disconnect switch)for motor exposure indicated. 1. Motor Size: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough to start,accelerate, *� and operate door in either direction from any position,at a speed not less than 8 in./sec.and not more than 12 in./sec.,without exceeding nameplate ratings or service factor. 2. Operating Controls,Controllers,Disconnect Switches,Wiring Devices,and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated. 3. Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics of motors and other electrical devices with building electrical system and each location where installed. D. Limit Switches: Equip each motorized door with adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions. E. Obstruction Detection Devices: External entrapment protection consisting of indicated automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door opening. For non-fire-rated doors,activation of device immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. For fire-rated doors,activation delays closing. 1. Photoelectric Sensor: Manufacturer's standard system designed to detect an obstruction in door opening without contact between door and obstruction. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323-6 City of Fort Worth 90% Construction Documents r Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2,2015 a. Self-Monitoring Type: Designed to interface with door operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensing device. When self-monitoring feature is activated, door closes only with sustained or constant pressure on close button. F. Control Station: Three-button control station in fixed location with momentary-contact push-button controls labeled"Open" and "Stop" and sustained-or constant-pressure push-button control labeled "Close." 1. Interior-Mounted Units: Full-guarded, surface-mounted, heavy-duty type, with general-purpose NEMA ICS 6, Type l enclosure. t G. Emergency Manual Operation: Equip each electrically powered door with capability for emergency manual operation. Design manual mechanism so required force for door operation does not exceed 25 lbf. H. Emergency Operation Disconnect Device: Equip operator with hand-operated disconnect mechanism for automatically engaging manual operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount mechanism so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged. I. Motor Removal: Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without affecting emergency manual operation. 2.11 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM/NOMMA's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products(AMP 500-06)" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.12 STEEL AND GALVANIZED-STEEL FINISHES A. Factory Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard primer,compatible with field-applied finish. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning,pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness. B. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning,pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness. i 1 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 -7 94 City of Fort Worth 90%Construction Documents ON Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2,2015 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates areas and conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for substrate construction and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine locations of electrical connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install overhead coiling doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors,inserts,hangers,and equipment supports;according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified. B. Install overhead coiling doors,hoods,controls,and operators at the mounting locations indicated for each door. C. Accessibility: Install overhead coiling doors,switches,and controls along accessible routes in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility. D. Fire-Rated Doors: Install according to NFPA 80. E. Smoke-Control Doors: Install according to NFPA 80 and NFPA 105. F. Power-Operated Doors: Install automatic garage doors openers according to UL 325. 3.3 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Test door closing when activated by detector or alarm-connected fire-release system. Reset door-closing mechanism after successful test. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly so that doors operate easily,free of warp, twist,or distortion. 1. Adjust exterior doors and components to be weather-resistant. B. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 -8 City of Fort Worth 90% Construction Documents Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility October 2, 2015 C. Adjust seals to provide tight fit around entire perimeter. _ 3.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 12 months'full maintenance by skilled employees of coiling-door Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for door operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 1. Perform maintenance, including emergency callback service, during normal working hours. 2. Include 24-hour-per-day, seven-day-per-week, emergency callback service. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead coiling doors. END OF SECTION 083323 1 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 -9 f City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 083323.10 -HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. High-speed roll-up doors. B. Wiring from electric circuit disconnect to operator to control station. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. None 1.3 REFERENCES A. NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B. LED-Light Emitting Diode. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Motor type: AC drive, and variable speed with soft acceleration and braking. Mechanical release lever on side column allows door to be easily opened in the event of a power failure. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, anchorage methods, hardware locations,and installation details. 2. Product Data:Provide general construction,component connections and details,and electrical equipment,operation instructions,and information. 3. Samples: Submit samples of door slat material. 4. Manufacturer's Installation: Indicate installation sequence and procedures, adjustment,and alignment procedures. 1.6 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Scheduled maintenance program available to include lubrication requirements and frequency, periodic adjustments required, scheduled maintenance suggested, manufacturer's data sheets,and equipment inter-connection diagrams. HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS 083323.10-1 F' City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical components UL listed. ` B. Electrical control panel NEMA approved. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish high-speed roll doors and all components and accessories by one manufacturer. B. Specific door model used must have a proven track record of successful installations in similar applications of no less than 3 years. References to be provided upon request. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with installation of electric power and locations and sizes of conduit. 1.11 WARRANTY A. One year parts,one year labor. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. The Cookson Company,Inc. B. Rytec Corporation Spiral Door.(Basis of Design) C. Approved substitutions per Division 1 requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Door Panel: Double-walled, aluminum slats are 6 inches high by 1 3/16 inches thick. 1� Integral rubber weatherseal between each of the panels. Optional 3.25"high window slats available. Door slats are connected by hinge system to provide additional rigidity and security to door panel. Door curtain does not require a tensioning system for additional wind/pressure resistance. Doors which require the use of a tensioning system for additional wind/pressure resistance will not be accepted. HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS 083323.10-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Side Frames: Galvanized steel side frames with full height weatherseal on both sides to seal against door panel. Dual thru-beam photo-eyes mounted within doorjamb.Doors using an external coil cord will not be accepted. C. Bottom Bar: Extruded aluminum bottom bar with electric,reversing edge that reverses the *� door upon contacting an object. D. Counterbalance:Up to six extension springs in each side column,depending on the size of the door. Springs assist the motor in opening the door. Mechanical release lever on side column allows door to be easily opened in the event of a power failure. Doors using torsion springs for counterbalance or doors with springs located within a barrel will not be accepted. E. Drive system: Minimum 2 HP motor with variable speed AC drive which allows for soft acceleration and braking. Doors using a motor with a clutch or pump will not be accepted. F. Travel Speed: Opens at up to 60 inches per second and closes at 30 inches per second. G. Electrical Controls 1. Rytec controller housed in a UL/cUL Listed NEMA 4X-rated enclosure with factory set parameters. 2. Parameter changes and all door configurations can be made from the face of the control box,no exposure to high voltage.Control panels that require opening of the control box and reaching inside to make parameter changes will not be accepted. 3. Controls include a variable speed AC drive system capable of infinitely variable speed control in both directions. 4. Programmable inputs and outputs accommodate special control applications(traffic lights, horns, actuation devices, timing sequences, etc.) without the need for additional electrical components. 5. Self-diagnostic scrolling two-line vacuum fluorescent display provides expanded informational messages for straightforward installation, control adjustments and error reporting. 6. Complete history of door, at least two years, is logged and encrypted onto a USB flash drive. All errors have a time and date stamp for reference. Control panels not logging up to two years of door history will not be accepted. H. Door to use rotary encoder to regulate door travel limits. Limits to be self-adjusting, without the use of tools, from floor level at the control panel. Doors using mechanical limits switches or doors that require tools to set the limits will not be accepted. I. Door Track: Spiral rollup design features no metal-to-metal contact which results in .� whisper-quiet, low maintenance operation and eliminates wear on panel slats. Doors that roll up on a barrel or whose track design allows metal-to-metal contact will not be accepted. J. Windload: Door testing indicates the door is capable of withstanding winds up to and exceeding 88 mph(20 psf). K. All components factory finished. HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS 083323.10-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 R PART 3 - EXECUTION f 3.1 EXAMINATION f A. Verify that opening sizes,tolerances,and conditions are acceptable. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level to plumb to provide smooth operation. D. Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components. 3.3 ADJUSTING 1 A. Adjust door and operating assemblies. B. Test and adjust door(s),if necessary,for proper operation. 3.4 CLEANING t A. Clean door and components. END OF SECTION 083323.10 f M 1 HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS 083323.10-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 085659-SERVICE WINDOW UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Related Sections:Provisions established in General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract,Division 01 -General Requirements,and the Drawings are collectively applicable to this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Horizontal sliding pass-thru window. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Including all pertinent performance characteristics and criteria. •• B. Shop Drawings:Indicate materials,construction,sizes,quantities,finishes,and installation details. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Instructions:For installation,maintenance,and repair. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of the work. 1. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without field measurements,and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit of window units 1.6 WARRANTY MW A. Provide warranties in accordance with Section 017700. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. VOC Limits: any adhesives,sealants,paints,or coatings shall meet the VOC limits indicated in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements." 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide accessories by one of the following: 1. Sliding Pass-Thru Window: a. C.R.Laurence Co. b. Nissen. C. Horton Automatics. B. Acceptable Products-Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the products indicated: 1. C.R.Laurence Co. SW2212A. 2. Nissen EI. SERVICE WINDOW UNITS 085659- 1 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 3. 8900 Manual by Horton Automatics. 2.3 PRODUCTS A. Sliding Pass-Thru Window:Anodized aluminum extrusion and 1/2 inch insulating glass without screen. 1. Custom Size:Refer to Drawings. 2. Operation:Manual. 3. Finish: Clear satin anodized aluminum. 2.4 FABRICATION ,. A. General:Fabrication aluminum window units to comply with indicated standards.Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. B. Pre-glazed Fabrication: Pre-glaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications indicated. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of the "Glass and Glazing" section of these Specifications. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Notify Architect of any existing conditions which will adversely affect execution. C. Beginning of execution will constitute acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of window units,hardware, operators,and other components of the work. B. Set window units plumb,level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or ventilators. Provide proper support and anchor securely to surrounding construction with approved fasteners. 1. Separate zinc-coated steel and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion of electrolytt action at points of contact with other materials,by inserting a bituminous coating or plastic sheet materials. C. Adjust operating ventilators and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and weatherstripping, for smooth operation and a weathertight closure 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and fit items to be flush with adjacent construction. B. Fasten or adhere for tight connections and joints. C. Adjust for smooth operation. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean'surfaces promptly after installation of windows.Exercise care to avoid damage to the finish.Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds,dirt, and other substances.Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. B. Clean glass of pre-glazed units promptly after installation of windows. Comply with requirements of the "Glass and Glazing" Section for cleaning and maintenance. SERVICE WINDOW UNITS 085659-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Initiate and maintain protection and other precautions required through the remainder of the construction period,to ensure that,except for normal weathering,window units will be free of damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. D. Test operation of movable light and adjust as required. Upon acceptance of the Project,provide full instructions and demonstrate to the Owner's designated representative the proper methods of care, operation and maintenance of the units. END OF SECTION 085659 i 111 SERVICE WINDOW UNITS 085659-3 PW No City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 SECTION 096116- CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. Sealing of concrete floor areas not otherwise scheduled to receive finish floor covering. 2. Cleaning and sealing of existing concrete floors not scheduled to receive finish floor covering. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product indicated. 1. Include data to indicate chemical,solvent,and detergent resistance. 2. Include information for primer,sealants,accessories and other required components. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For fluid-applied floor sealer to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's instructions on maintenance renewal of applied treatments. 2. Protocols and product specifications for joint filing, crack repair and/or surface repair. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum 10 years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications:An installer(applicator)who is approved,trained, or certified by fluid-applied floor sealer manufacturer. C. Source Limitations: Furnish products from one manufacturer for entire Project, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manner to prevent damage to containers and bags. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in clean and dry location with temperature between 60 deg F and 90 deg F. C. Keep products away from fire or open flame. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature,humidity,ventilation,and other conditions affecting flooring application. 1. Do not apply flooring until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof,wet work in spaces is complete and dry; and overhead work,including installing mechanical systems, lighting, and athletic equipment,is complete. +. B. Conditioning Period: Begins not less than 7 days before flooring application,is continuous through application, and continues not less than 3 days after application. 1. After conditioning period,maintain relative humidity and ambient temperature planned for building occupants. ,� CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING 096116- 1 City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Ventilate area where flooring is being installed.Post and enforce no smoking and no open flame signs until flooring has cured. D. Lighting:Provide permanent lighting or,if permanent lighting is not in place,simulate permanent lighting conditions during floor sealer application. E. Close spaces to traffic during floor sealer application and for not less than 24 hours after application unless manufacturer recommends a longer period. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence work under provisions of Division 01 Section"Construction Progress Documentation." 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer warranting work to be free from defective materials and workmanship,and agreeing to replace components which fail within 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1. Failed materials and workmanship includes spalling, cracking,and delamination. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 1. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemical Corp. 2. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. 3. Euclid Chemical. 2.2 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER A. VOC Limits:any adhesives,sealants,paints,or coatings shall meet the VOC limits indicated in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements." B. Acrylic: Super Diamond Clear VOX. C. Epoxy: Two component,water-based,high-performance,high-solids,epoxy floor coating system,equal to Euco 512 VOX. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Sealant Materials:Manufacturer's recommended sealant compatible with flooring system for type of service and joint condition indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION d" 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,with Installer(Applicator)present,for conditions affecting performance of flooring including substrate moisture content. Ma B. Examine areas to receive flooring for: 1. Defects in substrate that may affect proper execution of flooring work. 2. Deviations beyond allowable tolerance for concrete slab work. 3. Surface curing agents or sealers that would inhibit bond. 4. Surface defects such as cracks that could transfer through to finished flooring surface if not corrected. C. Do not begin flooring work until concrete has cured a minimum of 28 days. D. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING 096116-2 ps City of Fort Worth ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare Substrate:Tests concrete substrate for pH, contaminants, and moisture content in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure concrete is within manufacturers recommended limits prior to installation. B. Concrete Sub-floors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers,hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. 2. If required by manufacturer,mechanically abrade or shot-blast existing concrete flooring to remove inappropriate curing agents and to open pores of concrete surfaces to allow penetration of bonding agent. Completely remove cleaning residue. Acid washing is not acceptable. 3. Repair cracks, divots and surface imperfections according to manufacturer's instructions. 4. Vacuum to remove dust and debris. Me C. Protect walls, floor openings, equipment,electrical openings,door frames, and other obstructions during installation. Cover floor and wall areas at mixing stations. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Mix and apply flooring components according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply a minimum of 2 coats in accordance with manufacturer's recommended coverage rates. 3.4 CURING A. Cure flooring materials according to manufacturer's directions,taking care to prevent contamination during application stages and before completing curing process. 1. Indoor Air Quality Procedures: Ventilate in accordance with Division 01 Section "Environmental Project Procedures." 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean as recommended by manufacturer.Do not use materials or methods which may damage surface or surrounding construction. 1. Cleaner,Maximum VOC Content: In accordance with applicable codes. B. Remove temporary covering and clean flooring prior to final inspection. Use cleaning materials and procedures recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Protect finished work in accordance with Division 01 Section"Common Execution Requirements." D. Do not permit traffic over finished flooring surfaces. E. Protect flooring materials from damage and wear during construction operation. END OF SECTION 096116 ,., CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING 096116-3 M City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION MR Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 MM SECTION 107114-FIXED ALUMINUM SUN SCREENS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sun screen. 2. Reinforcing,shims,anchors,and attachment devices. 3. Accessories necessary to complete Work. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Manufacturer: Responsible for designing each system, including anchorage to structural system and necessary modifications to meet specified requirements and maintain visual design concepts. 2. Provide aluminum decorative screen systems,including necessary modifications to meet specified requirements and maintaining visual design concepts. 3. Perimeter Conditions: Allow for installation tolerances,expansion and contraction of adjacent materials,structural deflections,and sealant manufacturer's recommended joint design. 4. Drawings: Diagrammatic and do not purport to identify nor solve problems of thermal or structural movement,or anchorage. 5. Requirements Shown by Details: Establish basic dimension of unit, sight lines and profiles of members. 6. Attachments: Account for site peculiarities and expansion and contraction movements so there is no possibility of loosening,weakening and fracturing connection between units and building structure or between units themselves. 7. Anchors,Fasteners and Braces: Structurally stressed not more than 50 percent of allowable stress when maximum loads are applied. 8. Allow for expansion and contraction due to structural movement without detriment to appearance or performance. 9. Accommodate building structure deflections in connections to structure. B. Thermal Requirements:Accommodate expansion and contraction movement due to surface temperature differential of 180 degrees F without causing buckling,stress on structural elements,reduction of performance or other detrimental effects. FIXED ALUMINUM SUN SCREENS 107114- 1 F0 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 ,t 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each manufactured product in accordance with Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit drawings indicating elevations,detailed design, dimensions,member profiles,joint locations, arrangement of units,member connections,and thickness of various components. 2. Indicate: 3. Details of special shapes. 4. Reinforcing. 5. Anchorage system. 6. Interfacing with building construction. 7. Provisions for expansion and contraction. 8. Clearly indicate locations of exposed fasteners and joints for Architect's acceptance. C. Samples: Submit samples indicating quality of finish in required colors on alloys used for work, 12 inches long for extrusions and 6 inches square for sheet materials. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit manufacturer's Instructions. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Comply with following: 1. Protect finished surfaces to prevent damage. 2. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings which become firmly bonded when exposed to sun. 3. Do not leave coating residue on surfaces. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Submit warranty stating fluorocarbon(PVDF) coating finish will be free from fading more than 10 percent, chalking,yellowing,peeling,cracking,pitting, corroding or non-uniformity of color, or gloss deterioration beyond manufacturer's descriptive standards for 20 years and agreeing to promptly correct defects. r+ FIXED ALUMINUM SUN SCREENS 107114-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION +� Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. The Airolite Company,Marrietta, OH 2. Construction Specialties,Cranford,NJ. 3. Kawneer 4. Peachtree Protective Covers,Inc. 3:5. Approved equal B. Acceptable Substitutions: 1. Refer to Section 012500. C. Acceptable Profile: Refer to Drawings. 2.2 FRAMING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Aluminum: 1. ASTM B221,alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions;ASTM B209,alloy 5005-1416 for sheets;or other alloys and temper recommended by manufacturer appropriate for specified finish. 2. Minimum thickness of 0.081 inch for framing members and 0.050 inch for applied stops and similar components. B. Inserts and Anchorage Devices: 1. Manufacturer's standard formed or fabricated assemblies,steel or aluminum,of shapes,plates,bars or tubes. 2. Hot-dip galvanize steel assemblies after fabrication,comply with ASTM A123, i 2.0 ounce minimum coating. C. Fasteners: Non-magnetic stainless steel or cadmium plated steel coated with yellow or silver iridescence plating,compatible with materials being fastened. 1. Exposed Locations: Series 300 stainless steel. 2. Concealed Locations: Cadmium plated steel with 0.0005 inch plating thickness and color chromate coated. 3. Provide nuts or washers of design having means to prevent disengagement; deforming of fastener threads is not acceptable. 4. Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible. 5. Exposed Locations: Countersunk flathead fasteners with finish matching item fastened. dft D. Expansion Anchor Devices:Drilled-in,expansion bolt anchors. FIXED ALUMINUM SUN SCREENS 107114-3 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 E. Shims: Non-staining,non-ferrous,type as recommended by system manufacturer. F. Protective Coatings: Cold applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness for each,coat; or alkyd type zinc chromate primer,FS TT-P-645. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Take accurate field measurements to verify required dimensions prior to fabrication. 1. Location of exposed joints is subject to Architect's acceptance. 2. Fabricate components in accordance with approved shop drawings. Remove burrs and ease edges. Shop fabricate to greatest extent practicable to minimize field cutting, splicing, and assembly. Disassemble only to extent necessary for r shipping and handling limitations. B. Welding: Comply with recommendations of American Welding Society (AWS). 1. Performed by AWS qualified welders using recommended electrodes and methods to avoid distortion and discoloration. 2. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces before finishing; restore mechanical finish. 2.4 FINISH A. General: Comply with Aluminum Association's(AA) "Designation System for Aluminum Finishes"for finish designations and application recommendations. B. Aluminum: Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. i C. High-Performance Organic Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare,pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'written instructions. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions and proceed with Work when substrates are ready. 1. Verify dimensions,tolerances,and method of attachment with other Work. FIXED ALUMINUM SUN SCREENS 107114-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Align assemblies plumb and level,free of warp or twist,aligning with adjacent Work. B. Tolerances: Tolerances are not accumulative. 1. Limit Variations from Plumb and Level: a. 1/8 inch in 20 feet vertically and horizontally. b. 1/4 inch in 40 feet either direction. 2. Jog in Alignment: 1/16 inch maximum. 3. Location: 1/4 inch maximum deviation of any member at any location. C. Provide attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. 1. Anchor securely in place, allowing for required movement, including expansion and contraction. 2. Separate dissimilar materials at contract points,including metal in contact with masonry or concrete surfaces,with protective coating or preformed separators to prevent contact and electrolytic action. 3.3 CLEANTNG A. General: Clean surfaces in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations;remove excess mastic,mastic smears,and other foreign materials. END OF SECTION FIXED ALUMINUM SUN SCREENS 107114-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 133419-METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural-steel framing. 2. Metal roof,wall,liner, and soffit panels. 3. Vinyl faced insulation. 4. Accessories. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology Standard: See MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for definitions of terms for metal building system construction not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of metal building system component. Include construction details,material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes for the following: 1. Structural-steel-framing system. 2. Metal roof panels. 3. Flashing and trim. B. Shop Drawings: For the following metal building system components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details,and attachments to other work. 1. Anchor-Bolt Plans: Submit anchor-bolt plans and templates before foundation work begins. Include location,diameter,and projection of anchor bolts required to attach metal building to foundation. Indicate column reactions at each location. 2. Structural-Framing Drawings: Show complete fabrication of primary and secondary framing; include provisions for openings. Indicate welds and bolted connections, distinguishing between shop and field applications. Include transverse cross-sections. a. Show provisions for attaching roof curbs and pipe racks. ^-! 3. Metal Roof Panel Layout Drawings: Show layouts of metal panels including methods of support. Include details of edge conditions,joints,panel profiles, corners, anchorages,trim,flashings,closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory-and field-assembled work; show locations of exposed fasteners. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 1 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 a. Show roof-mounted items including roof hatches, equipment supports,pipe supports and penetrations,lighting fixtures,and items mounted on roof curbs. b. Show wall-mounted items including doors, windows,louvers, and lighting fixtures. 4. Accessory Drawings: Include details of the following items,at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches: a. Flashing and trim. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required,prepared on Samples of sizes indicated below: 1. Metal Panels: Nominal 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners,closures, and other exposed panel accessories. 2. Flashing and Trim: Nominal 12 inches long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For metal building systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria,including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. E. Qualification Data: For qualified erector,professional engineer and land surveyor. F. gelding certificates. G. Metal Building System Certificates: For each type of metal building system, from manufacturer. 1. Letter of Design Certification: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following: a. Name and location of Project. b. Order number. C. Name of manufacturer. d. Name of Contractor. e. Building dimensions including width,length,height,and roof slope. f. Indicate compliance with AISC standards for hot-rolled steel and AISI standards for cold-rolled steel,including edition dates of each standard. -* g. Governing building code and year of edition. h. Design Loads: Include dead load,roof live load, collateral loads,roof snow load, deflection,wind loads/speeds and exposure, seismic design category or effective peak velocity-related acceleration/peak acceleration, and auxiliary loads(cranes). i. Load Combinations: Indicate that loads were applied acting simultaneously with concentrated loads, according to governing building code. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 j. Building-Use Category: Indicate category of building use and its effect on load importance factors. k. AISC Certification for Category MB: Include statement that metal building system and components were designed and produced in an AISC-Certified Facility by an AISC-Certified Manufacturer. H. Erector Certificates: For each product,from manufacturer. rI. Manufacturer Certificates: For each product, from manufacturer. J. Field quality-control reports. K. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal panel finishes and door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE IP A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer and member of MBMA. 1. AISC Certification for Category MB: An AISC-Certified Manufacturer that designs and produces metal building systems and components in an AISC-Certified Facility. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. B. Erector Qualifications: An experienced erector who specializes in erecting and installing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. C. Source Limitations: Obtain metal building system components,including primary and secondary framing and metal panel assemblies,from single source from single manufacturer. D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code-Steel." E. Structural Steel: Comply with AISC 360, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings," for design requirements and allowable stresses. r 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver components,sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and rhandling. B. Unload, store,and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. rC. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness,with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining,denting, or other surface damage. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 E Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations:Proceed with installation only when weather conditions permit metal panels to be installed according to manufacturers'written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: 1. Established Dimensions for Foundations: Comply with established dimensions on approved anchor-bolt plans,establishing foundation dimensions and proceeding with fabricating structural framing without field measurements. Coordinate anchor-bolt installation to ensure that actual anchorage dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Established Dimensions for Metal Panels: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,either establish framing and opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal panels without field •- measurements,or allow for field trimming metal panels. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual building dimensions, locations of structural members, and openings correspond to established dimensions. M, 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete foundations and casting of anchor-bolt inserts into foundation walls and footings. Concrete,reinforcement,and formwork requirements are specified in Section 033000"Cast-in-Place Concrete." B. Coordinate metal panel assemblies with rain drainage work,flashing,trim, and construction of supports and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof,secure, and noncorrosive installation. C. Coordinate all necessary framing required to suspend mechanical equipment(weights provided by mechanical engineer)and framing provided by metal building manufacturer. 1.10 WARRANTY f A. Special Warranty on Metal Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to,the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. C. Cracking,checking,peeling,or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Weathertightness Warranty for Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies that leak or otherwise fail to remain weathertight within specified warranty period. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide a metal buildiung system by Butler Manufacturing Company; a B1ueScope Steel company, or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Alliance Steel,Oklahoma Cib,, OK. 2. American Buildings Company;Division of Magnatrax Corp. 3. Ceco Building Systems; Division of NCI Building Systems,L.P. 4. Inland Buildings; Subsidiary of Behlen Mfg. Co. 5. Metallic Building Company;Division of NCI Building Systems,L.P. 6. MESCO BUILDING SOLUTIONS,www.mescobuildingsolutions.com -. 7. McElroy,www.mcelroymetal.com 8. Nucor Building Systems. 9. Rigid Global Buildings,Houston,Texas 888-467-4443 14. Tyler Building Systems,L.P. 11. VP Buildings; a United Dominion company. B. Substitutions in accordance with Division 1 section"Substitution Procedures". 2.2 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS A. Description: Provide a complete,integrated set of metal building system manufacturer's standard mutually dependent components and assemblies that form a metal building system capable of withstanding structural and other loads,thermally induced movement,and exposure to weather without failure or infiltration of water into building interior. 1. Provide metal building system of size and with bay spacings,roof slopes, and spans indicated. B. Primary-Frame Type: 1. Rigid Modular: Solid-member, structural-framing system as indicated. C. Bay Spacing: As indicated. D. Roof Slope:As indicated. 2.3 METAL BUILDING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Delegated Design: Design metal building system, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer,using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance:Metal building systems shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to procedures in MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual." METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Design Loads: Design structural building frame members to withstand dead loads, collateral loads,snow loads,lateral pressure and suction"up-lift"loads due to wind loads,seismic loads and design loads as indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to,all suspended mechanical equipment indicated on MEP drawings and all necessary support framing associated with such mechanical equipment in accordance with applicable code. 2. Deflection Limits:Design metal building system assemblies to withstand design loads with deflections no greater than the following: a. Purlins and Rafters: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span. b. Girts: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the span. C. Metal Roof,Wall,and Soffit Panels: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span. d. Building Frame:Deflection due to crane loads of 1/360. e. Design secondary-framing systems to accommodate deflection of primary framing and construction tolerances to maintain clearances at openings, and accommodate deflection requirements for architectural cladding and finish materials indicated on the Drawings. 3. Drift Limits: Engineer building structure to withstand design loads with drift limits no greater than the following: a. Lateral Drift: Maximum of 1/360 of the building height. 4. Metal panel assemblies shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASTM E 1592. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change(range)in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints,overstressing of components,failure of joint sealants,failure of connections,and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 120 deg F,ambient; 180 deg F,material surfaces. D. Air Infiltration for Metal Roof and Wall Panels: Air leakage through assembly of not more than 0.06 cfin/sq. ft.of roof area when tested according to ASTM E 1680 at negative test-pressure difference of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.. E. Water Penetration for Metal Roof and Wall Panels: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 1646 at test-pressure difference of 2.86 lbf/sq. ft. F. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for Class 90. G. Thermal Performance: Provide insulation with the following maximum U-factors and minimum R-values for opaque elements when tested according to ASTM C 1363 or ASTM C 518: 1. Metal Roof Assemblies: a. R-Value: R-13+R-13. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-6 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 H. Solar Reflectance Index: Not less than 29 when calculated according to ASTM E 1980 based on testing identical products by a qualified testing agency. 2.4 STRUCTURAL-STEEL FRAMING A. Primary Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary-framing system, designed to withstand required loads and specified requirements. Primary framing includes transverse and lean-to frames; rafter, rake, and canopy beams; sidewall, intermediate, end-wall, and corner columns; and wind bracing. 1. General: Provide frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members. Factory drill for field-bolted assembly. Provide frame span and spacing indicated. a. Slight variations in span and spacing may be acceptable if necessary to comply with manufacturer's standard, as approved by Architect. 2. Rigid Modular Frames: I-shaped frame sections fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes. Provide interior columns _ fabricated from round steel pipes or tubes, or shop-welded, built-up steel plates. 3. Long-Bay Frames: I-shaped frame sections fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes. 4. Frame Configuration: Reference drawings. 5. Exterior Column Type: Tapered. 6. Rafter Type: Tapered. B. Secondary Framing: Manufacturer's standard secondary framing, including purlins, girts, eave struts, flange bracing, base members, gable angles, clips, headers,jambs, and other miscellaneous structural members. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate framing from either cold-formed, structural-steel sheet or roll-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, prepainted with coil coating,to comply with the following: 1. Purlins: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural-steel shapes; minimum 2-1/2-inch-wide flanges. a. Depth: As required to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Girts: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural-steel shapes. Form ends of Z-sections with stiffening lips angled 40 to 50 degrees from flange, with minimum 2-1/2-inch- wide flanges. a. Depth: As required to comply with system performance requirements. 3. Eave Struts: Unequal-flange, C-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural-steel shapes; to provide adequate backup for metal panels. 4. Flange Bracing: Minimum 2-by-2-by-1/8-inch structural-steel angles or 1-inch diameter, cold-formed structural tubing to stiffen primary-frame flanges. 5. Sag Bracing: Minimum 1-by-l-by-1/8-inch structural-steel angles. 6. Base or Sill Angles: Minimum 3-by-2-inch zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-7 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 7. Purlin and Girt Clips: Manufacturer's standard clips fabricated from steel sheet. Provide galvanized clips where clips are connected to galvanized framing members. 8. Secondary End-Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from structural-steel sheet. 9. Framing for Openings: Channel shapes;fabricated from cold-formed, structural-steel sheet or structural-steel shapes.Frame head and jamb of door openings and head,jamb,and sill of other openings. 10. Miscellaneous Structural Members: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from cold-formed,structural-steel sheet;built-up steel plates;or zinc-coated (galvanized)steel sheet; designed to withstand required loads. C. Bracing: Provide adjustable wind bracing as follows: 1. Rods:ASTM A 36/A 36M;ASTM A 572/A 572M,Grade 50; or ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50; minimum 1/2-inch-diameter steel;threaded full length or threaded a minimum of 6 inches at each end. 2. Angles:Fabricated from structural-steel shapes to match primary framing,of size required to withstand design loads. 3. Rigid Portal Frames:Fabricated from shop-welded,built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes to match primary framing;of size required to withstand design loads. 4. Fixed-Base Columns:Fabricated from shop-welded,built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes to match primary framing;of size required to withstand design loads. 5. Diaphragm Action of Metal Panels: Design metal building to resist wind forces through diaphragm action of metal panels. 6. Bracing: Provide wind bracing using any method specified above, at manufacturer's option. D. Bolts: Provide plain-fuiish bolts for structural-framing components that are primed or finish painted. Provide zinc-plated-or hot-dip galvanized bolts for structural-framing components that are galvanized. E. Materials: 1. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M;ASTM A 572/A 572M,Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A 529/A 529M,Grade 50 or 55. 2. Channels,Angles,M-Shapes,and S-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M;ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 or 55;or ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50 or 55. 3. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M;ASTM A 572/A 572M,Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50 or 55. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M,Type E or S,Grade B. 5. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500,Grade B or C, structural tubing. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-8 WE so City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 PE 6. Structural-Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled,ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Structural Steel (SS), Grades 30 through 55, or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel(HSLAS), Grades 45 through 70; or cold-rolled,ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel(SS), Grades 25 through 80, or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel(HSLAS), Grades 45 `" through 70. 7. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel(SS), Grades 33 through 80 or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel(HSLAS), Grades 50 through 80;with G60 coating designation;mill phosphatized. 8. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet,metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. a. Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Steel Sheet:ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel(SS), Grades 33 through 80 or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel (HSLAS), Grades 50 through 80;with G90 coating designation. 9. Non-High-Strength Bolts,Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A, carbon-steel, hex-head bolts; ASTM A 563 carbon-steel hex nuts; and ASTM F 844 plain(flat)steel washers. a. Finish: Plain or mechanically deposited zinc coating,ASTM B 695, Class 50. 10. High-Strength Bolts,Nuts,and Washers: ASTM A 325,Type 1,heavy-hex steel structural bolts;ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers. a. Finish: Plain or mechanically deposited zinc coating,ASTM B 695, Class 50. 11. Tension-Control,High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1,heavy-hex-head steel structural bolts with spline ends. a. Finish: Plain or mechanically deposited zinc coating,ASTM B 695, Class 50. 12. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50. a. Configuration: Straight. b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. y' C. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. d. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel. �. e. Finish: Plain or mechanically deposited zinc coating,ASTM B 695,Class 50. 13. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554,Grade 36. a. Configuration: Straight. b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. C. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. d. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-9 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 e. Finish: Plain or mechanically deposited zinc coating,ASTM B 695,Class 50. 14. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50. a. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. b. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. C. Finish: Plain or mechanically deposited zinc coating,ASTM B 695, Class 50. F. Finish: Factory primed. Apply specified primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. * 1. Apply primer to primary and secondary framing to a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil. a. Prime secondary framing formed from uncoated steel sheet to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.5 mil on each side. 2. Primer: SSPC-Paint 15,Type I,red oxide. 2.5 METAL ROOF,WALL,LINER,AND SOFFIT PANELS A. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Formed with raised trapezoidal ribs at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between ribs;designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels. 1. Material: Zinc-coated(galvanized)steel sheet,0.028-inch nominal thickness. a. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer. b. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2. Clips: Manufacturer's standard,floating offset type to accommodate thermal movement and allow minimum of 2"of insulation to be continuous under panel with limited compression;fabricated from zinc-coated(galvanized)steel sheet. 3. Joint Type:Mechanically seamed,folded according to manufacturer's standard. 4. Panel Coverage: 16 inches. 5. Panel Height: 2 inches. 6. Uplift Rating: UL 90. 7. Basis of Design:Equal to Platinum Series Standing Seam Metal Roof by Rigid Global Buildings. B. Tapered-Rib-Profile, Exposed-Fastener Metal Wall Panels: Formed with raised, trapezoidal maior ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between maior ribs; designed to be installed by lapping side edges of adiacent panels and mechanically attaching panels to supports using exposed fasteners in _ side laps. 1. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, 0.028-inch nominal thickness. �. a. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 10 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 ,r b. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2. Major-Rib Spacing: 12 inches o.c. 3. Panel Coverage: 36 inches. = 4. Panel Height: 1.50 inches. 5. Basis of Design: Equal to R-panel. = C. Flush-Profile,Metal Liner Panels: Solid panels formed with vertical panel edges and equal spaced intermediate ribbed pan between panel edges,with interlocking ioint between panels;designed for interior side of metal wall panel assemblies and installed by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners in side laps. ' 1. Material: Zinc-coated(galvanized)steel sheet,22 gage nominal thickness. a. Exterior Finish: Siliconized polyester. = b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Panel Coverage: 24 inches. = 3. Panel Height: 1.25 inches. 4. Basis of Design: Mesco H.Panel. D. Concealed-Fastener Metal Soffit Panels: Formed with vertical panel edges and flush surface; with flush joint between panels; with 1-inch- wide flange for attacbin2 interior finisb; designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to .. supports using concealed fasteners in side laps. 1. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, 0.028-inch nominal thickness. = a. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer. b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Panel Coverage: 12 inches. 3. Panel Height: 1 inch. 4. Basis of Design: Manufacturer's standard. E. Materials: 1. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted-flatness steel sheet,metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. a. Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M,G90 coating designation;structural quality. b. Surface: Smooth,flat finish. F. Finishes: I. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: rMETAL BUII,DING SYSTEMS 133419-11 to City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 6. Thermal Spacer Blocks: Where metal panels attach directly to purlins,provide thermal spacer blocks of thickness required to provide 1-inch standoff,fabricated from extruded polystyrene. C. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.022-inch nominal-thickness,metallic-coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating;finished to match adjacent metal panels. 1. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include,but are not limited to,eaves,rakes, corners,bases,framed openings,ridges,fasciae,and fillers. ' 2. Opening Trim: Formed from 0.022-inch nominal-thickness,metallic-coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 6. Thermal Spacer Blocks: Where metal panels attach directly to purlins,provide thermal spacer blocks of thickness required to provide 1-inch standoff, fabricated from extruded polystyrene. C. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.022-inch nominal-thickness,metallic-coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; finished to match adjacent metal panels. -r 1. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, comers,bases, framed openings,ridges, fasciae,and fillers. 2. Opening Trim: Formed from 0.022-inch nominal-thickness,metallic-coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Trim head and jamb of door openings, and head,jamb, and sill of other -� openings. D. Gutters: Formed from 0.022-inch nominal-thickness,metallic-coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; finished to match roof fascia and rake trim. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces,outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 1. Gutter Supports: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters. 2. Strainers: Bronze, copper,or aluminum wire ball type at outlets. E. Downspouts: Formed from 0.022-inch nominal-thickness, zinc-coated(galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; finished to match metal wall panels. Fabricate in minimum 10-foot-long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets. 1. Mounting Straps: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters. F. Pipe Flashing: Premolded,EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base. G. Roof Ventilators: Gravity type,complete with hardware, flashing, closures,and fittings. 1. Continuous Ridge Type: Factory-engineered and-fabricated, continuous unit; fabricated from 0.022-inch nominal-thickness,metallic-coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; finished to match metal roof panels. Fabricated in minimum 10-foot-long sections. Provide throat size and total length indicated, complete with side baffles, ventilator assembly, end caps, splice plates, and reinforcing diaphragms. a. Bird Screening: Galvanized steel, 1/2-inch-square mesh. b. Throat Size: 9 or 12 inches,as standard with manufacturer, and as required to comply with ventilation requirements. H. Materials: METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 13 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws,bolts,nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs,and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide fasteners with heads matching color of materials being fastened by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. a. Fasteners for Metal Roof Panels: Self-drilling,Type 410 stainless-steel or self-tapping,Type 304 stainless-steel or zinc-alloy-steel hex washer head, with EPDM washer under heads of fasteners bearing on weather side of metal panels. b. Fasteners for Metal Wall Panels: Self-drilling, Type 410 stainless-steel or self-tapping,Type 304 stainless-steel or zinc-alloy-steel hex washer head, with EPDM sealing washers bearing on weather side of metal panels. C. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer head. 1) Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets. 2. Corrosion-Resistant Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic,compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers,sulfur components,and other deleterious impurities. 3. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout,noncorrosive,nonstaining,mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 4. Metal Panel Sealants: a. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids,gray polyisobutylene-compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic,nonsag,nontoxic,nonstaining tape of manufacturer's standard size. b. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920;one-part elastomeric polyurethane or polysulfide;of type,grade,class,and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended by metal building system manufacturer. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate product. B. Testing: Test and inspect shop connections for metal buildings according to the following: 1. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections shall be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 2. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection,shop-welded connections shall be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures,at inspector's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709;performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-14 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. C. Product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 2.9 FABRICATION A. General: Design components and field connections required for erection to permit easy assembly. 1. Mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams,and instruction manuals. 2. Fabricate structural framing to produce clean, smooth cuts and bends. Punch holes of proper size, shape,and location. Members shall be free of cracks,tears, and ruptures. B. Tolerances: Comply with MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for fabrication and erection tolerances. C. Primary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section, with baseplates,bearing plates,stiffeners,and other items required for erection welded t into place. Cut, form,punch, drill,and weld framing for bolted field assembly. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using high-strength bolts. 2. Join flanges to webs of built-up members by a continuous,submerged arc-welding process. 3. Brace compression flange of primary framing with steel angles or cold-formed structural tubing between frame web and purlin web or girt web,so flange compressive strength is within allowable limits for any combination of loadings. 4. Weld clips to frames for attaching secondary framing. 5. Shop Priming:Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime primary framing with specified primer after fabrication. D. Secondary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section by roll-forming or break-forming,with baseplates, bearing plates,stiffeners, and other plates required for erection welded into place. Cut,form,punch, drill, and weld secondary framing for bolted field connections to primary framing. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using non-high-strength bolts. 2. Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime uncoated secondary framing with specified primer after fabrication. E. Metal Panels:Fabricate and finish metal panels at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. ■ 1. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs,if any, for full length of metal panel. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 15 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions,with erector present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Before erection proceeds, survey elevations and locations of concrete-and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods,bearing plates, and other embedments to receive structural framing,with erector present,for compliance with requirements and metal building system manufacturer's tolerances. 1. Engage land surveyor to perform surveying. C. Proceed with erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition. B. Provide temporary shores,guys,braces,and other supports during erection to keep structural framing secure,plumb,and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural framing, connections,and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING A. Erect metal building system according to manufacturer's written erection instructions and erection drawings. B. Do not field cut, drill, or alter structural members without written approval from metal building system manufacturer's professional engineer. C. Set structural framing accurately in locations and to elevations indicated,according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. Maintain structural stability of frame during erection. D. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete-and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials,and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. R, 2. Tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding,cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 3. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces;protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 16 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 E. Align and adjust structural framing before permanently fastening._ Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with framing. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure will be completed and in service. F. Primary Framing: Erect framing level,plumb,rigid, secure, and true to line. Level baseplates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures,set with double-nutted anchor bolts. Use grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base-line elevation. Moist-cure grout for not less than seven days after placement. 1. Make field connections using high-strength bolts installed according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for bolt type and joint type specified. a. Joint Type: Snug tightened or pretensioned. G. Secondary Framing: Erect framing level,plumb,rigid,secure,and true to line. Field bolt secondary framing to clips attached to primary framing. 1. Provide rake or gable purlins with tight-fitting closure channels and fasciae. 2. Locate and space wall girts to suit openings such as doors and windows. 3. Locate canopy framing as indicated. 4. Provide supplemental framing at entire perimeter of openings, including doors, windows,louvers and other penetrations of roof and walls. H. Bracing: Install bracing in roof and sidewalls where indicated on erection drawings. 1. Tighten rod and cable bracing to avoid sag. 2. Locate interior end-bay bracing only where indicated. I. Framing for Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to carry loads and vibrations imposed,including equipment furnished under mechanical and electrical work. Securely attach to structural framing. J. Erection Tolerances: Maintain erection tolerances of structural framing within AISC 303. 3.4 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL -� A. Examination: Examine primary and secondary framing to verify that structural-panel support members and anchorages have been installed within alignment tolerances required by manufacturer. 1. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels,to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seams before metal panel installation. B. General: Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 17 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Field cut metal panels as required for doors,windows,and other openings. Cut openings as small as possible,neatly to size required,and without damage to adjacent metal panel finishes. a. Field cutting of metal panels by torch is not permitted unless approved in writing by manufacturer. 2. Install metal panels perpendicular to structural supports unless otherwise indicated. 3. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures at perimeter of openings and similar elements. Fasten with self-tapping screws. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Locate metal panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports with end laps in alignment. 6. Lap metal flashing over metal panels to allow moisture to run over and off the material. C. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Install screw fasteners using power tools with controlled R torque adjusted to compress EPDM washers tightly without damage to washers,screw threads,or metal panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 1. Arrange and nest side-lap joints so prevailing winds blow over,not into,lapped joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply metal panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid"panel creep" or application not true to line. D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface,or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. E. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets,joint fillers,and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated; or,if not indicated,provide types recommended by metal panel manufacturer. 1. Seal metal panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant the full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal panel manufacturer. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.5 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise indicated or restricted by shipping limitations. 1. Install ridge caps as metal roof panel work proceeds. 2. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes. Fasten with self-tapping screws. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 18 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 B. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint, at location and spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 1. Install clips to supports with self-drilling or self-tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved motorized seamer tool so that clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged. 4. Rigidly fasten cave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels for fasteners. 5. Provide metal closures at peaks,rake edges,rake walls and each side of ridge caps. C. Metal Fascia Panels: Align bottom of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-drilling or self-tapping screws. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures where fasciae meet soffits, along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings. D. Metal Roof Panel Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panels within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.6 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal wall panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. Install panels perpendicular to girts, extending full height of building, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal wall panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, begin metal panel installation at corners with center 1 of rib lined up with line of framing. 2. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal wall panels. 3. When two rows of metal panels are required,lap panels 4 inches minimum. 4. When building height requires two rows of metal panels at gable ends, align lap of gable panels over metal wall panels at cave height. 5. Rigidly fasten base end of metal wall panels and allow cave end free movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels. 6. Flash and seal metal wall panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at iperimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. 7. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 8. Install flashing and trim as metal wall panel work proceeds. 9. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel(sill angle) and concrete, and elsewhere as indicated; or, if not indicated, as necessary for waterproofing. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419- 19 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 10. Align bottom of metal wall panels and fasten with blind rivets,bolts, or self-drilling or self-tapping screws. 11. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls. B. Metal Wall Panels: Install metal wall panels on exterior side of girts. Attach metal wall panels to supports with fasteners as recommended by manufacturer. C. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal wall panels within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet,nonaccumulative, on level,plumb,and on location lines as indicated,and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.7 THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLATION A. General: Install insulation concurrently with metal panel installation, in thickness MP indicated to cover entire surface,according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder toward warm side of construction unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces .., except for firestopping. 2. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder,and seal each continuous area of insulation to the surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. �. 3. Install factory-laminated,vapor-retarder-faced blankets straight and true in one-piece lengths,with both sets of facing tabs sealed,to provide a complete vapor retarder. 4. Install blankets straight and true in one-piece lengths. Install vapor retarder over insulation,with both sets of facing tabs sealed,to provide a complete vapor retarder. B. Blanket Roof Insulation: Comply with the following installation method: 1. Between-Purlin Installation: Extend insulation and vapor retarder between purlins. Carry vapor-retarder-facing tabs up and over purlin,overlapping adjoining facing of next insulation course and maintaining continuity of retarder. Hold in place with bands and crossbands below insulation. C. Blanket Wall Insulation: Extend insulation and vapor retarder over and perpendicular to top flange of secondary framing. Hold in place by metal wall panels fastened to secondary framing. 1. Retainer Strips: Install retainer strips at each longitudinal insulation joint, straight and taut,nesting with secondary framing to hold insulation in place. 2. Sound-Absorption Insulation: Where sound-absorption requirement is indicated for metal liner panels,cover insulation with polyethylene film and provide inserts of wire mesh to form acoustical spacer grid. 3.8 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION M A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings MR and other components. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-20 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly,including trim, copings,ridge closures, seam covers,flashings,sealants,gaskets;fillers, closure strips, and similar items. 2. Install components for a complete metal wall panel assembly, including trim, copings, corners,seam covers, flashings,sealants,gaskets, fillers,closure strips, and similar items. 3. Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates,protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface,or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements,manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal'Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints,and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil-canning,buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. 2. Expansion Provisions:Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed ,. within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof,form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep,filled with mastic sealant(concealed within joints). C. Gutters: Join sections with riveted-and-soldered or lapped-and-sealed joints.Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced as required for gutter size,but not more than 36 inches o.c.using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. D. Downspouts:Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints.Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building. 2. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. High-Strength,Field-Bolted Connections: Connections shall be tested and inspected during installation according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 2. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection,field-welded connections shall be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures,at inspector's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-21 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO.5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709;performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. B. Product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Elk C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. Doors:After completing installation,test and adjust doors to operate easily,free of warp,twist, or distortion. B. Door Hardware:Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation and function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. C. Windows:Adjust operating sashes and ventilators,screens,hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at contact points and at weather stripping to ensure smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. 3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Touchup Painting: After erection,promptly clean,prepare,and prime or reprime field connections,rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted structural framing, bearing plates,and accessories. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning,"or by SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. C. Metal Panels: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any,as metal panels are installed. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished ow surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. 1. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond 4M successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419-22 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 SECTION 230923 -BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. All work shall be in accordance with Division 01 and Section 230010 'BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS". 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment, and services for a fully integrated Building Control System(BCS) as indicated,in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The BCS shall fully integrate third-party manufacturers control subsystems (i.e.,rooftop units, etc.), which shall be capable of operating in a standalone mode, while being software integrated to comprise the complete BCS. C. Deliver the following features, hardware, and functions as a minimum: 1. Operator Workstation(s)—Complete with Microsoft Windows 7 or equivalent based operating system. Operating system shall be a true multi-user,multi-tasking operating environment. 2. One Network Control Panel(NCP)for each major piece of equipment such as chillers, boilers,cooling towers,etc. F 3. One Application Specific Controller(ASC)for each air-handling unit,packaged rooftop unit,make-up air unit,fan coil unit,etc. C 4. Integration to third-party manufacturers' microprocessor controllers, as specified herein. 5. Furnish and install all sensors,transducers, and controlled devices per this specification. 6. Furnish all automatic control valves and control dampers for installation by the IP Mechanical Installer.Furnish and install all control damper and control valve actuators. 7. All monitoring,controlling,optimizing,interfacing,reporting, archiving, operator interface and information formulation and other special packages as required by the Contract Documents,including but not limited to the following: a. Scheduled stop/start. b. Optimum start/stop. C. Run time totalization. d. Duty cycling. e. Power demand control. _ f. Load restoration following a fire alarm. g. Automatic alarm lockout. h. Password access control. i. Graphics display. j. Dynamic graphical trending. k. Historical data recording and reporting. r BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 1 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 1.3 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. An integrated BCS will only be considered for acceptance from the following companies: 1. Johnson Controls 2 Sehne deF E'e^*^^Alerton 3. Siemens Building Teehnele-i 4. Reliable Controls-Installed by Enviro-Matic Systems-Contact Sid Ellis 972-206-2590 B. The BCS shall be installed by competent mechanics and commissioned by competent technicians regularly employed by the equipment vendor. C. Provide installation,calibration,and check-out of the stand-alone subsystems; as well as the complete operation of the integrated BCS,including graphics generation,implementation of point history feature and energy management applications. ^� D. Maintain local support facility with technical staff, spare parts inventory, and all necessary test diagnostic equipment. 1.4 REFERENCED STANDARDS,CODES, AND ORDINANCES A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be familiar with all codes,rules, ordinances, and regulations of the authority having jurisdiction and their interpretations that are in effect at the site of the work. B. All systems equipment,components,accessories,and installation hardware shall be new and free from defects and shall be UL listed where applicable.All components shall be in current production and shall be a standard product of the system or device manufacturer.Refurbished or reconditioned components are unacceptable.Each component shall bear the make, model number, device tag number(if any), and the UL label as applicable. All system components of a given type shall be the product of the same manufacturer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittal data as referenced in Division 01 and Section 230010 of these Contract Documents. B. Shop drawings shall include the installation details for all equipment to be furnished or provided under this Contract.At minimum,the shop drawings shall include:details of: �+ 1. BCS architecture schematic(riser diagram). 2. Interconnection and installation drawings and schedules,including bill of materials and sequences of operation. 3. Field panel layout,plan location and interconnection drawings and specification sheets. 4. Proposed panel loading and spare capacity. 5. Location and sizes for sleeves in walls and floors. 6. Instrumentation locations marked on Mechanical Drawings. 7. Schematic of monitored/controlled systems indicating device locations. 8. Device installation details. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) 230923-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 9. Other documentation as appropriate. C. Product data submittals shall include the specifications for all equipment and software to be furnished or provided under this Contract.In addition, the submittals shall include details of: 1. Software and special packages. 2. Computer equipment and terminal specification sheets. 3. Field sensors and instrumentation specification sheets. 4. Damper,valve and actuator specifications sheets. 5. Proposed graphic schematics of mechanical and other systems. 6. Wiring specifications. 7. Format of point/function log sheet. 8. Other documentation as appropriate. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The BCS shall be capable of integrating multiple building functions including equipment supervision and control, alarm management,energy management,lighting control,information management, and historical data collection and archiving as well as trending. B. The BCS shall consist of the following: 1. Network Control Panels (NCPs) 2. Application Specific Controllers(HVAC,TUC,etc.) -� 3. Portable Operator Terminals 4. PC-Based Operator Workstations C. System shall be modular in nature and shall permit expansion of both capacity and functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators,Network Control Panels, and operator devices. D. System architectural design shall eliminate dependence upon any single device for alarm reporting and control execution.Each NCP and ASC shall operate independently by performing its own specified control,alarm management, operator I/O, and historical data collection as well as trending.The failure of any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the execution of control strategies at other operational devices. E. Network Control Panels shall be able to access any data from, or send control commands and alarm reports directly to, any other controller on the network without dependence upon a central processing device, such as a central file server. Network Control Panels shall also be able to send alarm reports to multiple operator workstations,terminals, and printers without dependence upon a central processing device or file server. �, BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 2.2 NETWORKING/COMMUNICATIONS A. The design of the BCS shall network Operator workstations (fixed and portable) and Network Control Panels.Inherent in the system's design shall be the ability to expand or modify the network. B. Local Area Network 1. Workstation/Network Control Panel Support. Operator workstations and NCPs shall F directly reside on a single shared high-speed local area network such that communications may be executed directly between controllers, directly between workstations, and between controllers and workstations on a peer-to-peer basis. —. 2. Dynamic Data Access.All operator devices, either network resident or connected via dial-up modems,shall have the ability to access all point status and application report data or execute control functions for any and all other devices via the local area network. Access to data shall be based upon logical identification of building equipment. 3. General Network Design.Network design shall include the following provisions: a. High-speed data transfer rates for alarm reporting,quick report generation from multiple controllers,and upload/download efficiency between network devices. b. Support of any combination of controllers and Operator workstations directly connected to the local area network. C. Detection and accommodation of single or multiple failures of workstations,NCP, or the network media.The network shall include provisions for automatically re-configuring itself to allow all operational equipment to perform their designated functions as effectively as possible in the event of single or multiple failures. MR d. Message and alarm buffering to prevent information from being lost. e. Error detection,correction, and re-transmission to guarantee data integrity. f. Default device definition to prevent loss of alarms or data and to ensure alarms are reported as quickly as possible in the event an operator device does not respond. g. Automatic synchronization for the real-time clocks in all NCPs and ASCs shall be provided. C. Dial-Up Communications. Auto-dial/auto-answer communications shall be provided to allow Network Control Panels to communicate with remote operator devices on an intermittent basis via telephone lines. 1. Dial-Up Network Control Panels.Auto-dial panels shall automatically place calls to workstations to report critical alarms or to upload trend and historical information for archiving.The auto-dial program shall include provisions for handling busy signals, "no-answers,"and incomplete data transfers. Default devices shall be called when communications cannot be established with primary devices. 2. Dial-Up Workstations. Operators at dial-up workstations shall be able to perform all control functions,all report functions, and all database generation and modification functions as described for workstations connected via the local area network.Routines shall be provided to automatically answer calls and either file or display information sent from remote NCP. 3. Modem Characteristics.Dial-up communications shall utilize Hayes compatible 56K baud modems and voice or digital grade telephone lines.Each NCP may have its own modem, or a group of NCPs may share a modem. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-4 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2.3 NETWORK CONTROL PANELS A. Network Control Panels shall be microprocessor-based,multi-tasking, multi-user,real-time digital control processors.Each NCP shall consist of modular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors, communication, controllers,power supplies, and input/output modules.A sufficient number of controllers shall be provided to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point list.A 20%installed spare capacity of each point type(Al,AO,DI,DO) shall r be provided at each NCP as part of the base bid.The BCS point capacity shall be capable of being expanded by 200%by the addition of NCPs and ASCs. The BCS shall also support an additional two workstations above those specified herein. B. Each NCP shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and databases including: 1. DDC and other control Processes 2. Energy Management Applications 3. Alarm Management 4. Historical/Trend Data for all points 5. Maintenance Support Applications 6. Custom Processes 7. Operator UO 8. Dial-Up Communications 9. Manual Override Monitoring r C. Each NCP shall support the following types of point inputs and outputs: 1. Digital inputs for status/alarm contacts. 2. Digital outputs for on/off equipment control. 3. Analog inputs for temperature,pressure,humidity,flow, and position measurements. 4. Analog outputs for valve and damper modulation, and capacity control of primary equipment. 5. Pulse inputs for pulsed contact monitoring. D. The BCS shall be modular in nature and shall permit expansion through the addition of software applications, workstation hardware,field controllers, sensors, and actuators. The system architecture shall support 200%expansion capacity of all types of DDC panels and all point types included in the initial installation. E. Network Control Panels shall provide at least two RS-232C serial data communication ports for simultaneous operation of operator 1/0 devices such as industry standard printers,laptop workstations,PC workstations, modems and portable operator terminals. F. Surge and transient protection shall be provided at all network terminations, as well as all field point terminations,to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with UL 1449. G. In the event of the loss of normal power,there shall be an orderly shutdown of all Network Control Panels to prevent the loss of database or operating system software.Non-volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data, and battery backup shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. Upon restoration of normal power,the NCP shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 2.4 SYSTEM SOFTWARE FEATURES A. General 1. All necessary software to form a complete operating system as described in this specification shall be provided. 2. The software programs specified.in this section shall be provided as an integral part of the NCP or ASC and shall not be dependent upon any higher-level computer for execution. B. Control Software Description 1. Control Algorithms.The NCP and ASC shall have the ability to perform the following control algorithms: a. Two-Position Control b. Proportional Control C. Proportional plus Integral Control d. Proportional,Integral,plus Derivative Control e. Adaptive Control Loop Tuning 2. Equipment Cycling Protection. Control software shall include a provision for limiting the number of times each piece of equipment may be cycled within any one-hour period. Minimum equipment cycle times shall be coordinated with the equipment manufacturer. 3. Equipment Delays.The system shall provide protection against excessive demand situations during start-up periods by automatically introducing time delays between successive start commands to electrical loads. 4. Powerfail Motor Restart.Upon the resumption of normal power,the NCP and ASC panels shall analyze the status of all controlled equipment, compare it with normal occupancy scheduling, and turn equipment on or off as necessary to resume normal operation. C. Energy Management Applications 1. NCP and ASC panels shall have the ability to perform the following energy management routines: a. Scheduled stop/start b. Optimum start/stop. C. Run time totalization. d. Duty cycling. e. Power demand control. f. Night Setback Control. g. Enthalpy or Dry Bulb Economizer. h. Chilled Water Reset. i. Heating/Cooling Interlocks. j. Supply Air Temperature Reset. k. Hot Water Reset. 2. All programs shall be executed automatically without the need for operator intervention and shall be flexible to allow operator customization.Programs shall be applied to building equipment as described in the Execution portion of this specification and in the I/O point sheets. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-6 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 D. Custom Process Programming Capability. NCP and ASC shall be able to execute custom, job-specific processes defined by the operator to automatically perform calculations and special control routines. 1. Process Inputs and Variables.It shall be possible to use any of the following in a custom process: a. Any system-measured point data or status b. Any calculated data C. Any results from other processes d. User-defined constants e. Arithmetic functions (+,-, *,/,square root,exponential,etc.) f. Boolean logic operators(and, or,exclusive or,etc.) g. On-delay/Off-delay/One-shot timers 2. Process Triggers. Custom processes may be triggered based on any combination of the following: a. Time interval b. Time of day C. Date d. Other processes e. Time programming f. Events (e.g.,point alarms) E. Alarm Management. Alarm management shall be provided to monitor,buffer, and direct alarm reports to operator devices and memory files.Each NCP and ASC shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non-critical alarms,minimize network traffic, and prevent alarms from being lost.At no time shall the NCP or ASC panel's ability to report alarms be affected by either operator activity at a PC �— workstation or local UO device, or communications with other controllers on the network. 1. Point Change Report Description.All alarm or point change reports shall include the point's English language description, and the time and date of occurrence. 2. Prioritization.The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for each point. Alarms shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to speed operator response to critical alarms.A minimum of five priority levels shall be provided. 3. Report Routing. Alarm reports,messages, and files will be directed to a user-defined list of operator devices or PC disk files used for archiving alarm information.Alarms shall also be automatically directed to a default device in the event a primary device is found to be off-line. 4. Alarm Messages. In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date,the user shall be able to print, display, or store an 80-characer alarm message to more fully describe the alarm condition or direct operator response. 5. Transaction Logging. Operator commands and system events shall be automatically logged to disk in personal computer industry standard database format. Operator commands initiated from direct-connected workstations,dial-up workstations and portable Operator workstation shall all be logged to this transaction file.This data shall be available at the Operator workstation(s). F. Historical Data and Trend Analysis.A variety of historical data collection utilities shall be provided to automatically sample, store, and display system data in all of the following ways: BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-7 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 -* Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. Continuous Point Histories.Network Control Panels shall store point history files for all analog and digital points. Sufficient memory shall be provided within each NCP and ASC to accommodate all historical data collection described in this section. 2. The point history routine shall continuously and automatically sample the value of all analog inputs at intervals determined by the Operator. Samples for all points shall be stored for the past 24 hours to allow the user to immediately analyze equipment performance and all problem-related events for the past day.Point history files for all points shall include a continuous record of the last ten status changes or commands for -� each point. 3. Extended Sample Period Trends.Measured and calculated analog and binary data shall also be assignable to user-definable trends for the purpose of collecting operator-specified performance data over extended periods of time. Sample intervals of 1 minute to 2 hours shall be provided.Each NCP,ASC and portable Operator workstation shall have dedicated memory buffers/hard disk space for trend data. 4. Data Storage and Archiving.Trend data shall be stored at the Network Control Panels and uploaded to hard disk storage when archival is desired. G. Runtime Totalization.Network Control Panels shall automatically accumulate and store runtime hours for binary input and output points as specified in the Execution portion of this specification. H. Analog/Pulse Totalization.Network Control Panels shall automatically sample,calculate, and store consumption totals on a daily,weekly,or monthly basis for user-selected analog and binary pulse input-type points. I. Event Totalization.Network Control Panels shall have the ability to count events such as the number of times a pump or fan system is cycled on and off.Event totalization shall be performed on a daily,weekly, or monthly basis. 2.5 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS A. HVAC Controllers. 1. Each Network Control Panel shall be able to extend its performance and capacity through the use of remote Application Specific Controllers (ASCs). 2. Each ASC shall operate as a standalone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network.Each ASC shall be a microprocessor-based,multi-tasking,and real-time digital control processor. 3. Each ASC shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and data bases including: a. Control Processes b. Energy Management Applications 4. The operator interface to any ASC point data or programs shall be through any network-resident PC workstation or portable Operator's workstation connected to any NCP in the network. 5. Powerfail Protection.All system set points,proportional bands,control algorithms,and any other programmable parameters shall be stored such that a power failure of any duration does not necessitate reprogramming the controller. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-8 WE City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 6. Configuration Upload and Download.The ASCs shall have the capability of receiving configuration and program loading by all of the following: 1)locally, via a direct connect portable laptop service tool,2) over the network,from the portable laptop service tool; and 3)from the Operator Workstation(s),via the communication networks. 7. Continuous Zone Temperature Histories.Application Specific Controllers shall have the capability to automatically and continuously maintain a history of the associated zone temperature to allow users to quickly analyze space comfort and equipment performance for the past 24 hours.A minimum of two samples per hour shall be stored in the ASC or shall be uploaded to the associated NCP or Operator Workstation. 2.6 INTEGRATION WITH THIRD-PARTY MANUFACTURER CONTROLLERS A. Interoperability With Equipment Controllers. 1. The BCS shall be capable of interoperating with multiple building systems supplied by different manufacturers. The BCS shall be able to receive,react to, and send information from/to multiple equipment controllers. 2. The system shall allow the custom generation of third-party vendor code on a local level to permit any system to be fully integrated into the BCS network. 3. Input and output points from the third-party controllers shall have real-time interoperability with BCS software features such as Control Software, Energy Management, Custom Process Programming,Alarm Management,Historical Data and Trend Analysis,Totalization, and Dial-Up and Local Area Network Communications, as described previously in the contract documents. B. Networking/Communications. ' �. 1. The BCS shall support any combination of third-party controllers (if more than one third-party manufacturer is being integrated)on a single network. 2. A minimum of 100 third-party controllers shall be supported on a single network, or as dictated by the third party system architecture. 3. Integration shall be by RS-232 or RS-485 technologies. C. Verify and diagnose communication messages and point information between third-party controllers and the BCS. D. The BCS shall be able to monitor and control third-party controller point inputs and outputs as a" defined in the I/O point schedule. 2.7 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. Basic Interface Description. 1. Operator workstation interface software shall minimize Operator training through the use of English language prompting,English language point identification, and industry standard PC application software.The system shall utilize any one of the following �. operating systems: a. Microsoft Windows b. Any system that utilizes a DOS operating system will not be acceptable. ,., BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) 230923-9 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 r Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 2. At the option of the user,portable and permanent workstations shall provide consistent graphical or text-based displays of all system point and application data described in this specification.Point identification,engineering units,status indication, and application naming conventions shall be the same at all operator devices. 3. The Operator Interface shall provide simultaneous viewing of several different types of system displays in a windowing environment to speed facility operation and analysis.For example,the interface shall provide the ability to simultaneously display a graphic depicting an air-handling unit,while displaying the trend graph of several associated space temperatures to allow the user to analyze system performance. 4. Multiple-level password access protection shall be provided to allow the user/manager to limit workstation control,display, and data base manipulation capabilities as he deems appropriate for each user,based upon an assigned password. a. A minimum of five levels of access shall be supported. b. Operators shall be able to perform only those commands available for their respective passwords.Menu selections displayed at any operator device, including portable or panel mounted devices, and shall be limited to only those items defined for the access level of the password used to log-on. C. User-definable,automatic log-off timers of from 1 to 60 minutes shall be provided to prevent operators from inadvertently leaving devices on-line. 5. Reports shall be generated automatically or manually and directed to workstation displays,printers, or disk files.As a minimum,the system shall allow the user to easily —� obtain the following types of reports: a. A general listing of all points in the network b. List all points currently in alarm C. List of all off-line points d. List all points currently in override status e. List of all disabled points f. List all points currently in alarm lockout g. List all weekly schedules h. List all holiday programming i. List of limits and dead bands 6. Third-party interface system data,including transactions, alarms totalization files,etc., shall be stored on the portable workstation disk drive in an industry standard database format(e.g.,dBase IV, SQL) such that it is compatible with off-the-shelf third-party database and spreadsheet programs. 7. The BCS shall interface to off-the-shelf personal computer software programs (e.g., Microsoft Word for Windows,Microsoft Excel,Lotus,etc.).This interface shall conform to Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE)protocols and standards.The user shall have the ability to"link"the computer programs directly to live,real-time BCS data values. Systems that offer data exchange using only historical,disk-resident information shall not be acceptable. BCS data value"reads"and"writes" shall both be permissible. B. Provide Dynamic Color Graphic Displays as follows: 1. System schematics(for each piece of mechanical equipment including rooftop air handling units,make-up air handling unit,ventilation fans, and emergency purge fans.). 2. Site plans showing all lighting systems controlled by the BCS. 3. Floor plan of each building floor showing terminal unit and temperature sensor locations. --� The points displayed on the mechanical system graphic displays shall be based on the UO point sheets included as part of these Contract Documents. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 10 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 a. System Selection/Penetration.The operator interface shall allow users to access the various system schematics and floor plans via a graphical penetration scheme, menu selection,or text-based commands. b. Dynamic Data Displays. Dynamic temperature values,humidity values, flow values, and status indication shall be shown in their actual respective locations and shall automatically update to represent current conditions without operator intervention.Values of each analog output shall be indicated on the associated mechanical system graphic display. C. Windowing.The windowing environment of the Operator workstation shall allow the user to simultaneously view several graphics at the same time to analyze total building operation,or allow the display of a graphic associated with an alarm to be viewed without interrupting work in progress. C. System Configuration and Definition.All temperature and equipment control strategies and energy management routines shall be definable by the Operator. System definition and modification procedures shall not interfere with normal system operation and control. D. Operator Workstation(s): 1. Operator Workstation(s) shall be provided for command entry, information management, network alarm management, and database management functions. All real-time control functions shall be resident in the Network Control Panels and Application Specific Controllers to facilitate greater fault tolerance and reliability. 2. Each Workstation shall be general purpose,commercially available personal computers -* having the following minimum specifications: a. 3 GHZ P Processor b. 500.0 GByte Hard Drive dw C. 8 GByte RAM d. 24X CD-Rom e. 23 in. Widescreen LCD Monitor f. Internal 56 KBaud Modem 2.8 INSTRUMENTATION ps A. Temperature Sensors/Transducers. 1. Provide only one of the following temperature sensor types throughout: a. 1000-ohm, (0.2%)thin film platinum. b. 100-ohm, (0.2 ohm)platinum. C. 1000-ohm, (0.2%)nickel. d. Thermistor(100 or 1000 ohm) 2. All temperature sensors shall be constructed as follows: a. Shielded cable with a single end grounded. b. Waterproof sensor to sheath seal. C. Strain minimizing construction. 3. All sensors provided shall meet the following overall end-to-end accuracy requirements �. whether or not temperature transducers are provided,under all normal building ambient conditions: a. Temperatures less than 100°F shall be reported by the BCS with an accuracy of 0.5°F. �, BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 11 dw City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 b. Temperatures greater than 100°F shall be reported by the BCS with an accuracy of 1.0°F. C. Averaging temperature sensors shall be reported by the BCS with an accuracy of 1.0°F. d. Drift shall not exceed the accuracy requirements over a 5-year period. 4. Thermowell mount elements shall meet the following additional requirements. a. Stainless steel sheath suitable for the pressure rating of the system. b. Length shall be suitable for application. C. Furnish therinowells and all other accessories required for the temperature sensor. The Mechanical Installer shall supply Wells for installation.Thermowells shall be stainless steel or chrome plated brass construction of size to suit sensor and pipe and shall be rated for the maximum pressure imposed on the various water systems. Verify and certify that the material of construction will not cause any galvanic corrosion. d. Each chilled or hot water supply temperature sensor shall be matched to within 0.2°F over the range of 32°F to 68°F with the associated return water temperature sensor. 5. Outside air temperature sensor shall meet the following additional requirements: a. Complete with non-corroding outdoor shield designed to minimize the effect of solar heating on the temperature sensor element. b. Water proof seal. -° C. Threaded fittings for mating to conduit. d. Outside air temperature sensors shall be wired to different NCP.If one sensor or the associated NCP fails the other shall automatically take its place so that sequences of operation that are dependent on this parameter continue to be executed. Sensors shall be located as approved by the Architect/Engineer. 6. Duct mounted temperature sensors shall meet the following additional requirements: _ a. Copper sheathed construction. b. Length shall be such that the element is between 1/3 and 2/3 the distance across the duct from all sides. C. Ascertain the recommended location of supply air temperature sensors from the air handling unit manufacturer. 7. Space temperature sensors for non-public spaces shall meet the following additional requirements: a. Wall mounted, white protective enclosure.Provide tamper proof cover where installed in public access areas.Wall mounted enclosures shall be subject to Owner's approval where installed in public areas.There shall be no manufacturer's logos,name or thermometer on casing. b. The Owner shall select location.No sensor shall be mounted until the Owner gives specific location instructions. 8. Space temperature sensors for all lobbies,public spaces and mullions shall meet the following additional minimum specifications: a. Sensor shall be flush mounted button type located as directed by the Owner. b. The Owner shall approve color of sensor. 9. Provide averaging temperature sensors where duct mounted temperature sensors are used to sense mixed air temperature or coil discharge temperature and the cross-sectional area of the duct is 12 square ft, or greater.Averaging temperature sensors shall meet the -. following requirements: , a. Copper sheathed construction. Standard conduit box termination.Lead connections shall be rugged. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 12 pw go City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 b. Probe shall have a minimum-bending radius of 12 in. C. Probe shall have a minimum immersion length of 12 ft. or a minimum length of one foot per square foot of duct, whichever is greater. d. Probe shall be single continuous sensing RTD or shall be multiple RTD or thermistor sensors spaced no further apart than 6 in. e. Provide suitable supports at all bends and elsewhere as necessary to ensure that the sensor is held firmly in position and will not incur damage from vibration in the air stream. Support shall be provided, at minimum,every 24 in. in addition to support at bends. 10. If required,RTD temperature transducers to be provided having the following minimum specifications: a. Input circuit to accept resistance detectors as specified above. b. Output signal of 4-20rnA into maximum of 500-ohm load. Output signal shall be proportional to the engineering range detailed in the Point Sheets. C. Output short circuit and open circuit protection. d. Input short circuit and open circuit protection. e. Output variation of less than 0.2%of full-scale output for supply voltage variations of 10%. f. Combined non-linearity,repeatability and hysterisis effects not to exceed 0.5% of full-scale output. g. Maximum current to sensor not to exceed manufacturers suggested rating. h. Integral, accessible zero and span adjustments. i. Long term output drift of equal to or less than 0.50% of full-scale output per year. j. Shock and vibration protection as necessary. B. Humidity Sensors/Transducers 1. Provide outside air, space and duct mounted relative humidity sensor and transducer having the following minimum specifications: a. Range of 0- 100% RH. b. Combined"end-to-end"accuracy of sensor and transducer, 5% RH between 20% and 80%RH and 6% RH over full range. C. Maximum sensor non-linearity of 5% RH with defined curve.Transducer to provide linearized output. d. Output from transducer shall be 4-20 mA into a maximum of 500-ohm load. e. Output variations of less than 0.2%of full-scale output for supply variations of 10%. f. Maximum output linearity error of 1%if full scale output. g. Integral accessible zero and span adjustments, h. Long term output drift of less than 0.25% of full-scale output per 6 months. i. Dustproof housing. j. Outside air sensor shall be complete with non-corroding outdoor shield designed to minimize the effect of wind or solar heating on the RH sensing element(outdoor only). k. Suitably sized conduit to be provided for any lead wires external to the building or passing through the wall of the building (outdoor only). 1. Duct mounted sensor shall have a minimum 8 in.probe. Wr C. Control Relays 1. Provide interposing control relays having,at minimum,the following specifications: FP PW BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 13 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 a. Pickup rating time and hold rating as required for individual applications. b. Input operating voltage to be compatible with the BCS digital output equipment. C. Shock and vibration protection as necessary. d. Rated for a minimum of ten(10 million mechanical operations and a minimum of 500,000 electrical operations. 2. The control relays shall be located in the NCP or other local panels as provided by the BCS Installer. 3. The relays shall provide complete isolation between the motor starter,damper actuator or valve actuator,control circuit and the associated BCS digital output. 4. Select control relays such that they meet the following requirements. a. The malfunction of an NCP/ASC component shall cause the motor to fail on or off or maintain previous status as identified in the Sequences of Operation. b. Following the resumption of power after power interruption to a motor,the motor shall not restart until commanded to do so by the BCS in accordance with a predetermined start-up procedure. C. If a motor is detected by the BCS to have failed,i.e.its BCS monitored and commanded status differ,then the BCS shall shut down the motor and restart shall only be possible(when the HOA switch is in the"Auto')by a manually entered restart command at the BCS. 5. Where hand-off-auto (HOA)switches are provided,the BCS digital output shall be wired such that control of the motor is from the BCS in the auto position only. 6. Other interlocks providing safety control,e.g. shutdown on high temperature/vibration detection,etc.,shall not be overridden by the BCS control relays or the installation of the control relays. D. Differential Pressure Transducer-Air Service 1. Provide supply static differential pressure transducers as follows: a. Pressure transducers shall monitor the difference supply duct static pressure and space static pressure.The sensing point in the duct shall be as identified in the sequences of operations.The sensor shall be mounted adjacent to the sensing point in the duct. b. Internal materials of the transducer shall be suitable for the application. C. Output signal of 4-20mA proportional to input pressure,into a 500-ohm load. d. Input range of 0 to 5 in. e. Output variations of less than 0.3%full scale for supply voltage variations of 10% W.C. f. End-to-end accuracy not to exceed 1.0%over entire range. .. g. Integral, accessible zero and span adjustment. h. Over pressure input protection to a minimum of five times rated input. E. Thermostats 1. Provide as applicable,line voltage(120 Vac)or,low voltage wall mounted thermostats for equipment as identified on the Mechanical Drawings.Install thermostats as located on the Mechanical Drawings. 2. Each thermostat shall be for single stage with a variable set point 65°to 85°F and shall initially be set up to control space temperature as designated in the sequences of operation. 3. Provide a 3°F dead band. 4. The thermostats shall be complete with bases and sub-bases. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 14 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 5. The thermostats shall be rated for the application, and shall contain sufficient relay contacts to control valves,fans and dampers. 6. Thermostats controlling equipment in hazardous locations shall meet all applicable codes and requirements regarding the respective hazard. F. Freezestats 1. Provide freezestats with a minimum 20-ft. vapor tension element, which shall serpentine, .� the inlet face on all air handling unit cooling which receive unconditioned outside air. One or more of these devices shall be provided and wired in series in order to provide one linear foot of coil surface area. 2. The freezestats shall have a manual reset. It shall not be possible for the switch to reset until the duct temperature has increased by at least 10°F above the set point. 3. Hardwire interlock to the associated fan so that fan will shut down when HOT switch is in Hand or Auto position. Provide time delay relays with minimum two (2)minute time delay duration to minimize nuisance freezestats trips. 4. Cut out temperature shall be adjustable in the range of, at minimum, 32°F to 40°F. G. Current Sensing Relays 1. Provide current sensing relays as follows: a. Solid core current transducer. b. Switching range suitable for the application. C. Self-powered transducer. d. Normally open status contacts. e. Hysteresis amperage of no less than 0.2 amps. H. Photocell Light Controller 1. Provide a photocell with built-in time delays and ancillary devices as necessary for the BCS monitoring of exterior(ambient)light levels.The photocell shall be enclosed within a NEMA Type III housing mounted on the roof level and be 120 Vac or 24 Vac and shall �. provide a contact closure at the required light level.The photocell shall be Tork#5403 or equivalent. 2.9 DAMPERS -GENERAL A. Furnish all automatic dampers(AD), as indicted on the Mechanical Drawings.Fusible link dampers for fire protection (FD),smoke dampers (SD)fire smoke dampers (FSD),and manual dampers(MD)for balancing,back draft dampers (BD) and dampers which are specified as part of a factory built air handling unit or terminal unit are not furnished by the BCS Installer.The Mechanical Installer shall install all dampers.Provide details of the manufacturer's installation requirements to the Mechanical Installer. B. Provide damper actuators for all dampers that a"re furnished as part of this Contract:Where practical actuators shall be factory mounted. .w C. Dampers incorporating multiple sections shall be controlled in unison. Where more than one actuator serves a damper,then the actuators shall be driven in unison and the control wiring shall be provided accordingly.Damper sections shall not exceed sixteen (16) square ft.in face area.Damper jackshafts are not acceptable for controlling multiple damper sections. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) 230923- 15 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 D. Dampers incorporating multiple sections shall be designed in such a way that the actuators, whether externally or internally mounted, are accessible without difficulty.Under no circumstances shall it be necessary to remove damper sections,or structural or other fixtures to facilitate removal of damper motors.Provide access doors where necessary to meet this requirement. In particular ensure that where in-air stream actuators are provided they are readily accessible. E. For all AD,FSD,and SD that are interlocked to a fan motor(s),the BCS Installer shall wire T between the MCC or local starter and the damper actuator.Dampers interlocked to fan motors shall be driven open and spring closed unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. The 120 Vac power supply originating from the MCC or local starter shall be used to power the damper where possible.If the damper is indicated to be spring open and driven closed or requires a separate power source then the BCS Installer shall provide the necessary interposing relays and shall obtain the power supply to hold the damper closed from the nearest available power panel.The BCS Installer shall wire between the AD,FSD or SD position indicator switch, whose contacts shall be rated for a load up to 10 amps at 120 Vac, and the MCC or local starter.The damper position indicator switch contacts shall be closed when the damper is fully open and open when the damper is not fully open.The Fire Alarm System control of interlocked dampers shall be via the fan motor starter. F. Automatic Dampers �* 1. Automatic Dampers (AD)shall be factory fabricated. 2. Damper frames shall be constructed of 16-gauge thick welded galvanized steel channel, or 1/8 in.thick extended aluminum channel. Frames in excess of 3 ft.by 3 ft., shall have .� corner braces or equivalent means of strengthening to ensure squareness and rigidity. Channel dimensions shall be a minimum of 5 in.by 1 in.Frames shall be constructed for flanged ductwork connection. "Slip-In"(insertion)type dampers shall not be acceptable. Frames shall be sized to match the final dimensions of the ducts including allowance where applicable,for the duct lining materials. Coordinate required installation details with Mechanical Installer.The BCS Installer shall be responsible for coordination of correct sizing for damper assemblies furnished as part of this Contract. Blade stops shall not extend more than 1/2 in. into the air stream. 3. Damper blades shall be constructed of: a. Galvanized sheet steel of minimum 21-gauge thickness with a minimum of four(4) T breaks running the entire length of the blade. b. Double galvanized sheet steel of minimum 22-gauge thickness per sheet. Sheets shall be formed with a minimum of four(4)breaks in each sheet running the entire length of the blade. Sheets shall be spot welded together, or C. Airfoil shaped double skin-galvanized steel constructed from minimum 14-gauge thick galvanized sheet steel. d. Airfoil shaped double skin-extruded aluminum constructed from minimum 16-gauge thick sheet. 4. Maximum width for galvanized steel blades shall not exceed 8 in. and for aluminum shall not exceed 6 in.Maximum blade length shall not exceed 48 in. 5. Blade edge seals shall be field replaceable and shall be one of the following: a. Neoprene b. Vinyl C. Polyurethane d. Silicone rubber e. Synthetic elastomer BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 16 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 6. Blade end (side) seals shall be one of the following: ra. Continuous spring stainless steel strip b. Synthetic elastomer C. Flexible aluminum compression type. 7. Damper sections shall be installed such that the blades are horizontal. 8. Damper axles shall be constructed of: a. Minimum 1/2 in. square zinc plated steel with non-slip between blade and axle. b. Minimum 1/2 in. hexagon zinc plated steel with non-slip locking between blade and axle. C. Minimum 1/2 in. diameter zinc plated steel fastened to the blades with bolts through the axle, rivets or welds to ensure non-slip locking between blade and axle. 9. Damper axle bearings shall be one of the following: a. Oil impregnated sintered bronze b. Stainless steel sleeve 10. Linkage that interconnects blades shall be corrosion resistant steel and shall be located on the face of the damper in the air stream or shall be concealed in the frame. Linkages shall be readily accessible for maintenance. 11. Control shaft shall be as specified above and shall extend beyond the frame as necessary to match up with actuator or actuator linkage as applicable. 12. Modulating dampers shall be of the opposed blade type. Two position dampers shall be of either the parallel or opposed blade type. 13. Multiple section dampers shall bolt together to form a rigid structure free from twisting or bending. 14. The two diagonal measurements from upper to lower opposite corners of the installed damper assembly, including multiple section dampers, shall not differ by more than 0.15 in. or 0.2 percent, whichever is greater. 15. The free area ratio, i.e, the open area in a damper assembly, including in-air stream actuators, divided by the total duct area shall not be less than 0.75 for velocities above 1500 fps and 0.6 for velocities below 1500 fps. This shall apply to both single and multiple damper section assemblies. 16. Maximum leakage rate through a 48 in. by 48 in. closed automatic damper shall not _ exceed 10 CFM per square foot of overall damper face area at 4 in. W.C. pressure differential with a maximum closing torque not exceeding that applied by the actuator provided for the damper.The leakage rate of the field-installed damper shall not exceed the rate specified above. Dampers shall be rated for the maximum air stream face velocity that they will experience during normal operation. 17. Damper schedules shall be submitted for review and shall clearly indicate the following for each damper: a. Associated system. b. Manufacturer and model number. C. Mechanical drawing reference. d. Damper size for each section. e. Parallel or opposed blade configuration. f. Actuator manufacturer and model number for each section. _ g. Ratio of anticipated air stream velocity to the manufacturer's maximum recommended velocity rating. h. Free area ratio. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) 230923- 17 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 -- Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 18. If the automatic damper complies with these specifications,one of the following manufacturers will be acceptable: a. Greenheck b. Prefco C. Ruskin G. Fire Smoke Damper(FSD) 1. Fire Smoke Dampers (FSD)shall be factory fabricated. 2. Damper frames shall be constructed of minimum 16 gauge welded galvanized steel channel.Frames in excess of 36 in.height shall have comer braces or equivalent means of strengthening to ensure squareness and rigidity.Frames shall be constructed for flanged ductwork connection. "Slip In" (insertion)type dampers shall not be acceptable. Frames shall be sized to match the final dimensions of the ducts including allowance where applicable,for the duct lining materials. Coordinate required installation details with Mechanical Installer.BCS Installer shall be responsible for coordination of correct sizing for damper assemblies furnished as part of this Contract. Blade stops shall not extend more than 1/2 in.into the air stream. 3. Damper blades shall be constructed of: a. Galvanized sheet steel of minimum 16 gauges with a minimum of three(3)breaks running the entire length of the blade. b. Airfoil shaped double skin-galvanized steel constructed from minimum 14-gauge sheet. 4. Maximum width for galvanized steel blades shall not exceed six(6)in.Maximum blade length shall not exceed 48 in.for airfoil blades and 36 in.for grooved blade. .y. 5. Blade end(side)seals shall be one of the following: a. Silicone rubber. b. Flexible metal compression type. 6. Damper sections shall be installed such that blades are horizontal. 7. Damper axles shall be constructed of: a. Minimum of 1/2 in. square in. zinc plated steel with non-slip between blade and axle. b. Minimum 1/2 in.hexagonal zinc plated steel with non-slip locking between blade and axle. 8. Bearings shall be stainless sleeve type. 9. Linkage that interconnects blades shall be corrosion resistant steel and shall be concealed in the frame.Linkages shall be readily accessible for maintenance. 10. Control shaft shall be as specified above and shall be specified above and shall extend beyond the frame as necessary to match up with actuator or actuator linkage as applicable. 11. Modulating dampers shall be of the opposed type.Two position dampers shall be of �. either the parallel or opposed blade type. 12. Modulating dampers shall bolt together to form a rigid structure free from twisting or bending per the manufacturer's approved methods. 13. Measurements diagonally from upper to lower opposite corners of the installed damper assembly,including multiple section dampers shall not differ by more than 1/8 in.or 0.2%,whichever is greater. 14. The free ratio,i.e.,the open area in a damper assembly divided by the total duct area shall not be less than 0.8.This shall apply to both single and multiple damper section assemblies. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923- 18 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 15. Maximum leakage shall be as for UL 555S Class 1 low-leakage type. Maximum leakage rates shall not exceed the Class 1 UL rating. The FSD shall meet UL555, UL555S, NFPA 90A and NFPA 92A requirements in all respects including size limitations. The FSD shall be one and one half(l 1/z) hour fire rated and listed under UL standard 555. The damper and damper actuator shall be furnished as an integral unit and shall be equipped with a UL classified and listed fire stat meeting the elevated temperature qualification of UL 555S at 250°F. 16. Provide damper position indicator switches that shall be an integral part of the damper actuator or shall be linked directly to the damper blades for indication of the fully open and fully closed position when required by the sequence of operation or the FAS. The damper position indicator switches shall be factory mounted and adjusted by the damper manufacturer.When FSD are associated with a fan these damper position indicator switches shall be hardwire interlocked to inhibit motor start-up. The motor start-up shall �. be inhibited when the HOT switch is in both the "hand" and "auto"positions. Where damage can result to mechanical components (fans, dampers, etc.). If a damper fails to open prior to fan start-up, then the interlock between the fan and damper shall not be overridden by the fire control system. The BCS Installer shall install the hardwire interlocks. 17. Dampers shall be rated by the manufacturer for normal operations, for the maximum face velocity that will be imparted by the air stream in which the damper is installed. 18. Damper schedules shall be submitted for review and shall clearly indicate the following tfor each damper: a. Associated system. b. Manufacturer and model number. C. Mechanical Drawing reference. d. Damper size for each section. e. Parallel or opposed blade configuration. f. Actuator manufacturer and model number for each section. g. Normally open/closed and failure positions. h. Damper end switch interlock. i. High temperature closing devices. j. Ratio of anticipated air stream velocity to the manufacturer's maximum recommended velocity rating. 19. If the FSD complies with these specifications, one of the following manufacturers will be acceptable: a. Ruskin b. Prefco C. Greenheck 2.10 DAMPER ACTUATOR _ A. Damper Actuators. 1. Provide damper actuators for all automatic control dampers, including those furnished as part of a packaged air-handling unit. 2. Electric damper actuators used for two-position service shall be of the spring return type. Modulating dampers shall be motorized in both directions with spring return to the failure (de-energized)position. Unless stated otherwise in these Contract Documents dampers shall fail to the closed position on loss of power. Damper actuators shall have a service life, at minimum, of 60,000 fully closed to fully open to fully closed operations. In BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) 230923- 19 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 addition the modulating damper actuators shall have a service life of,at minimum, 1000 spring operations on loss of power. 3. Actuators shall stroke by the rotating motion of a reversible,overload-protected synchronous motor or shall be direct-coupled rotary type actuators. 4. The actuators shall be protected against overload by an integral magnetic clutch that shall allow the motor to continue running when,for example,the actuator is stalled at the end of its stroke or by a jammed damper.Alternatively, stall protection shall be by non-overloading impedance protected motor. 5. Provide sufficient quantity of additional damper actuators to meet the damper leakage requirements for the installed damper assembly.At minimum the torque provided shall be such as to meet the maximum close-off leakage requirements. ..� 6. Provide mounting brackets suitable for extended shaft mounting or direct damper drive shaft mounting.The actuator housing shall be rugged and non-corrosive. 7. Damper actuator shall be fully accessible for ease of maintenance. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate motor locations on multiple section damper assemblies. 8. The actuators shall stroke two position dampers from fully closed to fully open in less than two (2)minutes.Modulating dampers shall be driven from fully closed to fully open and vice versa in less than two(2)minutes.This time shall not include the initial period following the availability of power,not to exceed 200 seconds,which is required to tension the spring. 9. The control signal to the modulating damper actuators shall be compatible with the BCS + analog output subsystem e.g.4-20 mA,0 to 10 Vdc,etc. 10. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. 01 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All grounding,wiring, selection of components and installations shall conform to the National Electrical Code with amendments to the date of issue of this specification. B. The installation shall conform to each manufacturer's recommended procedures and to all applicable codes, statutes and ordinances and to the Contract Documents.In each and every instance of application,the code,regulation,statute,by-law or specification having the most stringent requirements shall apply. C. All installations to be performed by skilled and certified technicians. D. All equipment installed shall be mechanically stable and,as necessary,fixed to wall or floor. Provide anti-vibration mounts,if required,for the proper isolation of the equipment. E. Install equipment so as to allow for easy maintenance access.Install equipment such that it does not interfere in any way with across to adjacent equipment and personnel traffic in the surrounding space. F. Install equipment in locations providing adequate ambient conditions for its specified functioning, allowing for adequate ventilation and with no condensate traps. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-20 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 G. All components placed in areas of high humidity or potentially high humidity must be adequately protected. H. The Contractor shall for each handling system with 2000 CFM airflow (nominal 5 Tons) or greater,install UL listed ionization smoke detectors in the main return air duct, and/or where shown on the drawings. Smoke detectors furnished by Division 26.Refer to Section 230512. Connect the detectors into the control circuit to stop the fan in the event of the presence of smoke. 1. System airflow includes the total airflow of all units serving any single space and all units connected to the same return air plenum. 3.2 CONDUIT, WIRING, CABLING AND FITTINGS A. The installation shall conform to the Division 23 and 26 Contract Documents for this project. B. All wires and cables for powering the BCS as provided shall be: 1. Ninety-eight(98)percent conductivity copper. 2. A minimum of#12 AWG for branch 120 VAC power circuits. 3. A minimum of#14 AWG for DO motor control circuits. 4. A minimum of#18 AWG for sensing, transmitter,DO(except motor control circuits) and AO control circuits.Where manufacturers recommend a heavier conductor,then the BCS Installer shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendation. 5. A minimum of#20 AWG for communication trunk, shielded and grounded at a single end. 6. Stranded copper conductors throughout for#18 AWG and smaller diameter wire. 7. Continuously color coded insulation in accordance with Section 26 05 19 entitled"Wire and Cable". C. Plenum rated cable shall be as specified above with the following additional requirements: 1. All plenum rated wire and cable shall be a minimum of#18 AWG and shall be shielded. 2. Cable jacket shall have a minimum thickness of 0.015 in. and shall be bright orange,red, yellow or other bright, distinctive color. Coordinate jacket color with other trades. 3. Plenum wiring and cabling shall be routed through cable rings. Cable rings shall be suitably spaced to properly support plenum cabling and shall be attached to ductwork hangers or structure as applicable. 4. Plenum cable shall be as manufactured by Belden,Kynar,Dekoron or approved equal. D. Smaller gauge wiring shall be acceptable if certified by the equipment manufacturer. If ■ complications arise,however, due to wiring size,replace the wire at no additional cost to the Owner. E. The sizing and provision of conduit and type of wire for the main BCS trunk wiring are the design responsibility of the BCS Installer. F. Obtain and pay for all electrical inspection fees related to the work of this section. G. Perform circuit tests using qualified personnel only. Provide necessary instruments and equipment to demonstrate that: BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) 230923-21 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 1. All circuits are continuous and free from short circuits and grounds. 2. All circuits are free from unspecified grounds;that resistance to ground of all circuits is no less than 50 megohms. H. Provide complete testing for all wiring installed or utilized as part of this work.Provide all equipment,tools,and personnel as necessary to conduct these tests. I. Provide complete grounding of all power and signal wiring so as to ensure system integrity of operation. J. NCP/ASC shall not be mounted in-line with vertical conduit but shall be connected off to the side of the vertical conduit by suitably pitched conduit such that any condensed moisture in the vertical conduit cannot enter the NCP/ASC enclosures. K. All analog and digital input points and communication cables shall have shielded wiring. Non-shielded wiring may only be provided upon certification from the manufacturer that non-shielded wiring will not cause degradation of system performance and will not render the system more susceptible to damage.However,if complications arise from the use of non-shielded wiring,replace the wiring at no additional cost to the Owner. L. BCS wiring shall not run in the same conduit as power wiring of any voltage. M. Suitably coated wire may be used in ceiling spaces and in tenant wall partitions without conduit where local codes permit and the cable jacks and insulation have been accepted under the provisions of the National Electrical Code and have been classified by UL,Inc.For use without conduit in air plenums.Elsewhere use Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT). N. Sleeves shall be provided by the BCS Installer where required and shall meet the requirements detailed in the Division 26 Contract Documents for this project. O. All wiring shall be marked in accordance with the National Electrical Code.Provide the labeling of wire at every termination.Each wire shall be identified which uniquely identifies each wire and which corresponds to the shop Drawings and as-built Drawings provided under this Contract. 3.3 PNEUMATIC TUBING A. Concealed tubing shall be copper tubing or polyethylene tubing in conduit.Vertical tubing runs in excess of thirty ft.in length shall be copper.Tubing operating at a system pressure of 30 psig or greater shall be copper. B. Exposed tubing shall be copper.Tubing in ceiling spaces may be plenum rated(FR type) polyethylene tubing. C. Minimum requirements shall be as follows: 1. Copper tubing shall be hard drawn seamless type. 2. Polyethylene tubing shall be as follows: a. Maximum operating pressure: 30 psi at 175°F BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-22 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14, 2016 b. Ambient operating temperature range: -10°F to 150°F. 3. Tubing shall run parallel to building or column lines. 4. Install tubing using standard connectors and adaptor fittings. 5. Install tubing with the building insulation between it and the outer building surface so that the tubing is isolated from outdoor air temperatures. 6. Where tubing has to be run on the inside face of an outside wall or roof, install tubing clear of the wall on insulating mounting pads. 7. Where multiple concealed tubing runs are parallel, secure individual tubes in a bundle form using manufactured ties. 8. Support tubing and tubing bundles at regular intervals. Where vertical tubing runs pass through floors, provide sleeves or use sleeves installed for BCS conduit. 9. Support single and double polyethylene tubes at no greater than 30 in. centers. 10. Support copper and polyethylene tubing, and protective conduit, pipe and tray independent of piping, ductwork and equipment. Single tubes may be attached to duct supports, in concealed areas, using nylon tie-wrap. 11. Support copper and polyethylene tubing clear of hot piping, hot ductwork and hot equipment. 12. When it is necessary to run tubing in a concrete slab,run copper or polyethylene (continuous with no joints) in a tightly jointed protective conduit, metal pipe or polyethylene pipe terminating at a standard junction box, where exposed. 13. Polyethylene tubing runs through fire separations and firewalls shall be enclosed in close fitting approved metal tube or conduit extending at least 18 in. on each side of wall. 14. Provide a pressure-tight workable system. Placing it under 30-psig air pressure for 24 hours shall test the entire piping system. The pressure drop during this period shall not exceed 10 psi. 15. Provide grommets where control tubing passes through duct or plenum walls. 3.4 EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION A. Tcmperature sensing wells. 1. Provide list with shop drawing of well locations to Mechanical Installer. B. Locate temperature sensors, humidity sensors, thermostats, and humidistat for room control immediately as shown on the mechanical drawings. Prior to installation, coordinate sensor and/or thermostat locations with the Owner and Architect. 1. Prior to installation, coordinate sensor and/or thermostat locations with Owner's Representative. C. Mount local control panels on at convenient locations adjacent to equipment served. 1. Mount all relays, etc., internal to the temperature control panels. 2. Tag each instrument corresponding to symbols used on control diagrams. D. Mounting of controllers on air handling units shall not be allowed. M E. Furnish all control valves (globe and butterfly, as applicable)to the Mechanical Installer. Mechanical Installer to install control valves per the valve manufacturer's recommendations. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) 230923-23 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 3.5 COMMISSIONING .. A. BCS shall be installed and commissioned by factory-trained technicians skilled in the setting and adjustment of BCS equipment used in this project.This technician is to be experienced in the type of systems associated with this BCS, B. Perform a complete and detailed calibration and operational check for each individual point and for each individual function as contained within the BCS.These checks shall ensure that all equipment,software,network elements,modules and circuits as provided under the terms of this contract are functioning as per the Contract Documents. Such checks shall be carried out with the use of point/function log sheets.Point/function sheets are to be prepared by the '• Contactor and submitted to the Engineer for the approval of content and format.Such calibration and operation checks shall be performed prior to the commencement of final tests on completion for any relevant system part.The point/function logs shall,at minimum,include the following: 1. Identification of each point by BCS point name and expanded descriptor. 2. Indication of BCS value/status,field-tested value/status, and deviation between the BCS and field-tested value/status. 3. Confirmation of system safeties operation. 4. Confirmation of proper failure modes of motors,dampers,valves,etc. 5. Confirmation of proper tuning of PID control loops. 6. Confirmation of proper sequence of operation performance. 7. Manufacturer,model number and accuracy of test instruments used. 8. Date of testing/verification and name of individuals performing the tests. C. At time of final observation,demonstrate the sequence of operation for each system to the Owner and Engineer.Perform system demonstration as directed by Owner and Engineer. �r 3.6 TRAINING A. Provide a minimum of 40 hours of instructions to Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the control system.Provide training after the system has been installed and commissioned.Training shall be on-site,using the installed BCS as the basis for training. Provide Training Manuals and O&M Manuals for students attending on-site training. B. Provide a paid tuition for one student to attend a minimum 5-day factory-training course at the r BCS manufacturer's training facility. MM 3.7 WARRANTY A. At completion of final test of installation and acceptance by Owner,provide any service incidental to proper performance for a period of one year. B. Equipment shall be warranted for one year(including defects in workmanship and material) under normal use and service.During warranty period supplier shall also replace or repair,free of charge,any equipment proven to be defective in workmanship or material. BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-24 „� r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 5 Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility January 14,2016 :,.. C. Certain electronic devices not manufactured by the BCS supplier such as computers,etc.,shall carry the original manufacturer's warranty.Pass any registration and warranty documents and warranty rights to the Owner. D. All software upgrades,enhancements or revisions that are initiated by the BCS manufacturer up to the time of expiration of the warranty period shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 230923 BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM(BCS) 230923-25 ¢ z I a - I 6. NP � II �-..�.. j I I F A _ _ ---- - _ -, r .....` .. _... . \ O ` '1m 9 .._ ga , � 7 R F g. a R R m o 5� ... ........._. . '4 tl _ sii = r A a D . o•eort■os•=esnecrrse ELEVATIONS HALF _ ISSUELYPL NTVI IOh' Fox �'urenoeoesloN«o ,,� ,� F14 [ ,pWNBd Q'B® a :9 �s HOLLY PLANTVNiF UA m �s.�nsms � 4 7172 DAGGETT AVENUE- ='Ca' yZ, N` FORT WORTH TIXPS 76102 p'ry.:.i¢siaw v A yI .... .... ........... y , S ' 7 I ♦ HIM O 6 06 of $ 1 1 ,....;. _ ._........... .. _ I L E ' K ♦ _ A r $gC I =• R 'c.. ♦ - P4 FA .-r.. o a R :m A Z ,� ,o'co1IO'.1110"ITYRRE ELEVAYIONS , , y SSUEFORCONSTRUCTION FORT WORTH {INTlRIORDEfIGXlTO '� 8�B �j,�HALFF f� k HOLLY PLANTVMF asn.m +uo�DID �► ELLK IYgIa 0 ` 1 DAGGETT AVENUE- N ' - „ FORT WORTH TEXAS 76102 ur�+�+Ass+s,ul dod Y R ..._.:..::.......' B a ' ......... I I f rte_. . .... i .. i 9t . -'. 4. , .......... ............ ♦ ! . G7L ! ;ib 999R"q ! m .......... >D ♦ In _( .. .... .......... Z iTF ♦ ♦ :. e 0 y zz ........... imm , I .a� I ! ! i;:;:Q . ......... ... J. i!R r. CD N m X HU o �6 g -y^I E 0 o'C OXMOE MCMITFCiUtE ELEVATIONS ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCT ION FORT WORTH tIMTEtEOtUEfIGMETU �FWN�f1 H�gy;;HALFF t �B`� HOLLY PLANT VMF J 4 ,�� PmNW auT.00 I++onls a _ PANC �« \o _N 2272DAGGETTAVENUE- �� FORT WORTH TF>CAS 76502 Y/1YIDiE 1¢�E:9q�l ZO-3nNBAXV 3 I1J'3H01N0OM 1210 WLSV VO c4zz ( AM)OWU L=WA N,,d ,,o, 1 I ILL 1 1i ZTIVH a:B -= FN v1s3 a 01431MI I N O U onUISNOO 8oz3nssi — SNO1103S Zl C)�: A III — O ---—-—-—-—-—-—-—- -—-—-- C-4 C) Z 00 z LL 0 <0< M LL C-) wzo C-) O W of In WO! Cr LL w U)F- WLL�- w W CD "ID CD 1. 'u Hit 1p V j ... .......... '71 2 ---------- 9 r IN If C) t, 3nQ lit k. III .1 C)LO r q xVLI 11DL�lRRlll LO3nN3A L E)ENa 11lOj -3nN3AV 113'J'JVO ZZLZ 61' � ' , ,�^' win �dWA 1Nb ld A-nOH B 3�✓✓✓� , 77•..'oil�j 1VH ,mouon2llsNoo Nozi 3nssi SNalo3S llV aL�L�LLI�aLr LO■■oa.o r •I dEa s - �-- - - --- 99 O 1 N W o------- ---- ---------- --------------- -----�--- 4 LL O {.L_I__ (7 4 _ _ J C �W� O -x o C t L � E I � � Y L------ ------- 4$ W meczs�ol oloirtln IDLBL SYX31 H1210M 1210] '3nN3AV LL300VO T.rZZZ r :';'t qN r.AWA1NVldAIIOH lea e a_e � ,�—�` ,VH�� I' v NOIlOfi2llSN00 t1033f1SS1 a SlIV1 ii•1]i11M]iY iONNO].O � •J � ¢ 0� R Z Z Z 'o pF O0 mQZ E<Z LL Y3 z CO W�O F J CO a 0 CQ� LWi1 0 F wZ0 I a ¢NZU mOU J U O U_OJ i WzOO a Z0U Z�tn a zwco K WO W 0= W O— [ay LL lwiH� Wes~ WU� Ll W W¢ ~ w= rc LL rar Ww¢ CO a jai S �= a Q C cn J G O' . �- og W C d C O Z Z J z in O O Q O C11QZ [llQZ a mQZ a WHO ¢OQ ¢OO ¢OQ in LL L) m W U mLLU W Z O W Z O Wz0 w0tn z0tn g I z�� WUL n w11 of0= 8� W to g W(A J W(A~ 0 ww¢ & w w¢ W W¢ 4gO 2 a 2 = 4 W uo a Ln Id 0 0 0 EiB S 5 YL 93 9C5 E U - tr b _ "3;:J.-.L: "R�S�r✓� .. t s. . . .. ...... .,., ... _ f W < z z z 33 3 LnaZ < mZ o O Qo LWn0F '� ¢0¢ ¢0¢ m�U O (11 L) (13 LL W z O pLL W z O O W z O Z 0tA O ZED Z�LA J WO— W02 < W02 FZK> W w LL~ LU ~ W H J IWL f2 H O LL H H w W¢ J W¢ J m W¢ m Z:Ln Ln U) N O r r r r � P 1-T r :+, boo Rho 1WA ! °€ 7i O ,jell- ei F C. m a o _ 6 m m 41. CD O 0 @ � Jill o A: If fill, um e � pp '9 ! FF22 O I �� r 8 :s...:r? a z :,.. m ssa r z o r 5 gg EE r ore OMNOIAltnli[ein ee SECT ION DETAILS ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D • •,.I..e�IOnonilo.s,o __ . e`B WHALFF FORT WORTH `' �.� � °,> +=�`'s HOLLY PLANT VMF �.ro !L1C]gs fas ."•+�—�„ �a� �. vat --- .�±4_ 13 T AVENUE FORT WORTH,TEXAS 7610 7 f pwp„u1WTb 11Y GG p p 'app tl p N° p r t p ° R•> • p �� � e-.3 a€j�is L�1 Ip 6�����Qe��°6 �� � €p�Ed 5 eE:ES QR 515 6 ° d'RB 1°1 a ig as Rd c d 6�" a s° 3 pd5s ° 1. ° " �.d+d �r{ s C E j;i1��111 t a?� a �FH �_:Iii bola �� g 1 e i1 till Ba p d °- a �A a Qs MjF���1 a E$ 6�`3 E� � 13a Ea ;I, a i tE � a $ �EFB $� 1: 1 ■ 4g IM 11 {_{ gigg gg�gg� Ill I s �a I fill � 3 P s�6 5e Ei Py c# a R4 62 m v 0 OQ IE o 111H 11 p "a€d, �3 00 • a a a fl '� L5g 1� R3s e Z Rig �p dd E- F. e o0 I s °---°°--- F ac e R o 0 g 1111 a Z E v n x �_/� E a € fill i a I m 3 a 0 MIA 1 I rw>mr.munw nva.rzs ° �T "o 6 b �e O'CUN N O R ARC NItFCTRiF PARTITION TYPES.MISC DETAILS �a'I V "INTERIORDF516N1T[I � �. '' _ ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION �i ��jJ c • �1 oem axe - ��WNsa 8Q HAl FF '_ f`s HOLLY PLANT VMF •OR • ,J v1 v=Y' —= a�a+° � s ,��� 7272 DAGGETT AVENUE- �. �:„ FORT WORTH TEXAS 76102 mvatRe 1°:ne"rN Mwwoue �• �{` �� '.,,,,��11,��.E9 @�,�EE��6lElE � : 0909090999999699E9669E9EE9069699E9990909919999199090,� . � . � "�A� . E991966E11110E96161EE16099661 • --_ �� � �,�,j,� 096aC990�09���009909�9909046 � 99990999999990161911960019960099169619969990091999999 G � Illlllllllllllll�l� � OLICIC{1�E00�E�{0E11E11�1111 � : : :: . . : : _: , ,;=..�.. � _ 6066666666COOIG6�06666666�66oCIIC�0�66661C�1�0��1�04� I 3.:E;y 1111111!!1111!111!!!1111 11!!!111911111111000691111111 r : � ; ,,:�� =� ���11G�D�fl190��1GOG��1Ca�00G1111G11601166GQ61116118114 �, : � � 69666606060086681@ 00000000000006000600C09103G01CCC000 6:. ' �► ' !!1l11DIlDIl61lI!!!l 011lI!!IIl6l0ll!!11!!I!lI011!!!!0 � ►.� � 101E{{{{11{{{11111111{{11{{11111{11{{{{III{{{{{11{{{{ � 3_, , ;'ii i, ^� Ofl969900999n9099999099999999909999699966669990{900609 � I : mm � �1 �i. ZOf91 StlX31'H1aOM laOd .I ` taorla�fatxae «^..�a..s« T.■ ae _r «• �'• ,«.. 3nN3Atl 1 movo ZZZZ i !N 1 SNOSMk/ '�i W,•a s ==_ =_^-- en m'® '�ia1ntl R�, •• WA 1NVId A110H v '� o P s acon tcsscsu c ■■ A w,,f.IAl�j OU '" Oli N'J If30 f01131N11 e� y 'HL2IOMZ80� NouonalsNOOaod3nssl Q d jj1dH�° a�B Yom, �'� SlItl13oNOIltlo, ��nt1 N51 Ir10NNO7.a J g 1� a ° RBin15, u ' t - S 12 R yyy ! T co did s R R R dIR � £ N R t b R 4 � 4 C!iia �� r p. RIB R Itl w s $ e Jj w _- O S N c0 � � i� dl� �� dl� d■ R � Cd R �R 4 a 3 qp oil 011 2:ll 0 NIdfOUM'T91z■N � � - it Ol S10 ,mYLG U tlfm i E{ � t e b 6 ZOL82 SVX31 WI"_1LOd ,,,,, -�fIW3AM'H.L'OI LZLZ 2 i 1 �liU �+'�•s� .�ior� '®'® •� • • •vur` ••N IS \�° 'P 910<94'll 99�94C r^ 3WAlNVIdAI,OH (111M91Si0101�11M17 to 17T0 CN0 Wou""zLL NOOaod311.1 +� �siitl�aWOUtlaNnod �xn1�911wo, 0111403.0 0 A d" .9 it e y qq t: q p&q9 MR dl co R q me i� de bie • ��£ KID il� bit 111 x ■ � I`I $B L Fig fig � s s Hiloanai _ m .>� dl r �!e 11 RR s rig tE § ga 1 a 8 $ ygEy 8'� R mill 6^ .. �� .. .z d�■ cV I � `&T die ee fit@ I@ a ss •/I 1 ��e dl � dR �� QS � 8 e � 11 oil ire ��Q bIl .............. -IV Af i II iz 10 ni 10 M. Im. 1\ JOISL lilt -�LL LI IL I MAJAWCON"OlAIC"ll ELCIYUR] UDATION PLAN ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION—FQ�. OR DESIGN D LFF' 0 HA HOLLY PLANT VMF 2222 DAGGETT AVENUE-w.ww 119NOCKERNWIFF FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76102 WE FORT WORT Hol CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 4 r MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 28, 2016 (NOT CHANGED) Attached are the following Addenda from O'Connor Architecture& Interior Design. T 1. OA&ID Addenda Cover Letter. 2. Revised Specification Sections_ 3. Revised Drawings. 4. Pre-Bid Attendees list. 5. MBE form. The last day to submit question to the Architect is January 22,2016. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 4 on your Proposal. STEVE COOKE DIRECTOR, PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT By: ^GWI.r (� __ Brian Glass, AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-84B8 RELEASE DATE: January 6, 2016. MVMF Holly Page 1 of 1 Addendum No_4(January 6,2016) WRT WORTH City of Fort Worth MMBE Office 1000 Throckmorton St, Fort Worth TX 76102 Office:(817)212.2674 Fax:(817)212.2661 Certified MBE Firms for Construction Request for listing PLEASE ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS ON THIS FORM TO ENSURE FASTER PROCESSING COMPANY NAME: ADDRESS: CITY/STATE/ZIP; REQUESTER'S NAME: PHONE: FAX EMAIL: IS THIS A CITY OF FORT WORTH FUNDED PROJECT?Yes or No IF YES,PLEASE PROVIDE PROJECT NAME. IS THIS A FEDERAL FUNDED PROJECT? IF YES PLEASE PROVIDE PROJECT NAME BID OPENING DATE: PROPOSAL DATE: TYPE OF PROJECT:CONSTRUCTION PROFESSIONAL PROFESSIONAL(RFP) PROFESSIONAL(RFQ) PURCHASING PLEASE INDICATE HOW YOU WOULD LIKE TO RECIEIVE YOUR REQUEST: MAIL FAX PICT€UP ENTAIL CONTRACTORICONSULTANT OPPORTUNITIES SUPPLIER OPPORTUNITIES This listing Inclusive of the commodities you requested can be utilized for two months from the date of this letter as outlined In the Business Diversity Ordinance #20020-12-2011. If additional commodities are needed within this two month period please contact the MIWBE Office at the(817)212-2674. m ri) a (1) o U_ W �r Z CO • � M I'S to aye .� L � � p 9 K y� � � @ 9 z7 � o `� ,�f► IR A X ow w .-� a N �► p o 00 0 �9 a .� r r o0 Za LU 0. nl ri e 1LO Ir 1\ 1 M _ r; r 15° �J k- aft 4 j � co d u ow o t ° ZS of 7 J E .0 0 �. 0 m m J ` LaL V7 LL Q y p N N M Ol" 3 V Oa U iL LL z J 0 o U � r Q) LL It L .Rj a Q4- 1 i z kA 4 LU 3 0 LU IL n o w r1 O M o of N o Q M. N IV X11 n M L iv I- 1- � G o m o ,W 0) -2 -4 1 CD CM LL O ¢ r o z Ca U6- u. 1 0 o -- U � r N � � 0 0 v ► C1 Q u, LU 3 f O E N -� CL 0 1p �l w �, t'` r•. F n °' ° ro yam- �- J - l I L a = O r� C r- C C � o a s'r o.0 (�, U 0. u- z f c J C. r CO) O Q O U. • S Z +� I i N O IL O a r' o N � LL r � } J O r.. q- x w LL � c q O )F7 A ca fIS fV N C N d) Z Q. N d 4I � C A o m c c o QJ, Q z U d L r r O'CONNOR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN LTD 304 main street ® fort worth, texas 76102 ph (817) 877 0691 fax(817) 877 4093 6V oa1d@abcg1oba1.ns1 ADDENDUM Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound PMD2014-05 FORT WORTH,TEXAS OAID Project No.04527 January 6,2016 ADDENDUM NO.4 Addendum to Drawings and Specifications dated November 10,2015 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: A. THE FOLLOWING IS ADDENDUM#3. ITEM NO. 1 PROJECT MANUAL; �. A. Revise Specification Table of Contents- " Pavement Markings Section 321723and remove it in its entirety from the Table of contents. This is not needed covered in another spec section. ITEM NO.2— A Project Manuel; A. Specifications section 316392 "Drilled Piers" is provided in this addendum (This section was/is listed in the Table of Contents). ITEM NO.3— Drawings; A. New sheet C304-chain link fence detail. B. Revised drawing index/G001 for addition of sheet C304. ITEM NO.4 QUESTIONS FROM BIDDERS: Q: I noticed in the spec book; there are a few sections that are missing. Please advise. Sections missing: • 311000 thru 312500 • 316329 • 321723 ADDENDUM A:3110 00 Site Clearing is in the IFC specifications in Volume 77page 717 and in Buzzsaw CIVIL_-_Holly_VMF Specications page 67. 312316 Unclassified Excavation is in IFC Volume II page 721 and in Buzzsaw CIVIL - Holly_VMF Specifications page 71. 3124 00 Embankments is in IFC Volume H page 725 and in Buzzsaw CIVIL_-_Holly_VMF Specifications page 75. 3125 00 Erasion and Sediment Control is in IFC Volume ll page 734 and in Buzzsaw CIVIL_-_Holly_VMF Specifications page 84. Q: 1 would like to give you a proposal on the new fencing required but/did not see a spec or detail on what they are wanting to install. Can you provide me with that or a link to get to the detail page. — A: See attached Drawing ATTACHMENTS: Specifications: Table of Contents revised 01.4.16-section 321723 deleted. Section 316329"Drilled Piers" Drawings: A. New sheet C304-chain link fence detail. B. Revised drawing index/G001 for addition of sheet C304. — END OF ADDENDUM NO 4 Addenda NoAdoc.doc rr w r.w Ib6LLlTYLN/N, RR mLsc svxal Hlaonn lao� f��< i OHMI7Mrs -3(IN3/,tl ll3�J�JtlU ZZZZ agVOStlld *v ../1 *■■■■ dWAlNVIdAIIOH `1'f d C 8 B p•yyry�y'J r .+ ,a... �s,xm„ m,ssw �� • To H,LQO �■a ��e�•...+•=< �jl`dH.99 /� :...... _.... O11 N912x MLil 1, [ (� !11111 L���1lll�il NOIlU(lillSNOU i1O13t1SSl S31ON?d?J3N3�J X3UNI�JNIMtl_?JO 3l IIL]311N]I10.10...I, ].O 1 r W3 9 9 79 �5 9 9 9LOZ'W W-I-.N wnaN3Oa _ SMOZ'U-C'.NWnaN3aO NOLL]nN19NO]BOA 3nSS 00 t 'a i 00 3 3 ... iii_, :, : a a i o @e E )! ! €E € e aWrc ms`i 0r Wa_ =wag—�� °C 2P °e ma UU,`Q O�o� OOLLaim gm= zm zooW zQ zmm]<Wyo° w�fWi° 96 a �`6r rm OmC 03� gwo�� J2 w��ro�d ! • •� � m �n® �r �o � jy°wmz9 z E ii F2 g ww mr a` m;c;}{ cgq]o mwm,nK mWwo wazm w] znyF o0 oz°zoWO —O Zd U o'a >� zz=— o� So ono =w7gwawWx s°X;oa caio °a_w ° ° �xz oms zd i p� � �•ie 9p w gu= aULLZ o� �Wo:9 a4�z o> z�> woWa !! ey 1 4a'+6 4 e w o 0 o o w w LL rqq HIM.tl FFe Cyti ■{ Q W�z1 U' W =UU W0:2 y�0: m WOo WZp�F mLLa U aQOWa'O:W � a€ Z 1-J2 F�FOLL FmW Fm�° FLLLLN FF C7 TOW D:D:p F_C�LL� a IQ qqua qz�o w ws aWO� Wz W�a oD2az a pQ� ply`° r1 ua �Zul �Z'ZSo °� �Op0 zoo, ��zU3cU¢yuLLl JszSpiw g at4 i @9�j4yy a§ ytl E 3q�q 3 5$ L.J J oU owy� WO OW� O�° Hi�o WOZ=Ym- r�°UW Va� Qfii JlC JKI� KZa WWWKWOFW Or UJZOLL !6B E SS Ey x2424 Q a"— a"I-- <a0 Gar as—O aKmKaKU�m Zmaa— O 9s �yy. G e9!!.1€1ohl,J4;l8N&1,11heQ a gAli9.9955i1dkil d..:uo"A:19Q1i.+. 4 11111 lip;11111111110,1111111101 m �19�9l.�9l4a 9�l9a9J$39Q��� 415a1aaB a6yg�e�€9 s�:�1��:?e:a1la€4b6:1-[y 9h14 a zo�ecsvx3i'HiaoMiao� �„� .� = ���•��' �. -antrdnv i,��va zzzz i-_ AWN • a ��- ,'y�y.,• R�4�}.ti �'" nazW�o memo E O SN0�2 Sl ''+q,�• _ -1VH ° a � �pS ML3433N3�HNI1NH O11NOIfICrOlIr1N17 V aHiMO �WA1NV1dATlO • V MIN J r� a n" 428: ii 2 E i hF �gF Q i is ppS b „R €S�¢ a •�i�E��� S pid y 14- g :ZgE a i 1C 55 9 3 v° j Z" 5 zi v 3 Eg ilA sit m i is 1 p " sgs — SS 3Yg IL 2fl � o ihh€L 6 5 -08 fl� �Y i3 $IBPkE a L L- 3 a 5, 'n8 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE VOLUMEI INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION,BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS COVER SEALS PAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE TO OFFERORS INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS PROPOSAL TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES �. WEATHER TABLE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE WORKERS COMPENSATION COMPLIANCE T PROJECT SIGN DIVISION 00—PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 003132 Geotechnical Information............................................. 10 Nov 15 003132X Geotechnical Report..................................................... 10 Nov 15 007000 General Conditions....................................................... 10 Nov 15 008000 Supplementary Conditions........................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 01- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 012100 Allowances................................................................... 10 Nov 15 012200 Unit Prices.................................................*.................. 10 Nov 15 012300 Alternates...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 012500 Substitution Procedures................................................ 10 Nov 15 012501 Substitution Request Form........................................... 10 Nov 15 012600 Contract Modification Procedures................................ 10 Nov 15 012900 Payment Procedures..................................................... 10 Nov 15 013100 Project Management and Coordination........................ 10 Nov 15 013200 Construction Progress Documentation......................... 10 Nov 15 013233 Photographic Documentation....................................... 10 Nov 15 013300 Submittal Procedures.................................................... 10 Nov 15 014000 Quality Requirements................................................... 10 Nov 15 014200 References.................................................................... 10 Nov 15 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls............................... 10 Nov 15 015713 Storm Water Pollution Prevention(C)......................... 10 Nov 15 016000 Product Requirements .................................................. 10 Nov 15 016600 Product Storage and Handling Requirements(C)........ 10 Nov 15 017000 Mobilization and Remobilization(C)........................... 10 Nov 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 . a City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION rt Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 017300 Execution .................................................................... 10 Nov 15 017700 Closeout Procedures..................................................... 10 Nov 15 017100 Construction Staking and Survey(C)........................... 10 Nov 15 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data................................. 10 Nov 15 017839 Project Record Documents........................................... 10 Nov 15 017900 Demonstration and Training......................................... 10 Nov 15 018113.02 Sustainable Design Requirements................................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 02—EXISTING CONDITIONS 024113 Selective Site Demolition C 10 Nov 15 024114 Utility Removal Abandonment(C).............................. 10 Nov 15 024115 Paving Removal(C)..................................................... 10 Nov 15 024119 Selective Demolition.................................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 03- CONCRETE 031000 Concrete Forming(S)................................................... 10 Nov 15 032000 Concrete Reinforcing(S).............................................. 10 Nov 15 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete(S)........................................... 10 Nov 15 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete(C)........................................... 10 Nov 15 033413 Controlled Low strength Material CLSM(C).............. 10 Nov 15 033416 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair(C)............. 10 Nov 15 033910 Concrete Sealing—Hardening...................................... 10 Nov 15 034713 Tilt-Up Concrete........................................................... 10 Nov 15 035416 Hydraulic Cement Underlayment................................. 10 Nov 15 038000 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures(C)...... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 04-MASONRY 040500 Mortar and Grout(S).................................................... 10 Nov 15 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry(S).......................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 05-METALS 054000 Cold Formed Metal Framing(S).................................. 10 Nov 15 055000 Metal Fabrications ........ 10 Nov 15 055000 Metal Fabrications(S).................................................. 10 Nov 15 055213 Pipe and Tube Railings................................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 06—WOOD,PLASTICS,AND COMPOSITES 061053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry.................................. 10 Nov 15 062023 Interior Finish Carpentry.............................................. 10 Nov 15 064116 Plastic-Laminate Faced Architectural Cabinets............ 10 Nov 15 066400 Plastic Paneling ........................ . .............................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 07-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072100 Thermal Insulation........................................................ 10 Nov 15 072600 Under-Slab Vapor Barrier............................................ 10 Nov 15 072726 Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barrier........................... 10 Nov 15 *� 075216 Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene(SBS)Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing................................... 10 Nov 15 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.................................... 10 Nov 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 076210 Flexible Flashing.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 077200 Roof Accessories.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 078413 Penetration Firestopping............................................... 10 Nov 15 078446 Fire Resistive Joint Systems......................................... 10 Nov 15 079200 Joint Sealants................................................................ 10 Nov 15 E DIVISION 08- OPENINGS 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.................................. 10 Nov 15 081200 Metal Door Frames....................................................... 10 Nov 15 j081416 Flush Wood Doors........................................................ 10 Nov 15 083113 Access Doors and Frames............................................. 10 Nov 15 083313 Coiling Counter Doors ................................................. 10 Nov 15 083323.10 High Speed Rolling Doors............................................ 10 Nov 15 083613 Sectional Doors ............................................................ 10 Nov 15 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts............. 10 Nov 15 087100 Door Hardware............................................................. 10 Nov 15 087100x Door Schedule.............................................................. 10 Nov 15 088000 Glazing ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 088300 Mirrors ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 089119 Fixed Louvers............................................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 09-FINISHES 092216 Non-Structural Metal Framing..................................... 10 Nov 15 092900 Gypsum Board.............................................................. 10 Nov 15 093000 Tiling ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings............................................. 10 Nov 15 096116 Concrete Floor Sealing................................................. 10 Nov 15 096513 Resilient Base and Accessories.................................... 10 Nov 15 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring.................................................. 10 Nov 15 096813 Tile Carpeting............................................................... 10 Nov 15 098116 Acoustical Blanket Insulation....................................... 10 Nov 15 099100 Painting ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 099655 Acrylic Textured Coating............................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES 101400 Signage ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 102113.15 Stainless Steel Toilet Compartments ........................... 10 Nov 15 102600 Wall and Door Protection............................................. 10 Nov 15 102800 Toilet,Bath, and Laundry Accessories......................... 10 Nov 15 104413 Fire Protection Cabinets............................................... 10 Nov 15 104416 Fire Extinguishers......................................................... 10 Nov 15 _ 105113 Metal Lockers............................................................... 10 Nov 15 107114 Fixed Aluminum Sunscreens........................................ 10 Nov 15 109900 Miscellaneous Specialties............................................. 10 Nov 15 ~ DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 110510 Relocation of Existing Equipment(EQ)....................... 10 Nov 15 110600 Equipment Schedule(EQ)............................................ 10 Nov 15 .. 111110 Service Station Equipment(EQ).................................. 10 Nov 15 111119 Lubrication Equipment(EQ)........................................ 10 Nov 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 3 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 113100 Residential Appliances................................................. 10 Nov 15 115213 Projection Screens........................................................ 10 Nov 15 115224 Flat Screen TV Mounts................................................ 10 Nov 15 119600 General Shop Equipment(EQ)..................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 12—FURNISHINGS 122113 Horizontal Louver Blinds............................................. 10 Nov 15 123623.13 Plastic Laminate Clad Countertops.............................. 10 Nov 15 124813 Entrance Floor Mats and Frames.................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 133419 Metal Building Systems ............................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 14-CONVEYING EQUIPMENT—not used TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE \VOLUME II DIVISION 21-FIRE SUPPRESSION 210010 General Requirements For Fire Protection Work......... 10 Nov 15 210512 Fire Protection And Electrical Coordination................ 10 Nov 15 211100 Fire Protection Piping................................................... 10 Nov 15 211300 Automatic Sprinkler Systems....................................... 10 Nov 15 IP DIVISION 22 -PLUMBING 220010 Basic Plumbing Requirements...................................... 10 Nov 15 220512 Plumbing And Electrical Coordination........................ 10 Nov 15 220516 Plumbing Expansion Compensation............................. 10 Nov 15 220519 Plumbing Meters And Gauges...................................... 10 Nov 15 220529 Plumbing Supports And Anchors................................. 10 Nov 15 220553 Plumbing Identification................................................ 10 Nov 15 220716 Plumbing Piping Insulation.......................................... 10 Nov 15 221000 Plumbing Piping........................................................... 10 Nov 15 221001 Plumbing Specialties.................................................... 10 Nov 15 221119 Piping Specialties......................................................... 10 Nov 15 223000 Plumbing Equipment.................................................... 10 Nov 15 224001 Plumbing Fixtures........................................................ 10 Nov 15 228030 Automotive Fluid Piping And Tanks........................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 23-HEATING,VENTILATING,AND AIR-CONDITIONING(HVAC) 230010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 10 Nov 15 230512 Mechanical And Electrical Coordination..................... 10 Nov 15 230519 Mechanical Meters And Gauges................................... 10 Nov 15 230529.40 Non-Penetrating Portable Rooftop Supports................ 10 Nov 15 230553 Mechanical Identification............................................. 10 Nov 15 230593 Mechanical Testing,Adjusting And Balancing............ 10 Nov 15 230713 HVAC Duct Insulation................................................. 10 Nov 15 230923 Building Control System(BCS)................................... 10 Nov 15 230993 Sequence Of Operation................................................. 10 Nov 15 233113 Metal Ductwork............................................................ 10 Nov 15 233113.19 Ductwork Accessories 10 Nov 15 .................................................. 233400 Fans ............................................:......................... 10 Nov 15 233713 Air Outlets And Inlets .................................................. 10 Nov 15 235523.13 Low-Intensity Gas-Fired Radiant Heaters.................... 10 Nov 15 237413 Rooftop Heating And Cooling Units............................ 10 Nov 15 237533 Outside Air Handling Units.......................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL 260510 General Requirements For Electrical Work................. 10 Nov 15 260512 Mechanical And Electrical Coordination..................... 10 Nov 15 260519 Wires And Cables......................................................... 10 Nov 15 260520 Wire Connection And Devices..................................... 10 Nov 15 260526 Grounding..................................................................... 10 Nov 15 260527 Sealing Of Penetrations................................................ 10 Nov 15 260529 Supporting Devices...................................................... 10 Nov 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE 260532 Pull And Junction Boxes.............................................. 10 Nov 15 260533 Conduits ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 260534 Outlet Boxes .. 10 Nov 15 ............................................................... 260535 Wireway ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 260923 Low Voltage Lighting Control System........................ 10 Nov 15 260924 Occupancy Sensors....................................................... 10 Nov 15 260926 Miscellaneous Items..................................................... 10 Nov 15 262213 Dry Type Transformers................................................ 10 Nov 15 262416 Panelboards .................................................................. 10 Nov 15 262417 Distribution Panelboards.............................................. 10 Nov 15 262713 Electric Service Entrance ............................................. 10 Nov 15 262714 Electric Metering.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 262716 Cabinets ....... 10 Nov 15 ............................................................... 262726 Wiring Devices............................................................. 10 Nov 15 262816 Overcurrent Protective Devices.................................... 10 Nov 15 262817 Disconnect Switches..................................................... 10 Nov 15 262913 Motors,Motor Starters And Controls........................... 10 Nov 15 264113 Lightning Protection System........................................ 10 Nov 15 265113 Lighting ...................................................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 27- COMMUNICATIONS 270528 Empty Conduit Systems............................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 28-ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 283101 Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 31—EARTHWORK 311000 Site Clearing(C)........................................................... 10 Nov 15 312316 Unclassified Excavation(C)......................................... 10 Nov 15 312400 Embankments(C)......................................................... 10 Nov 15 312500 Erosion and Sediment Control(C)............................... 10 Nov 15 312303 Excavation and Fill for Structures(S).......................... 10 Nov 15 313116 Termite Control ............................................................ 10 Nov 15 315000 Excavation Support and Protection.............................. 10 Nov 15 316329 Drilled Piers(S)............................................................ 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 32—EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 320117 Permanent asphalt Paving Repair(C)........................... 10 Nov 15 321123 Flexible Base Courses(C)............................................ 10 Nov 15 .� 321216 Asphalt Paving(C)....................................................... 10 Nov 15 321313 Concrete Paving(C)..................................................... 10 Nov 15 321373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants(C)............................... 10 Nov 15 321613 Concrete Curb, Gutters and Valley Gutters(C) ........... 10 Nov 15 321713 Parking Bumpers.......................................................... 10 Nov 15 2 �l!7 2� ?�,d3vrt MarldngS 10 re y 15 323113 Chain Link Fence and Gates(C) . 10 Nov 15 ................................. DIVISION 33—UTILITIES 330440 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains(C) 10 Nov 15 330510 Utility Trench Excavation,Embedment TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-6 r �*► City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION SECTION TITLE ISSUE DATE REVISED DATE and Backfill(C) ............................................................ 10 Nov 15 330513 Frame Cover and Grade Rings (C)............................... 10 Nov 15 330514 Adjusting Manholes,Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade (C)................................ 10 Nov 15 331105 Bolts,Nuts and Gaskets(C)......................................... 10 Nov 15 331111 Ductile Iron Fittings(C)............................................... 10 Nov 15 331112 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pressure Pipe(C)............... 10 Nov 15 331210 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch(C)............................. 10 Nov 15 331220 Resilient Seated(Wedge)Gate Valve(C).................... 10 Nov 15 331225 Connection to Existing Water Mains (C)..................... 10 Nov 15 331240 Fire Hydrants(C).......................................................... 10 Nov 15 333120 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe C 10 Nov 15 333150 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line(C) ........................................................... 10 Nov 15 334110 Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe Culverts(C)... 10 Nov 15 334920 Curb and Drop Inlets (C).............................................. 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 41—PIECE MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT 412200 Cranes and Hoists(EQ)................................................ 10 Nov 15 432119 Dispensing Liquid Pumps(EQ).................................... 10 Nov 15 DIVISION 43—PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING,PURIFICATION AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT 434116 Above Ground Atmospheric Tanks(EQ)..................... 10 Nov 15 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-7 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 SECTION 316329—DRILLED PIERS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Drilled shaft cast-in-place concrete piers with reinforcing steel. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Information Available to Bidders-Subsurface Investigation: Log of borings. B. Section 0145 00—Testing Laboratory Services. C. Section 03 20 00—Concrete Reinforcing. D. Section 03 30 00—Cast-In-Place Concrete. E. Section 3123 00—Excavation and Fill. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 0133 00—Submittals. B. Indicate reinforcing requirements. 1.5 PIER MEASUREMENT A. Bids shall be based on pier depths from existing grades as indicated on the drawings and shall state unit prices per foot,including drilling,reinforcing,temporary casing and concrete for depths greater or less than those indicated on the drawings. Adjustment shall be based on the cumulative total of pier depths greater or less than plan depths multiplied by the applicable unit price. B. Bids shall state unit prices per foot for casing of piers. Adjustment shall be based on the cumulative total depths multiplied by the unit price applicable. DRILLED PIERS 316329- 1 .. City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10, 2015 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Accurately record depths of piers, bearing depths, shaft diameter, bell diameter, and condition of pier excavations. 1.7 TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL Refer to Section 01 45 00 — Testing Laboratory Services for testing and quality control by Owner's Testing Agency. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete Materials and Mix: 1. Specified in Section 03 30 00—Cast-in-Place Concrete. s 2. Using minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi, in place,at 28 days. 3. When casing is required,air entrained. B. Reinforcement: Specified in Section 03 20 00—Concrete Reinforcing. t C. Steel Casings: This inside diameter shall not be less than the nominal size of shaft as scheduled. PART 3—EXECUTION ' A. Drilled concrete shafts shall be excavated to the dimensions and elevations shown on the drawings. Shafts shall be bored plumb to a tolerance of 1-1/2 inches off vertical for depths up to and including 12 feet plus an additional tolerance of 0.05 inches per foot for depths in excess of the first 10 feet. Refer to General Notes. B. Casings shall be required for shaft excavations when such provision is necessary to prevent caving of the material or when necessary to shut off water. C. Upon completion of drilling,the excavation shall be free from accumulated seepage water and all loose material. D. Pier excavations shall not be opened that cannot be filled with concrete before the end of the same workday. E. Allow inspection of pier shafts prior to reinforcing steel and concrete placement. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT AND CONCRETING .. A. Promptly after excavation of each hole steel reinforcement shall be placed accurately in the shaft DRILLED PIERS 316329-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 and concrete placed to the elevations as indicated on the drawings. B. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 20 00—Concrete Reinforcing. C. Place concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00—Cast-in-Place Concrete. D. Place concrete in holes over 10 feet deep with a tremie. E. Concrete placement shall be continuous until shaft is filled. Cold joints in piers will not be permitted. F. Hold steel reinforcement in position in shaft during entire concrete placing operations. G. Top of piers shall be finished smooth and level. H. Place any dowels and anchor bolts after concrete placement is complete and before concrete has attained its initial set. Placement support for dowels as necessary. END OF SECTION DRILLED PIERS 316329-3 FORTWORTH. CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 3 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 28, 2016 (NOT CHANGED) Attached are the following Addenda from O'Connor Architecture &Interior Design. 1. OA&ID Addenda Cover Letter. 2. Revised Specification Section 33 31 50. t 3. Revised Sheet Index_ 4. Answered question from Bidders. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 3 on your Proposal. STEVE COOKE DIRECTOR, PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT By: &C'V&- &041 Brian Glass, AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE: January 4, 2016. MVMF Holly Page 1 of 1 Addendum No.3(January 4,2016) O'CONNOR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN LTD 804 main street loft worlh, texas 76102 ph(B 17) 877 0691 }ax(817)8 TT 4093 ADDENDUM 1�.4 oaldQsbeglobal.net Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound PMD2014-05 FORT WORTH,TEXAS OAID Project No.04527 December 29,2015 ADDENDUM NO.3 Addendum to Drawings and Specifications dated November 10,2015 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: A. THE FOLLOWING IS ADDENDUM#3. ITEM NO. 1 PROJECT MANUAL; A. Revise Specification Section 33 3150 and remove line item 1.1 Summary C.6. in its entirety. This is not needed and the reference is not valid. ITEM NO.2— ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS; A. G001 Drawing Index,General Notes:notes the Drawing Index has been revised. ITEM NO.3 QUESTIONS FROM BIDDERS: Q: While going over the documents,we noticed the following are missing:5203,5401-5403 and Specification Sections 017100,321723,333120 A. Sheets 5203,5401-5403 are not part of the Construction Documents. The drawing index has been updated for clarification. Sections 017100,321723 and 333120 are not included in the Table of Contents. A reference to Section 333120 in Section 333150 has been removed Please refer to Items No. 1 and Item No 2 written above. ATTACHMENTS: Drawings: G001 revised 12.30.15 END OF ADDENDUM NO.3 Z?TS OA nLN =18 '10H smasum Nouon i 3ns- -,-A. 2. me----met me. m 'effiffi me v m T me e fi 'ON 133HG 39 151 sa ,m.199.,du JO,glug maid 9A,15.919mAL11 0--so lal J1 kJ111111 1111111111H 1111 ` d" City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION +� Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 SECTION 33 3150 2 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Sanitary sewer service connection,service line and 2-way cleanout from the main 7 to the right-of-way, as shown on the Drawings,directed by the Engineer and 8 specified herein for: 9 a. New Service 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. Lump Sum Bid. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1—General Requirements 15 3. Section 33 05 10—Utility Trench Excavation,Embedment and Backfill 16 4. Section 33 11 10—Ductile Iron Pipe 17 5. Section 33 11 11 —Ductile Iron Fittings 9M 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. New Ductile Iron Sewer Service 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measurement and payment for sewer services shall be included in the 23 Lump Sum Bid for each alternative. 24 b. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing New DIP Sanitary Sewer Service Line as 26 specified by the Drawings 27 2) Pavement removal 28 3) Excavation 29 4) Hauling 30 5) Disposal of excess material 31 6) Tee connection to main 32 7) Fittings 33 8) 2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad 34 9) Surface restoration,excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid 35 separately) 36 10) Furnishing,placing and compaction of embedment 37 11)Furnishing,placing and compaction of backfill 38 12) Clean-up 39 2. 2-way Cleanout CITY OF FORT WORTH s STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150- 1 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 a. Measurement and payment for 2-way cleanout shall be included in the Lump 2 Sum Bid for each alternative. 3 b. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Furnishing and installing the 2-way Cleanout and cap as specified in the 5 Drawings 6 2) Pavement removal 7 3) Concrete pad 8 4) Surface restoration,excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid 9 separately) 10 5) Hauling 11 6) Disposal of excess material 12 7) Furnishing,placing and compaction of backfill 13 8) Clean-up 14 B. Definitions 15 1. New Service 16 a. New service applies to the installation of a service with connection to a new or 17 existing sewer main. 18 b. The service materials would include service line,fittings and cleanout. 19 C. Reference Standards 20 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 21 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 22 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 23 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 24 a. ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) 25 (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 26 b. ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Plastic 27 Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. 28 c. ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic 29 Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications 30 d. ASTM D2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading 31 Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 32 e. ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic 33 Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 34 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 35 a. Title 30,Part I,Chapter 217, Subchapter C,Rule 217.54—Criteria for Laying 36 Pipe and Rule 37 b. Title 30,Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, 217.55—Manholes and Related 38 Structures 39 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40 A. Scheduling 41 1. Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner and meet 42 requirements of Division 0. 43 1.4 SUBMITTALS 44 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150-2 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION •� Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3 A. Product data shall include,if applicable: 4 1. Tee connection or saddle 5 2. Fittings (including type of cleanout) 6 3. Service line 7 B. Certificates 8 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that service line and fittings meet the provisions of 9 this Section. 10 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE[NOT USED] 13 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 14 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15 1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer's ,E 16 guidelines. 17 2. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 18 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 19 equipment are ready for operation. 20 3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 21 site. 22 4. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 23 extremes in temperature. 24 5. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 25 6600. 26 1.10 FIELD[SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28 PART 2- PRODUCTS 29 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED[NOT USED] 30 2.2 EQUIPMENT,PRODUCT TYPES,MATERIALS 31 A. Manufacturers 32 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 33 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 34 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 35 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 36 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. CYrY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150-3 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10, 2015 1 3. The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 2 regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having 3 similar service and size. 4 B. Materials/Design Criteria 5 1. Service Line and Fittings(including tee connections) 6 a. Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11,AWWA/ANSI 7 C150/A21.15, and AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 8 b. All pipe shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. 9 c. Pipe shall have a lay length of 18 feet or 20 feet except for special fittings or T 10 closure pieces and necessary to comply with the Drawings. 11 d. As a minimum the following pressures classes apply. The Drawings may 12 specify a higher pressure class or the pressure and deflection design criteria may 13 also require a higher pressure class,but in no case should they be less than the 14 following: 15 Diameter Min Pressure Class (inches) (psi) 3 through 12 350 14 through 20 250 24 200 30 through 64 150 16 17 e. Pipe markings shall meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI 18 C151/A21.51. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 19 1) "DI" or"Ductile"shall be clearly labeled on each pipe 20 2) Weight,pressure class and nominal thickness of each pipe 21 3) Year and country pipe was cast 22 4) Manufacturer's mark 23 f. Pressure and Deflection Design 24 1) Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class 25 specified in the Drawings. 26 2) Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA/ANSI 27 C150/A21.50,AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51, and AWWA M41 for trench 28 construction,using the following parameters: 29 a) Unit Weight of Fill(w)= 130 pcf 30 b) Live Load=AASHTO HS 20 31 c) Trench Depth= 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings 32 d) Bedding Conditions=Type 4 33 e) Working Pressure(P,,)= 150 psi 34 f) Surge Allowance(Ps)= 100 psi 35 g) Design Internal Pressure(Pi)=R,+PS or 2:1 safety factor of the actual 36 working pressure plus the actual surge pressure,whichever is greater. 37 (1) Test Pressure= 38 (a) No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure 39 (187 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest 40 elevation along the test section. 41 (b) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure(225 psi 42 minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150-4 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 h) Maximum Calculated Deflection (D.)=3 percent 2 i) Restrained Joint Safety Factor(Sf)= 15 percent 3 3) Trench depths shall be verified after existing utilities are located. 4 a) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 5 conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 6 depth. 7 b) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 8 2. Joints 9 a. General—Comply with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 10 b. Push-On Joints 11 c. Mechanical Joints 12 d. Push-On Restrained Joints 13 1) Restraining Push-on joints by means of a special gasket 14 a) Only those products that are listed in Section 0160 00 .. 15 b) The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the 16 test pressure of the pipe line to be installed. 17 c) Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with,a 18 carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches 19 d) Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the Drawings 20 2) Push-on Restrained Joint bell and spigot 21 a) Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for 22 the size listed in the standard products list per Section 0160 00. 23 b) Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe 24 line. 25 e. Flanged Joints—AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15,ASME B16.1,Class 125 ! 26 f. Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B 16.1,Class 125. 27 g. Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 28 3. Gaskets 29 a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 30 4. Isolation Flanges 31 a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to 32 Section 33 04 10. 33 5. Bolts and Nuts 34 a. Mechanical Joints 35 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 36 b. Flanged Ends 37 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. 38 a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 39 6. Flange Coatings 40 a. Connections to Steel Flanges 41 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum 42 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 1105. 43 7. Ductile Iron Pipe Exterior Coatings 44 a. All ductile iron shall have an asphaltic coating,minimum of 1 mil thick, on the 45 pipe exterior,unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 46 8. Polyethylene Encasement 47 a. All buried Ductile Iron Pipe shall be polyethylene encased. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150-5 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10, 2015 1 b. Only manufacturers listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown in 2 Section 0160 00 will be considered acceptable. 3 c. Use only virgin polyethylene material. 4 d. Encasement for buried pipe shall be 8 mil linear low density (LLD) 5 polyethylene conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 or 4 mil high density 6 cross-laminated(HDCL)polyethylene encasement conforming to 7 AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 and ASTM A674. 8 e. Marking:At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length, the mark the 9 polyethylene film with the following information: 10 1) Manufacturer's name or trademark .. 11 2) Year of manufacturer 12 3) AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 13 4) Minimum film thickness and material type 14 5) Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes 15 6) Warning—Corrosion Protection—Repair Any Damage 16 f. Special Markings/Colors 17 1) Wastewater,perform one of the following: 18 a) Label polyethylene encasement with "WASTEWATER"; 19 b) Provide green polyethylene in accordance with the American Public 20 Works Association Uniform Color Code•, or 21 c) Attach green sanitary sewer marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. 22 g. Minimum widths 23 Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push-On Joint Pipe Nominal Pipe Diameter Min.Width—Flat Tube Min. Width—Sheet (inches) (inches) (inches) 3 14 28 4 14 28 6 16 32 8 20 40 10 24 48 12 27 54 14 30 60 16 34 68 18 37 74 mT 20 41 _ 82 24 54 _108 30 67 134 36 81 162 42 81 162 48 95 190 54 108 216 60 108 216 64 121 242 24 9. Ductile Iron Pipe Interior Lining 25 a. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150-6 so City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION *o Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 1) Ductile Iron Pipe for use in wastewater applications shall be lined with a 2 Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the City's Standard 3 Products List as shown in Section 0160 00. 4 2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT. 5 3) Due to the tolerances involved,the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 6 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils 7 nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the 8 manufacturer. 9 a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. 10 b) Care should betaken that the joint compound is smooth without excess 11 buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. 12 c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 13 4) Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's 14 recommendations. 15 5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with 'M 16 the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 17 6) Test the interior lining of all pipe barrels for pinholes with a non- 18 destructive 2,500 volt test. 19 a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 20 7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along 21 with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records 22 maintained by the applicator of his work. 23 8) For all Ductile Iron Pipe in wastewater service where the pipe has been 24 cut,coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as recommended 25 by the manufacturer. 26 a) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer.- 27 10. Service saddle 28 a. Service saddles shall only be allowed when connecting a new service to an 29 existing sanitary sewer main and shall: 30 1) Be a 1-piece prefabricated saddle,either polyethylene or PVC, with 31 neoprene gasket for seal against main 32 2) Use saddle to fit outside diameter of main 33 3) Use saddle with grooves to retain band clamps 34 4) Use at least 2 stainless steel band clamps for securing saddles to the main _ 35 b. Inserta tees service connections may not be used. 36 11. Cleanout 37 a. Cleanout stack material should be in accordance with City Standard Details or 38 as shown on Drawings. 39 b. For paved areas,provide a cast iron cleanout and cast iron lid. 40 c. For unpaved areas,provide PVC cleanout and polyethylene lid. 41 12. Coupling 42 a. For connections between new PVC pipe stub out and existing service line,use 43 rubber sleeve couplings with stainless steel double-band repair sleeves to 44 connect to the line. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150-7 r City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3- EXECUTION[NOT USED] 4 3.1 INSTALLERS 5 A. A licensed plumber is required for installations of the service line on private property. 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION[NOT USED] 8 3.4 INSTALLATION 9 A. General 10 1. Install service line,fittings and cleanout as specified herein, as specified in Section r 11 33 05 10 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 12 B. Handling 13 1. Haul and distribute service lines,fittings and cleanouts at the project site and handle 14 with care to avoid damage. _ 15 a. Inspect each segment of service line and reject or repair any damaged pipe 16 prior to lowering into the trench. 17 2. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 18 C. Service Line 19 1. Lay service line at lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 20 2. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 21 D. Polyethylene Encasement Installation 22 1. Preparation 23 a. Remove all lumps of clay,mud,cinders, etc.,on pipe surface prior to 24 installation of polyethylene encasement. 25 1) Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between pipe 26 and polyethylene. 27 b. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to affect a snug, but not tight encase 28 with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. 29 1) Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene 30 where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell-spigot interfaces,bolted 31 joints or fittings and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling 32 operations. 33 2) Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold. 34 c. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal 35 both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 36 2. Tubular Type(Method A) 37 a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150- 8 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10, 2015 1 b. Slip tube around pipe,centering it to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent 2 pipe section and bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe 3 ends. 4 c. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. 5 d. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. 6 e. After assembling pipe joint,make overlap of polyethylene tube,pull bunched 7 polyethylene from preceding length of pipe,slip it over end of the new length 8 of pipe and wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. 9 f. Secure overlap in place. 10 g. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug,but not tight,fit along barrel 11 of pipe, securing fold at quarter points. — 12 h. Repair cuts,tears,punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 13 i. Proceed with installation of next pipe in same manner. 14 3. Tubular Type(Method B) 15 a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section. 16 b. Slip tube around pipe,centering it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end. 17 c. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug,but not tight,fit along barrel 18 of pipe, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. 19 d. Before making up joint,slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of 20 proceeding pipe section,bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise. 21 e. After completing joint,pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, 22 overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe 23 by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 24 4. Sheet Type 25 a. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece 26 section. 27 b. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section,bunching 28 it until it clears the pipe ends. 29 c. Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that it circumferentially overlaps top 30 quadrant of pipe. 31 d. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 32 e. Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section 33 of pipe. 34 f. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. 35 g. After completing joint,make overlap and secure ends. 36 h. Repair cuts,tears,punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 37 i. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner. 38 5. Pipe-Shaped Appurtenances 39 a. Cover bends,reducers,offsets and other pipe-shaped appurtenances with 40 polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings. 41 6. Odd-Shaped Appurtenances 42 a. When it is not practical to wrap valves,tees,crosses,and other odd-shaped 43 pieces in tube,wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing 44 sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body. 45 b. Make seams by bringing edges together,folding over twice and taping down. 46 c. Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other 47 penetrations. 48 7. Repairs CITY OF FORT WORTH - STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150-9 City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 a. Repair any cuts, tears,punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape 2 or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around 3 fitting to cover damaged area and secured in place. 4 8. Openings in Encasement 5 a. Provide openings for branches, service taps,blow-offs, air valves and similar 6 appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily 7 folding back film. r 8 b. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 9 cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 10 c. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any ... 11 resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. 12 9. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: 13 a. Where polyethylene-wrapped pipe joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, 14 extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. 15 b. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. 16 c. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric 17 tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe. 18 E. Cleanout 19 1. Install out of traffic areas such as driveways, streets and sidewalks whenever 20 possible. 21 a. When not possible,install cast iron cleanout stack and cap. 22 2. Install 2-way cleanout in non-paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details. 23 3. Install 2-way cleanout in paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details. 24 F. Service line connection to main 25 1. New service on new or replacement main 26 a. Determine location of service connections before main installation so the 27 service fittings can be installed during main installation. 28 b. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting. 29 2. Reconnection to main after pipe enlargement 30 a. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used. 31 b. Allow the new main to recover from imposed stretch before tapping and service 32 installation. 33 1) Follow manufacturer's recommendation for the length of time needed. 34 c. Tap main at 45 degree angle to horizontal when possible. 35 1) Avoid tapping the top of main. 36 d. Extend service line from main to property line or easement line before 37 connecting to the existing service line. 38 3. New service on existing main 39 a. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting if possible. 40 b. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used. 41 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 42 A. Patching 43 1. Excessive field-patching is not permitted of lining or coating. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMI?NTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150- 10 a* City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION da Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance Facility November 10,2015 1 2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 2 exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 3 3. In general,there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 4 any 1 joint of pipe. 5 4. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe: 6 a. Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. 7 b. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately 8 cured and approved for laying by the City. '* 9 5. Promptly remove rejected pipe from the site. 10 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION MR 11 A. Service Relocation 12 1. All relocations that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall 13 be reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. 69 14 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 15 A. Inspections 16 1. Private property service line requires approval by the City plumbing inspector 17 before final acceptance. 18 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP[NOT USED] 19 3.9 ADJUSTING[NOT USED] on 20 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] am 22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] ' 25 END OF SECTION ..� Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Throughout—Deep Sewer Service was removed 1.2—Measurement and Payment Items were revised to include relocation and 12/20/2012 D.Johnson reconnection;Blue text was added for guidance in applying the bid Items;Price bid _ lists revised to include clean-out caps,pads and surface restoration. Added the phrase',including grass'to lines; Part 1,1.2.A.1.c.9,Partl, 1.2.A.2.c.9,Part 1,1.2.A.5.c.8,Partl, 1.2.A.6.c.4 2/13/2013 F.Griffm Added the phrase'-surface restoration,including grass'to lines; Part 1,1.2.A.4.c.11,Part 1,1.2.A.7.10 Removed the phrase'surrounding 2-way cleanout'from lines; Part 1,1.2.A.1.c.9,Part 1,1.2.A.2.c.9,Part 1,1.2.A.6.c.4 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150- 11 i City of Fort Worth ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Holly Plant Vehicle Maintenance facility November 10, 2015 Revised lines with 'including grass'replacing with `excluding grass(seeding, sodding or hydromulching paid separately)' 4/26/2013 F.Griffin Included in Part 1, 1.2,A, 1,c,9;Part 1, 1.2,A,2,c,9;Part I, 1.2,A,4,c, 11;Part I, 1.2,A,5,c,8;Part 1, 1.2,A,6,c,4;Part 1, 1.2,A,7,c, 10 1 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26,2013 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 333150- 12 FORT W CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 2 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 28, 2016 (CHANGED) The Bidding period for this project is extended two weeks from January 14,2016 to January 28, 2016. Proposals for the New Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound located at 2222 Daggett Avenue in Fort Worth, will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 until 1:30 PM on Thursday, January 28, 2016, and will be opened and publicly read aloud approximately thirty minutes later in the Council Chambers. A Pre-Proposal Conference will be held at 10:00 AM, Wednesday, January 6, 2016 at 401 W. 13rh St. � Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No.2 on your Proposal. STEVE COOKE DIRECTOR, PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT By: Brian Glass,AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE: December 22, 2015 MVMF Holly Page 1 of 1 Addendum No.2(December 22,2015) f' FORTWORTH. CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 1 MUNICIPAL VEHICLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY AT THE HOLLY WATER TREATMENT PLANT COMPOUND Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 14, 2016 (NO CHANGE) The date for the Pre-Proposal Conference has changed. The new date is Monday December21, 2015. The location is Architectural Services Conference room at 401 W. 13,n Street. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 1 on your Proposal. STEPHEN COOKE DIRECTOR, PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT/� - By: �"d -&VG .. 6.01 Brian Glass, AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE: December 14, 2015 MVMF Holly Page 1 of 1 Addendum No.1 (December 14,2015) NOTICE TO OFFERORS Proposals for the New Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound located at 2222 Daggett Avenue in Fort Worth, will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 until 1:30 PM on Thursday, January 14, 2015, and will be opened and publicly read aloud approximately thirty minutes later in the Council Chambers. After evaluating the Proposals submitted, the City shall select the Offeror that offers the Best Value to the City and enter into negotiations with that Offeror. The City may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with such modification. The last day for questions from prospective Offerors is at 5:00 PM on Wednesday,January 6, 2015. A Pre-Proposal Conference will be held at 10:00 AM, Tuesday, December 22, 2015 at 401 W. 131'St. The offers will be valid for NINETY (90) calendar days. Estimated construction cost is in the $6,000,000.00 range. The Offeror will add a 7.5% General Contingency Allowance on a separate line item on the Proposal form and only the Owner will approve the use of this allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth. This Allowance is not to be included in the Base Proposal and will not be used in the Best Value selection process. Refer to the Request for Proposal documents for the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Information. MBE participation will be evaluated in awarding this Contract. The MBE participation requirement is 11%. Offerors must submit the attached Best Value Utilization Form within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. Failure to document proposed attainment will remove the Proposal from further _ consideration. Contact the MBE Office at (817) 212-2678 to obtain list of certified subcontractors and suppliers. Also, Refer to Section 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) (BEST VALUE PROPOSAL) in the Instructions to Offerors. Offerors must submit a bid bond with their proposal. Offeror(s) to whom an award of contract(s) is made will be required to provide Payment and Performance Bonds and provide Contractors General Liability and Statutory Workers Compensation Coverage. If you intend to submit a Proposal, request you inform the Project Manager or Architect who can then inform the interested subcontractors. General Contractors and Suppliers may make copies of the Instructions to Offerors, General Conditions, -* Drawings, and Specifications through their printer. The construction documents are not available at the City but may be viewed and printed on-line by logging on to https:Hproiectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthaov with the User Name "Cowtown", Password "Cowtown2004", and click on"PMD Projects"to find the"MVMF Holly"folder. For additional information contact the Contact the Project Manager, Ronald Clements, at (817) 392-8014 or Ronald.ClementsO-fortworthtexas.gov or Project Architect, Raymond O'Connor, at (817) 877-0691 or rocna.oaid.net. Advertisement: December 10, 2015 December 17, 2015 Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 2 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS • PROJECT COVER PAGE • NOTICE TO OFFERORS • TABLE OF CONTENTS • INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS • PROPOSALFORM • CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONAIRE TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE • 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES • WEATHER TABLE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT • PAYMENT BOND • PERFORMANCE BOND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE • CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW • PROJECT SIGN Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 3 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 1. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: The following requirements shall be used in the preparation of the response to this Request for Sealed Proposals: • Use the Proposal Form provided below. • Entries on the Proposal Form may be handwritten or typed. • Write in contract duration if not specified. • Acknowledge all addenda on the Proposal Form. • Have a Principal sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a corporation, the president or a vice- president must sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a partnership, then the person/entity who is the managing/general partner must sign the proposal. • Submit the completed Conflict of Interest Disclosure Requirement form • Include cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond written by a corporate surety payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted. • In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 1A. SELECTION OF CONTRACTOR: r The City shall select the Offeror that offers the best value based upon the following criteria and on its ranking evaluation. - In determining the Best Value Offeror, the City will consider: 1. Proposed Price (60%) —The lowest priced responsive Proposal will receive 50 points for this rating criteria. Higher priced proposals will receive proportionally lower scores. When compared to the lowest price, the higher priced proposal will have its score reduced by one percent (1%) for every percent it is higher than the lowest price. The score will be rounded to the nearest whole number. 2. Proposed level of MBE participation (10%). $ 3. Proposed project schedule (10%) The estimated performance period is in the 12 to 14 month calendar range. Proposals with a proposed schedule within this range will receive 10 for this rating criteria. Proposed schedules that are shorter by no more than 20% of the estimated performance period will also receive 10 points. For all other proposed performance periods, the points awarded will be reduced by one percent for every percent the proposed schedule is different from the estimated performance period, rounded to the nearest whole number. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 4 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 _ 4. Reputation/Experience (10%) - Reputation and experience of the Offeror as demonstrated by listing past and current projects including references with names and current telephone numbers; and, list of subcontractors if applicable. 5. Past relationship with the City (10%) — Offeror's past relationship with the City of Fort Worth for"vertical" facilities projects shall receive up to 20 points for this rating criteria. If the Offeror does not have a past relationship with the City of Fort Worth, the Offeror will receive 10 points for this rating criteria. 6. If the score for any individual rating criteria is rated as zero, this will result in the overall score being zero regardless of how many points could have been earned in the other categories. After ranking the responses to the Request for Proposal (RFP), the City shall first attempt to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror. The City and its architect may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification. If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror, the City shall, formally and in writing, end negotiations with that Offeror and proceed to the next Offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. _ 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) (BEST VALUE PROPOSAL) Minority Business Enterprise Provisions: .. As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth is implementing the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period interested Offerors must obtain a MBE listing from the M/WBE Office at 817- 212-2674. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) located in the six (6)-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are strongly ,. encouraged to confirm that each MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. All Offerors shall note that it is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of goods and services. If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then an MBE subcontracting goal may be applicable. The MBE goal on this project is 11%. Offerors must submit a Utilization Plan within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. The information shall include: (1) the name, address and telephone number of each MBE; (2) the description of the work to be performed by each MBE; and (3) the approximate dollar amount/percentage of the participation. Refer to the attached City of Fort Worth Best Value Utilization Form. A Minority Business Enterprise is defined as a business concern located in the Marketplace meeting the following criteria: i a. is at least 51 percent owned by one or more minority persons, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more ., minority persons; and Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 5 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 b. management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more minority persons who own it. The business must be certified prior to recommendation of award in order for the participation to be counted towards the established goal. Offerors must submit the best value utilization form within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. If an Offeror is certified as a DBE, MBE, SBE or WBE firm, please be aware that the City's Ordinance does not allow a certified company to count itself towards the established goal; the goal represents subcontracting opportunities. If an Offeror (regardless of certification status or if a non- D/M/S/BE), however, forms a joint venture with one or more MBEs, the MBE joint venture percentage participation will be counted towards the established goal. The appropriate City of Fort Worth Joint Venture form must be submitted for review and approval in order for it to be counted. The City of Fort Worth strongly encourages joint ventures. If Offeror failed to meet the stated MBE goal, in part or in whole, then a detailed explanation must be submitted to explain the Good and Honest Efforts your firm made to secure MBE participation. Failure to submit the MBE participation information or the detailed explanation of the proposer's Good and Honest Efforts to meet or exceed the stated MBE goal, may render the proposal non- responsive. The MBE plan will be part of the final weighted selection criteria. 3. PROPOSAL SECURITY; Cashier's check or an acceptable Offeror's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of five (5) per cent of the Proposal submitted (See paragraph 1 above). The Proposal Security must accompany the Proposal and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful Offeror fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. The Proposal Security shall be included in the envelope containing the Proposal. Failure to submit the Proposal Security will result in the Proposal not being considered for this project. Offeror's bond will be returned if the City fails to award the contract within 90 calendar days of receipt of proposals, unless the Offeror agrees to an extension. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. 4. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: For projects in excess of $25,000, the successful Offeror entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Texas Government Code Section 2253, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must(1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. No sureties will be accepted by the City that are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 6 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 + If the total contract price is $25,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been completed and accepted by the City. If the contract is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall also be provided, in the amount of the contract, conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specification, and contract documents. Said bond shall be solely for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. 5. PRE-PROPOSAL SITE INVESTIGATION: Prior to filing a response, the Offeror shall examine the + site(s) of the work and the details of the requirements set out in these specifications to satisfy itself as to the conditions which will be encountered relating to the character, quality, and quantity of the work to be performed and materials and equipment required. The filing of a response by the Offeror shall be considered evidence that it has complied with these requirements. 6. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 7. WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates set forth in the Contract Documents must . be paid on this project. 8. POST PROPOSAL - PREAWARD SUBMITTALS: Offerors are required to submit the following information to the Architectural Services Office, 401 West 13th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 + (phone number 817-392-8088), within five business days subsequent to bid opening (normally by 5:00 PM the next Thursday following a Thursday bid opening) in order to assist City staff in determining the Contractor's capability of performing the work and in meeting City contract requirements: • Minority Business Enterprise Documentation (for proposals in excess of$50,000) • Contractors Qualification Statement (AIA Form A305), including client references • Proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers • Project Schedule • Schedule of Values (CS] Divisions 1 through 16 Section Breakout) • Proof of insurability for Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance + 9. PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: Acceptance of the Proposal in no way requires the City to accept the qualifications of the subcontractors. The Subcontractor lists are for use by the City in preparing recommendations for award of the contract. The Contractor must provide and use + subcontractors listed unless the City agrees to allow a substitute. 10. DISCREPANCIES AND ADDENDA: Should an Offeror find any discrepancies in the drawings and specifications, or should it be in doubt as to their meaning, it shall notify the City at once. If required, the City will then prepare a written addendum that will be available to all Offerors at the place designated for distribution of the Request for Proposal Documents by the Notice to Offerors. The Contractor is responsible for determining if addenda are available and for securing copies prior to submitting a response to this request for sealed proposals. Oral instructions or decisions unless confirmed by written addenda will not be considered valid, legal or binding. No extras will be authorized because of failure of the contractor to include work called for in the addenda. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 7 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 Offeror must acknowledge addenda in the Proposal. Failure to acknowledge addenda may cause the Proposal to be ruled non-responsive. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain Addenda and include its information in the Proposal. 11. WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE: Offerors will be required to demonstrate that �•, coverage is in effect at time of Award of Contract. Sample Certificate of Insurance, or other proof that Workers Compensation Insurance will be obtained, must be submitted within five working days of bid opening. 12. TAXES: Equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the work are subject to State sales taxes under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991. 13. PERMITS: Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate permits may be required for each work location. 14. UTILITIES AND IMPACT FEES: The City will pay water and sewer utilities tap fees and impact fees. Unless shown otherwise, the City will coordinate and pay for water and sewer taps and i meters to the property line. The Contractor will include all remaining fees from the electrical and gas companies in the Base Proposal. The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating with City and utility companies for installation of utilities. The Contractor will be responsible for all fees for electrical, gas, and other utilities within the property line of the project. Unless indicated f otherwise on the plans, the contractor will be responsible for costs and installations from the building side of the water meter and sewer tap. 15. BID DOCUMENTS: Hard copies of bidding documents may be downloaded and printed by the Offeror. 16. MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not restrictive. Use of brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Upon request of the architect or contractor, the contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted", the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment. Also, refer to specification's product requirements. 17. TESTING SERVICES: The City shall provide for, independently of the contractor, the inspection services, the testing of construction materials engineering, and the verification testing services necessary for the acceptance of the construction work. 18. PROJECT SCHEDULE: The Project Schedule to be submitted with the Qualification Statement will, at the minimum, include the following: quality control submittals and approvals, mobilization, site preparation, under slab utilities, foundation work, structural erection, interior finish, commissioning, and closeout. The Schedule may be submitted as a table or PERT diagram. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 8 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 PROPOSAL(REVISED 1-21-2016) T0: MR. DAVID COOKE CITY MANAGER ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE 1000 THROCKMORTON CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FOR: Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound 2222 Daggett Avenue Fort Worth, Texas Project PMD2014-05 Pursuant to the foregoing"Instructions to Offerors,"the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done,and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and, if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the following sum, to wit: DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS Base Proposal 3Z19 Calendar Days i $-4 45 1.OW .Owner's General Contingency Allowance(7.596)added to Base Proposal (This Allowance amount is not included in the Base Proposal but is added to the Base Proposal. Only the Owner will approve the use of this Allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth). fy $ G11530,= Base Proposal Plus Owner's General Contingency Allowance Alternates: 1. Add two ve lci Q service bars(13&14) by increasing the length of the building by 25'. Price:? Additional Days: 2 Add two vehicle service bays(13& 14) by increasing the length of the of the building by 25' &provid�insu ated concrete tilt walls at the exterior walls in lue of cmu on cfmf. Price: Us: D Additional 3A. Provide bridge crane and support rails and beams over the North service bays (2,4,6,8,10,and 12). .o Price: k2_T 0 Additional Days: D Instruction to Offerors Page 9 of 28 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 3B. Provide bridge crane and support rails and beams over the North service bays (2,4,6,8,10, 12 gnd 14)at the extended building length descrided in alternates 1 and 2. Price: 0 _ Additional Days: 4. Provide fast acting overhead rolling rubber doors in lue of overhead coiling doors at the wash bay doors 120B and 120C. Price: 1�s 000 Additional Days: _ (� T. 5. Delete two vehicle service bays(11 & 12)by decreasing the length of the building by 25'. %Ov Price: Additional Days: UNIT PRICES A. For INCREASE of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, excavation, concrete,and reinforcing: 1. For 24' diameter piers: ADD (7. per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: ADD$ N per linear foot B. For DECREASE of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, excavation, concrete, and reinforcing: 1. For 24"diameter piers: DEDUCT: I ZO.ro per linear foot 2. For 30'diameter piers: DEDUCT: per linear foot Note: Deduct price shall be minimum 61110/6 of add unit price. C. For DELETION of temporary metal casings for drilled pier shafts: 1. For 24"diameter piers: DEDUCT: 7d. per linear foot 2. For 30"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ aM per linear foot Note: Casing is included in Base Proposal. The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within the calendar days specified above after the date of Notice to Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitted as required in the Instructions to Offeror. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof proposed for the above work. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400(Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21 through 13A-29). Residency of Offerors: The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a Instruction to Offerors Page 10 of 28 Municipal Vehick Maintenance Facility at the Holy Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 comparable contract in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out of state or non-resident bidders to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. IJ Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of ' business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. 1_I Non-resident vendors in (give state), are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. IXI Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. Within ten(10)days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid,the successful bidder will execute the formal contract and will deliver approved Performance and Payment Bonds for the faithful performance of this contact. The attached deposit check in the sum of Five Percent of Bid Amount Dollars ($ 5%of Bid Amount ) is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attached Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited In the event the contract and bonds are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE(MBE): (For Proposals in excess of$50,000) 1 am aware that I must submit information to the Director, Transportation and Public Works, concerning the MBE participation within FIVE BUSINESS DAYS of submittal of this Proposal in order to be considered RESPONSIVE. Respectfully submitted, Imperial Construction, Inc. Company Name By: r1 r-*0-A4 616*:� Signature Mark Tucker Vice President, Preconstruction Printed Name of Principal Title Address: 4001-20 West,Suite 200 Street -' Weatherford,Texas 7608 City Zip 1W Phone: (817)341-8886 Fax: (817)341-0191 Email: mtucker @imperial-construction.com Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1) t 12/14/15 Addendum No. 2: 12/22/15 Addendum No. 3-"M 1/4/16 Addendum No. 4:�ia 1/6/16 Instruction to Offerors Page 11 of 28 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound November 2015 Addendum No. 5tD 1/15/16 Addendum No_6:"-"g 1/20/16 Addendum No. 7: 1/21/16 Addendum No. 8:vVY\ 1/25/16 Addendum No. 9:!M" 1/26/16 Addendum No. 10: Instruction to Offerors Page 12 of 28 Muniipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Hoty Water Treatment Plant Oompound November 2015 TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Name of Purchaser, Firm or Agency: City of Fort Worth, Texas Address (Street&Number, P.O. Box or Route Number'): 1000 Throckmorton City, State,Zip Code: Fort Worth Texas 76102 _ Telephone: (817)392-8360 1,the purchaser named above, claim an exemption from payment of sales and use taxes for the purchase of taxable items described below or on the attached order or invoice from: All vendors Description of the items to be purchased, or on the attached order or invoice: All items except motor vehicles as listed below Purchaser claims this exemption for the following reason: Governmental Entity I understand that I will be liable for payment of sales or use taxes which may become due for failure to comply with the provisions of the state, city, and/or metropolitan transit authority sales and use tax laws and comptroller rules regarding exempt purchases. Liability for the tax will be determined by the price paid for the taxable items purchased or the fair market rental value for the period of time used. I understand that it is a misdemeanor to give an exemption certificate to the seller for taxable items which I know, at the time of purchase,will be used in a manner other than expressed in this certificate and that upon conviction I may be fined not more than$500 per offense. Purchaser: Title: Purchasing Manager Date: February 1,2007 f Note: This certificate cannot be issued for the purchase, lease or rental of a motor vehicle. I THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT REQUIREA NUMBER TO BE VALID Sales and Use Tax"Exemption Numbers"or"Tax Exempt"Numbers do not exist. This certificate should be furnished to the supplier. Do not send the completed certificate to the Comptroller of Public Accounts. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 12 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Commercial Construction Projects CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate AC Mechanic $ 25.24 "* AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Ma Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50 Electrician(Journeyman) 19.63 Electrician Apprentice(Helper) 15.64 r Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00 Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 13 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 *" Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 Insulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14.15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 tw Metal Building Assembler Helper 12.00 Metal Installer(Miscellaneous) 13.00 Metal Installer Helper(Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter 21.22 Pipefitter Helper 15$39 Plasterer $ 16.17 Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper 11.08 Roofer 16.90 Roofer Helper $ �. 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker 16$35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 14 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 -, Waterproofer 15.00 Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane,Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel 19.31 Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry(Fall 2012)Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt,PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are .., provided on the TEXC's(The Construction Association)website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 15 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 WEATHER TABLE Month Average Inches Snow/Ice Days of of Pellets Rain Rainfall January 7 1.80 1 February 7 2.36 March 7 2.54 _ April 8 4.30 0 May 8 4.47 0 _ June 6 3.05 0 July 5 1.84 0 August 5 2.26 0 Y September 7 3.15 0 October 5 2.68 0 November 6 2.03 December 6 1.82 ANNUALLY 77 32.30 1 (1) Mean number of days rainfall, 0.01" or more (2) Average normal precipitation, in inches (3) Mean number of days 1.0 inch or more Less than 0.5 inches This table is based on information reported from Dallas-Fort Worth Regional Airport, Texas. Latitude 32 deg 54 min north, longitude 97 deg 02 min West, elevation (ground) 551 ft. Average number of days of rain, snow, and ice are based on records covering 27 years. Precipitation is based on record of 1941-1970 period This table is to be used as a basis for calculation of excess rain or weather days for projects with duration in calendar days. If the site records indicate that the Contractor was unable to carry out operations due to weather, it is counted as a weather day. If the number of weather days exceeds the number of average rain days plus the snow/ice-pellet days for the contract duration, the contract period will be adjusted by Change Order. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 16 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 City of Fort Worth, Texas Transportation Public Works Department Facilities Management Group/Architectural Services Division GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION LUMP SUM CONTRACT SECTION A DEFINITIONS,PROCEDURES AND INTERPRETATIONS i A-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By the term Contract Documents is meant all of the written and drawn documents setting forth or affecting the rights of the parties,including but not necessarily limited to,the Contract, Notice to Bidders, Proposal, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Plans, Bonds and all Addenda,Amendments signed by all parties, Change Orders, written Interpretations and any written Field Order for a minor change in the Work. A-2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: The Contract Documents represent the entire agreement between the Parties, and no prior or contemporaneous,oral or written agreements,instruments or negotiations shall be construed as altering the terms and effects of the Contract Documents. After being executed, the Contract Documents can be changed only by a written Amendment signed by the Contractor and the Owner,or Change Order,or by a written Field Order for a minor change. A-3 WORK: By the term Work is meant all labor,supervision,materials and equipment necessary to be used or incorporated in order to produce the construction required by Contract Documents. A-4 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents shall be executed in six originals, with all required attachments, including required bonds and insurance certificates,by the Contractor and the Owner in such form as may be prescribed by law and returned to the Owner within ten business days of notification to Contractor. Failure to execute contracts and provide required enclosures will be grounds for revocation of award and taking of Bid Bond. A-6 FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK: Before filing a Proposal, the bidder shall examine carefully the, plans, specifications, special provisions, and the form of contract to be entered into for the work contemplated. He shall examine the site of work and satisfy himself as to the conditions that will be encountered relating to the character,quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished. The filing of a bid by the bidder shall be considered evidence that he has complied with these requirements and has accepted the site as suitable for the work. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated by the plans will not be allowed. A-6 ONE UNIFIED CONTRACT: Insofar as possible, the Contract Documents will be bound together and executed as a single unified Contract.The intention of the Contract Documents being to provide for all labor,supervision,materials,equipment and other items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Words that have well-recognized technical or trade meanings are used herein in accordance with such recognized meanings. A-7 DIVISION OF WORK: The arrangement of Drawings and/or Specifications into Divisions, Sections, Articles, or other Subdivisions shall not be binding upon the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Trades. , A-8 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will furnish such Interpretations of the Plans and Specifications as may be necessary for the proper execution or progress of the work. Such Interpretations shall be furnished at the instance of the Architect or at the request of the Contractor,or Owner,and will be issued with reasonable promptness and at such times and in accordance with such schedule as may be agreed upon. Such Interpretations shall be consistent with the purposes and intent of the Plans and Specifications and may be effected by Field Order. In the event of any dispute between any of the parties to the Contract and the Architect or each other involving the interpretation of the Contract Documents, the evaluation of work or materials performed or furnished by the Architect Contractor,or any subcontractor or materialsman,or involving any question of fault or liability of any party, the decision of the Owner shall be final and binding. In the event of inconsistency in the contract documents, the following sequence for interpretation shall be used in order of precedence: Change Orders and/or Field Orders (by date of issuance); Addenda (by date of issuance); Drawings; Notes and dimensions on Drawings; Technical Specifications; Special Provisions; Supplementary General Conditions; General Conditions; and,Construction Contract. A-9 COPIES OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Architect will furnish to Contractor free of charge 15 sets of working Drawings and 15 sets of Specifications. Contractor shall pay the cost of reproduction for all other copies of Drawings and Specifications furnished to him. All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Owner or the Architect are and shall remain the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on any other project and,with the exception of one Contract set for each Party to the Contract, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. mft General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract--Imperial CC Page 1 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 i r A-10 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE(MBE) POLICY: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth has implemented the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO)to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During i this transition period interested Offerors must obtain an MBE listing from the M/WBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency(NCTRCA) located in the six (6)-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are strongly encouraged to confirm that each MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. i The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises(MBE) in City contracts. Compliance with the policies designed to meet these goals is mandatory in order to be considered a responsive bidder. The City policy and procedures to be followed in submitting proposals are included. i The City of Fort Worth MBE Program will take precedence over other subcontractor utilization programs on Block Grant and other federally funded Projects. A-11 CORRELATION AND INTENT: In general, the drawings indicate dimension, locations, positions,quantities, and kinds of construction; the specifications indicate the quality and construction procedures required. Work indicated on the drawings and not specified of vice-versa, shall be furnished as though set forth in both. Work not detailed, marked or specified shall be the same as similar parts that are detailed, marked or specified. If the drawings are in conflict or conflict with the specifications the better quality or greater quantity or work or materials shall be estimated and shall be furnished or included. Dimensions on drawings shall take precedence over small-scale drawings. Drawings showing locations of equipment, piping, ductwork, electrical apparatus, etc., are diagrammatic and job conditions may not allow installation in the exact location shown. Relocation shall not occur without the Architects approval. A-12 AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. i S Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory equipment. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors'alleged failure s to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. A-13 DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA provisions and any other applicable federal,state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out.of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above-referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. SECTION B IDENTITY OF ARCHITECT B-1 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Where the term "Architect" is used in the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", it shall refer to the Director,Transportation and Public Works or his designated Building Construction Manager. The Director,Transportation will designate a Project Manager and Building Construction Manager(BCM) to administer this contract and perform the functions of the "Architect" as indicated in the General Conditions. The design architect or engineer may also be designated to perform the duties of"Architect". The term "City"and "Owner"are used interchangeably and refer to the City of Fort Worth as represented by the Director of Transportation and Public Works or his designated representative. B-2 TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION OF WORK: The Owner has the right to terminate the Project for any reason. If the project is terminated,the Contractor shall: a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination. b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. C) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. M General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 2 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 After termination as above,the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion thereof allocatable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth,and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract. B-3 DUTIES OF THE ARCHITECT: As used herein,the term Architect means the Architect or his authorized representative. Nothing contained in these Contract Documents shall create any privity of Contract between the Architect and the Contractor. B-4 ARCHITECT AS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OWNER: The Building Construction Manager(BCM)will provide general p administration of the Contract on behalf of the Owner and will have authority to act as the representative of the Owner to the extent provided in the Contract Documents unless changed in writing by the Owner. The Architect will be available for conferences and consultations with the Owner or the Contractor at all reasonable times. B-5 ACCESS TO JOB SITES: The Architect shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perform its assigned functions under the Contract Documents. The Architect will make periodic visits to the Site to familiarize himself with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on-site observations,the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. Based upon such observations and the Contractor's applications for payments,the Building Construction Manager will make determinations and recommendations concerning the amounts owing to the Contractor and will issue certificates for payment amounts. B-6 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications and the judge of the performance thereunder by the Contractor,subject to the final decision of the Owner. The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. B-7 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The BCM will have authority to reject work that does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. In addition,whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the BCM considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the r proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the BCM will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. B-8 MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES OF ARCHITECT Shop Drawings. The Architect will review Shop Drawings and Samples. Two copies of each approved Shop Drawing and submittal will be provided to the Owneeby the Architect. Three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Change Orders. Change Orders and Field Orders for Minor Changes in the Work will be issued by the Owner Guarantees. The Owner will receive all written guarantees and related documents required of the Contractor. Upon completion of the project the Contractor shall provide the Owner five copies of each guarantee. Inspections The Owner will conduct inspections for the purpose of determining and making his recommendations concerning the dates of substantial completion and final completion. The Architect will conduct the final acceptance inspection and issue the Certificate of Completion. Operation and Maintenance Manuals The Owner will receive six copies of all applicable equipment installation, operation, and maintenance brochures and manuals required of the Contractor. B-9 TERMINATION OF THE ARCHITECT: In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect by the Owner, the Owner shall either assume the duties of the Architect through the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works,or shall appoint a successor Architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection. SECTION C OWNER C-1 IDENTIFICATION: By the term Owner is meant the City of Fort Worth acting herein by its duly authorized representatives in the manner provided by law. Authorized representatives include the City Manager,Assistant City Manager, the Director and of Transportation and Public Works Department and members of the Facilities Management Division. Generally speaking a designated representative will be a Building Construction Manager(BCM)identified from within the Facilities Management Division to act as a point of contact for day-to-day contract administration. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 3 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 w C-2 DUTIES OF THE OWNER: The Owner shall furnish surveys describing the physical characteristics,legal limits and utility locations for the site of the Work; provided, however,that the Contractor hereby covenants that he has inspected the premises and z familiarized himself therewith and that the locations of utilities and other obstacles to the prosecution of the Work as shown on the Owner's survey are for information only, are not binding upon the Owner, and the Owner shall not incur any liability for loss or damage by virtue of any inaccuracies or deficiencies in such surveys. The Owner shall secure and pay for title to the site and all necessary permanent or construction easements. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor in the prosecution of the Work in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonable and shall furnish information under its control with reasonable promptness at the request of the Contractor. C-3 INSTRUCTIONS: The Owner shall issue all instructions to the Contractor through the BCM. C-4 ACCESS TO JOB SITE: The Owner shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Owner may perform its assigned functions under the Contract Documents. C-5 PROGRESS INSPECTIONS: The Owner will make visits to the Site to familiarize themselves with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on-site observations and reports concerning the progress and quality of the work, the Owner will approve and authorize the Contractor's applications for payments. C-6 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The Owner will have authority to reflect work that does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. Whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the Owner considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the Owner will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the work or any portion thereof,or to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof,or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. C-7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION: Upon agreement of the Contractor and Architect that the Work is substantially complete,the Owner will schedule a Substantial Completion Inspection to be conducted by the Architect and attended by representatives of the Architect, Owner and Contractor. Items identified during this inspection as being incomplete,defective or deficient shall be incorporated into a punch list and attached to the AIA document G704,which is to be prepared and signed by the Contractor,and accepted,approved and signed by the Owner. C-8 RIGHT TO AUDIT: Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor further agrees to include in all his subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract. The term "subcontract"as used herein includes purchase orders. Contractor agrees to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the city. The city agrees to reimburse Contractor for the costs of copies at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code. SECTION D CONTRACTOR D-1 IDENTIFICATION: The Contractor is the person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term Contractor means the Contractor or his authorized representative. D-2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, not as agent, or employee of the City. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of the Work and services performed hereunder,and all persons performing same,and Contractor shall be solely responsible for the acts of its officers, agents, and employees. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between City and the Contractor, its officers,agents and employees,and the doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply. D-3 SUBLETTING: It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the ■ City of Fort Worth. D-4 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications,Addenda and modifications and shall at once report to the Owner and to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. The Contractor shall do no work without Drawings, Specifications and ® Interpretations. D-5 SUPERVISION: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, safety,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 4 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 D-6 LABOR AND MATERIALS: Unless otherwise specifically noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and _ services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. The successful low bidder will use its reasonable best efforts to hire local laborers, workmen and materialmen. The general condition is not to be constructed as limiting the right of any bidder to employee laborers, workmen or materialmen from outside local area. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees, and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him. D-7 COMPLIANCE WITH AND ENFORCEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258),including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall,upon demand made by the City,pay to the City$60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents.This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs,pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information,including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023,Texas Government Code,by a contractor or subcontractor,the City shall make an _ initial determination,before the 31"day after the date the City receives the information,as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City s determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258,the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates,such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final _ determination of the violation. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023,Texas Government Code,including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker,shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act(Article 224 et seq.,Revised Statutes)if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c)above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required,a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall,for a period of three(3)years following the date of acceptance of the Work,maintain records that show(1)the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this contract;and(ii)the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. Pay Estimates. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period,whichever is less,the Contractor shall submit an affidavit F stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs(a)through(g)above. On projects where special wage rates apply(e.g.Davis-Bacon)the Contractor agrees to meet all requirements of such programs. D-8 WARRANTY: The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the Architect that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in _ conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not so conforming to these standards may be considered defective. If required by the Architect or the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. The warranty provided in this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty or remedy provided by law or the Contract Documents. D-9 TAXES: The Contractor is exempt from State Sales Tax on material incorporated into the finished construction, Excise and Use Tax. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 5 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 D-10 LICENSES, NOTICES AND FEES: The Contractor shall obtain all Permits, Licenses, Certificates, and Inspections, whether permanent or temporary, required by law or these Contract Documents. City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate permits may be required for each work location. The Contractor shall give all Notices and comply with all Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes or becomes aware that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect Owner in writing and any necessary changes will be made.If the Contractor performs any Work knowing that it is in violation of, or contrary to, any of such Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Orders or Directives, or Regulations without furnishing Notice to the Owner,the Contractor will assume full responsibility therefore and bear all costs attributable thereto. D-11 CASH ALLOWANCES: The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. These allowances shall cover the net cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contractor Sum and not in the allowance. The Contractor shall cause the Work covered by these allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct, but he will not be required to employ persons against whom he makes a reasonable objection. If the cost, when determined, is more than or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order which will include additional handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs,field overhead, profit and other direct expenses resulting to the Contractor from any increase over the original allowance. D-12 SUPERINTENDENT: The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Contractor and the Owner.The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications will be confirmed in writing. Other communications will be so confirmed on written request in each case. r D-13 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND SUB-CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all his employees and all Sub-contractors, their agents and employees, and all other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. D-14 FAILURE TO COMMENCE WORK: Should the Contractor fail to begin the Work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans,Specifications and Contract Documents,then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the Work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the Work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if, in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof,said excess cost. D-15 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the contract, shall prepare and submit for the Architect's approval,an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related to the entire Project. This schedule shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various states of construction and shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, subject to the Architect's approval. It shall also indicate the dates for submission and approval of shop drawings and submittals as well as the delivery schedule for major pieces of equipment and/or materials. The Contractor shall submit an updated progress schedule the BCM at least monthly for approval along with the Contractor's monthly progress payment requests. D-16 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE: The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop Drawings, Change Orders, and other Changes and Amendments in good order and marked to record all changes made during construction. These shall also be available to the Architect. The Drawings, marked to record all changes made during construction,shall be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the Work. The Architect will prepare, and provide to the Owner,one complete set of reproducible record drawings of the Work. D-17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES: Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data which are prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer,supplier or distributor, and which illustrate some portion of the Work. Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the Work will be judged. The Contractor shall review, stamp with his approval and submit, with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor,normally within the first 90 days of the work,six copies of all shop Drawings and Samples required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the Architect as covered by changes or amendments. Shop Drawings and Samples shall be properly identified as specified, or as the Architect may require.At the time of submission the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings or Samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 6 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that he has checked and coordinated each shop drawing given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Architect will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings or new Samples until approved. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Architect on previous submissions. The Architect's approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. Architect's approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples. No portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submission shall be commenced until the Architect has approved the submittal.All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Samples. D-18 SITE USE: The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment. Until acceptance of the Work by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth,the entire site of the Work shall be under the exclusive control, care and responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall take every precaution against injury or damage to persons or property by the action of the f, elements or from any other cause whatsoever.The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good at his own expenses all injuries or damages to any portions of the Work occasioned by any of the above,caused before acceptance. D-19 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work that may required to make its several parts fit together properly,and shall not endanger any Work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the Work or any part of it. D-20 CLEAN UP: The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish.At the completion of the Work he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all his tools, construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials,and shall clean all glass surfaces and leave the Work"Broom-clean"or its equivalent,except at otherwise specified. In addition to removal of rubbish and leaving the buildings"broom-clean",Contractor shall clean all glass, replace any broken glass, remove stains,spots,marks and dirt from decorated work,clean hardware, remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces,clean fixtures and wash all concrete,tile and terrazzo floors. If the Contractor fails to clean up,the Owner may do so,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. D-21 COMMUNICATIONS: As a general rule,the Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner through the BCM. D-22 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS ON FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJECTS: Contractor shall observe and comply with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Fiscal Department, Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management as outlined in the Supplemental Conditions contained in the Project Manual SECTION E SUBCONTRACTORS E-1 DEFINITION: A Subcontractor is a person or organization that has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his authorized representative. Nothing contained in the Contract, Documents shall create any contractual relation between the Owner and the Architect and any subcontractor or any of his sub-subcontractors or materialmen. E-2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS: The bidder shall furnish a list of the names of the subcontractors or other persons or organizations(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed for such portions of the Work as may be designated in the bidding requirements,or if none is so designated in the bidding requirements,the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the Work. Prior to the award of the Contract,the Architect shall notify the successful bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any person or organization on such list. Failure of the Owner and Architect to make an objection to any person or organization on the list prior to the award of this Contract shall not constitute acceptance of such person or organization. If,prior to the award of the Contract,the Owner or Architect has an objective to any person or organization on such list, and refuses to accept such person or organization, the apparent low bidder may, prior to the award, withdraw his bid without forfeiture of bid security. If such bidder submits an acceptable substitute,the Owner may, at its discretion, accept the bid or he may disqualify the General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 7 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound .tune 2016 bid. If, after the award, the Owner or Architect objects in writing to any person or organization on such list, the Contractor shall provide an acceptable substitute. The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization that has been accepted by the Owner and the Architect, unless the substitution is also acceptable to the Owner and the Architect. E-3 TERMS OF SUBCONTRACTS: All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors)which shall contain provisions that: 1. Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; 2. Require that such Work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 3. Require submission to the Contractor of applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply for payment; 4. Require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted portions of the Work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor where appropriate) in the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner; 5. Waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by the property insurance,except such rights, if any,as they may have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner, and, 6. Obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this Section All of the provisions set out in this section shall be deemed to have been included in every subcontract, and every subcontract shall be so construed and applied as to the Owner and the Architect, whether or not such provisions are physically included in the sub- contract. E-4 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE): Should the base proposal be $50,000 or less, the requirements of this section do not apply. General: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth has implemented the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period interested Offerors must obtain a MBE listing of firms from the M/WBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency(NCTRCA)located in the six(6)county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are strongly encouraged to confirm that each MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. In accordance with City of Fort Worth Diversity Business Ordinance (BDO) No 20020-12-2011 (the "Ordinance"), the City of Fort Worth sets goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in City contracts. Ordinance No 20020-12-2011 is incorporated in these General Conditions by reference. A copy of the Ordinance may be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. Failure to comply with the Ordinance shall be a material breach of contract. Prior to Award: The MBE documentation required by the procurement solicitation must be submitted within five city business days after the proposals are opened. Failure to comply with the City's Business Diversity Ordinance, or to demonstrate a "good faith effort", shall result in a bid being considered non-responsive. During Construction: Contractor shall provide copies of subcontracts or cosigned letters of intent with approved MBE subcontractors and or suppliers prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall also provide monthly reports on utilization of the subcontractors to the M/WBE Office and the Building Construction Manager(BCM). Contractor must provide the City with complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by an MBE on the contract and proof of payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in it's possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE. The misrepresentation of facts and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement. An Offeror who intentionally and/or knowingly misrepresents material facts shall be determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. The failure of an Offeror to comply with this ordinance where such non-compliance constitutes a material breach of contract as stated herein, may result in the Offeror being determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than one(1)year. The Contractor may count toward the goal any tier of MBE subcontractors and/or suppliers. The Contractor may count toward its goal a portion of the total dollar amount of the contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of the MBE participation in the } joint venture for a clearly defined portion of the work to be performed. All subcontractors used in meeting the goals must be certified prior to the award of the Contract. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 8 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 Change Orders: Whenever a change order affects the work of an MBE subcontractor or supplier, the MBE shall be given an opportunity to perform the work. Whenever a change order is$50,000 or more,the MNVBE Office Coordinator shall determine the goals applicable to the work to be performed under the change order. During the term of the contract the Contractor shall: 1. Make no unjustified changes or deletions in its MBE participation commitments submitted with the bid/proposal or during negotiation,without prior submission of the proper documentation for review and approval by the MNVBE Office. 2. If substantial subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities arise during the term of any contract when the Contractor represented in its bid/proposal to the City that it alone would perform the subcontracting/supplier opportunity work, the Contractor shall notify the City before subcontracts for work and/or supplies are awarded and shall be required to comply with . subsections of the O0rdinance,exclusive of the time requirements stated in such subsections. 3. The Contractor shall submit to the MNVBE Office for approval an MBE REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF CHANGE FORM, if, during the term of any contract,the Contractor wishes to change or delete one or more MBE subcontractors or suppliers. r Justification for change of subcontractors may be granted for the following: 1. An MBE's failure to provide Workers'Compensation Insurance evidence as required by state law;or 2. An MBE's-failure to provide evidence of general liability or other insurance. under the same or similar terms as contained in the Contract Documents with limits of coverage no greater than the lower of 1) the limits required of the Contractor by the City; or 2)the limits contained in the Contractor's standard subcontract or supply agreements used on other projects of similar size and scope and within the Contractor's normal business practice with non- F MBE subcontractor's/subconsultant's or suppliers;or 3. An MBE's failure to execute the Contractors standard subcontract form, if entering a subcontract is required by the Contractor in its normal course of business,unless such failure is due to: a) A change in the amount of the previously agreed to bid or scope of work;or b) The contract presented provides for payment once a month or longer and the Contractor is receiving payment from the City twice a month;or .� c) Any limitation being placed on the ability of the MBE to report violations of the Ordinance or any other ordinance or violations of any state or federal law or other improprieties to the City or to provide notice of any claim to the Contractor's surety company or insurance company. d) Mediation shall be a consideration before the request for change is approved. 4. An MBE defaults in the performance of the executed subcontract. In this event,the Contractor shall: a) Request bids from all MBE subcontractors previously submitting bids for the work, b) If reasonably practicable,request bids from previously non-bidding MNVBEs,and C) Provide to the MNVBE Office documentation of compliance with(a)and(b)above. 5. Any reason found to be acceptable by the MNVBE Office in its sole discretion. Within ten days after final payment from the City the Contractor shall provide the MNVBE Office with documentation to reflect final participation of each subcontractor and supplier,including non-MBEs, used on the project. E-5 PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner,an amount equal to the percentage of completion allowed to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractors Work.The ..n Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors. If the Owner refuses to issue a Certificate for Payment for any cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not1he fault of a particular subcontractor,the Contractor shall pay that Subcontractor on demand,made at any time after the Certificate for Payment would otherwise have been issued,for his Work to the extent completed,less the retained percentage. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by the Contractor, and he shall require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his Subcontractors. The Owner may, on request and at its discretion,furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on account of Work done by such Subcontractors. Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 9 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WfP)Compound June 2016 E-6 SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EDA FUNDED PROJECTS: The Contractor will cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to EDA contract requirements as contained herein and to 15 CFR 24 or OMB Circular A-110,as appropriate. Each subcontractor must agree to comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements in addition to those set forth in this section. No subcontractor will be employed on this Project, except as specifically approved by the City, who is contained in the listing of contractors debarred, ineligible, suspended or indebted to the United States from contractual dealings with Federal government departments. The work performed by any such contractor or subcontractor will be ineligible for reimbursement wholly or partially from EDA grant fluids. All subcontracts in excess of$10,000 shall include, or incorporate by reference, the equal opportunity clause of Executive Order 11246. All subcontracts must contain a nondiscrimination clause. Each subcontract must contain a requirement for compliance with the Davis-Bacon and related acts. Each subcontractor must submit weekly each weekly payroll record and a weekly statement of compliance. These documents will be submitted to the prime contractor who will compile them and,submit to the City.The subcontractor can satisfy this requirement by submitting a properly executed Department of Labor Form WH-347. Each subcontract with every subcontractor must contain a clause committing the subcontractor to employment of local labor to the maximum extent possible. All subcontractors who employ more than 50 employees, and is a prime or first tier subcontractor, and has a subcontract or purchase order of$50,000 or more must submit a completed Standard Form 100(Compliance Report)by March 30 of each year. Subcontractors performing work in areas covered by published goals for minorities will be required to report monthly on Form CC- 257. SECTION F SEPARATE CONTRACTS F-1 OWNER'S RIGHT: The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Work. When separate contracts are awarded for other portions of the Work, "the Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall be the contractor who signs each separate contract. F-2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Owner any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper to receive his Work, except as to defects which may develop in the other separate contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor's Work. Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the site,the Contractor shall, upon due notice,settle with such other contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend against such suit at the Contractor's expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees, court costs and expenses which the Owner has incurred in connection with such suit. F-3 CUTTING AND PATCHING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The Contractor shall do all cutting,fitting or patching of his Work that may be required to fit it to receive or be received by the work of other contractors shown in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not endanger any work or any other contractors by cutting,excavating or otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Architect. Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. F-4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP: If a dispute arises between the separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the several contractors as the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works shall determine to be just. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 10 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 SECTION G MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS G-1 CONFLICT OF LAWS: The law of the place where the site is located shall govern the Contract. The Contractor must familiarize himself and strictly comply with all Federal,State,and County and City Laws,Statutes,Charter,Ordinances,Regulations, or Directives controlling the action or operation of those engaged upon the work affecting the materials used.He shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such Laws,Statutes,Charter,Ordinances,Regulations,or Directives,whether by himself,his employees,agents or subcontractors. G-2 GOVERNING LAWS: It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with reference to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with reference to and governing all matters affecting this Contract,and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. G-3 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In performing their duties under the Statutes of the State of Texas and the Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth in connection with this Contract,or in exercising any of the powers granted the Owner herein, the officers, agents and employees of the City of Fort Worth are engaged in the performance of a governmental function and shall not incur any personal liability by virtue of such performance hereunder, except for gross negligence or willful wrong. G-4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Contractor agrees to comply with all laws, Federal,state and local,including all ordinances, rules and regulations of the City of Fort Worth,Texas. Materials incorporated into the finished Project are not subject to State Sales Tax. The Owner is responsible for obtaining the Building Permit. The Contractor and the appropriate subcontractor are responsible for obtaining all other construction permits from the governing agencies. Contractor shall schedule all code inspections with the Code Inspection Division in accordance with the permit requirements and submit a copy of updated schedule to the Building Construction Manager (BCM) weekly. Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical building permits are issued without charge. Water and sewer tap,impact&access fees will be paid by the City. Any other permit fees are the responsibility of the Contractor. R` G-5 INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, +- hold harmless and defend,at its own expense,the Owner,its officers,servants and employees,from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such injury,damage or death is caused,in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negliqence of Owner,its officers,servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers,servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the nealkence or alleged negliqence of Owner,its officers,servants or employees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment,final payment shall not be made until Contractor either(a)submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved,or(b)provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability — insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. G-6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: Except as provided in Paragraph E-2,this contract shall be binding upon and insure to the benefit of the parties hereto,their Successors or Assigns. Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this Contract or his rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner.Any such purported assignment or subletting without the prior written consent of Owner shall be void. G-7 WRITTEN NOTICE: Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. _ G-8 SURETY BONDS: Surety Bonds are required on all City contracts in excess of$25,000. The Contractor agrees,on the submittal of his Proposal to make, execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful performance of the terms and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for labor and/or materials furnished in the prosecution of the Work,such bonds being as provided and required in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended, in the form included in the Contract Documents,and such bonds shall be 100 percent of the total contract price, and the said surety shall be a surety company duly and legally authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable to the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 11 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 Bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by or otherwise acceptable to the City. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and the Surety Company. Bonds required by the City shall be in compliance with all relevant local,state and federal T statutes. To be an acceptable surety on the bond the name of the surety should be included on the current U. S.Treasury List of Acceptable Securities[Circular 5701,and must be authorized to do business in Texas. Sureties not listed in Circular 570 may write performance and payment bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligation over 10 percent. The amount in excess of 10 percent must be reinsured by reinsurers who are duly authorized, accredited,or trusteed to do business in the State of Texas. Should any surety for the contracted project be determined unsatisfactory at any time during same,the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety bond satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is less than $25,000, payment shall be made in one lump sum 30 calendar days after completion and acceptance of the Work. G-9 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to perform any provision of the Contract,the Owner may,without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, enter the site and make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including the cost of the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount,the Contract shall pay the difference to the Owner. G-10 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS: The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified; however,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design,process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to Owner. G-11 TESTS: If the Contract Documents, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to be inspected,tested or approved,the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and the date arranged so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Owner shall bear all costs of such inspection,tests and approvals unless otherwise provided. If after the commencement of the Work, the Owner determines that any work requires special inspection, testing or approval not included above,the Owner, upon written authorization from the Owner,will instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as required in the preceding paragraph. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply(1)with the requirements of the Contract Documents or(2)with respect to the performance of the Work, with Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including the Architect's additional services made necessary by such costs; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The Contractor shall secure certificate of inspection, testing or approval, and three copies will be promptly delivered by him to the Owner.The Architect will review the certificates and forward one copy of each with his recommendation(s)to the Owner. If the Owner wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by this Section, they will do so promptly and, where practicable,at the source of supply. Neither the observations of the Architect or the Owner in their administration of the Construction Contract, nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. G-12 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SERVICES: The Contractor shall perform the Work under this Contract with a minimum of outage time for all utilities. Interruption shall be by approved sections of the utility. In some cases, the Contractor may be required to perform the Work while the existing utility is in service. The existing utility service may be interrupted only when approved by the Owner.When it is necessary to interrupt the existing utilities,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing at least ten days in advance of the time that he desires the existing service to be interrupted. The interruption time shall be kept to a minimum.Depending upon the activities at an existing facility that requires continuous service from the existing utility,an interruption may not be subject to schedule at the time desired by the Contractor. In such cases,the interruption may have to be scheduled at a time of minimum requirements of demand for the utility.The amount of time requested by the Contractor of existing utility services shall be as approved by the Owner. G-13 LAYING OUT WORK: The Contractor shall verify dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of existing work. Discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to Architect for adjustment before work affected is performed. Failure to make such notification shall place responsibility upon Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory workmanlike manner at the Contractor's sole expense. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction contemplated by the Construction Documents. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 12 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check all Architectural, Structural, Mechanical an Electrical drawings; each with the other that in any affects the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Architect for verification and adjustment.Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on his part to comply with this function shall be done at the Contractors sole expense. G-14 MEASUREMENTS: Before ordering any material or doing any work,the Contractor shall verify all measurements at the site or at the building and shall be wholly responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of any difference between actual dimensions and dimensions indicated on the drawings. Any difference that may be found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration and adjustment before proceeding with the project. G-15 EXISTING OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND WORK: The Contractor shall carefully check the site where the project is to be erected and observe any existing overhead wires and equipment.Any such work shall be moved, replaced or protected, as required,whether or not shown or specified at the Contractors sole expense. Attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other underground improvements that may or may not be shown on the Drawings.All reasonable precautions shall be taken to preserve and protect any such improvements whether or not shown on the Drawings. Location of existing underground lines, shown the Drawings are based on the best available sources, but are to be regarded as approximate only.Exercise extreme care in locating and identifying these lines before excavation in adjacent areas. G-16 ALIGNMENT OF JOINTS IN FINISH MATERIALS: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain in the installation of jointed floor,wall and ceiling materials that: 1. Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; 2. Place joints to relate to all opening and breaks in the structure and be symmetrically placed wherever possible. This includes heating registers,light fixtures,equipment,etc. If because of the non-related sizes of the various materials and locations of openings, etc., it is not possible to accomplish the above, the Contractor shall request the Architect to determine the most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall establish centerlines for all trades. G-17 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK: The Contractor shall protect all existing street and other improvements from damages. Contractors operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and shall not in any interfere with or obstruct the f ingress or egress to and from existing adjacent facilities. Where new site work is to be connected to existing work,special care shall be exercised by the Contractor not to disturb or damage the existing work more than necessary.All damaged work shall be replaced,repaired and restored to its original condition at no cost to the Owner. G-18 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CERTIFICATION: It is the intent of the contract documents,whether expressly stated or not, that nothing containing hazardous materials,such as asbestos,shall be incorporated in to the project. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to ensure that asbestos-containing materials are not incorporated into any portion of the project, including advising all materials suppliers and subcontractors of this requirement. The Contractor shall verify that components containing lead do not contact the potable water supply. G-19 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING: Drawing showing location of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. are diagrammatic and job conditions may not always permit their installation in the location shown.When this situation occurs,it shall be brought to the Architect's attention immediately and the relocation determined in a joint conference. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining the Architect's approval. He shall remove and relocate such items at his own expense if so directed by the Architect. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall,floor or ceiling surfaces. G-20 OVERLOADING: The Contractor shall be responsible for loading of any part or parts of structures beyond their safe carrying capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery or any other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on floors or roofs before they have attained their permanent and safe strength. G-21 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Where it is required in the Specifications that materials, products, processes, equipment, or the like be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturers instructions,direction or specifications, or words to this effect, it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation shall be in strict accordance with printed instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under conditions similar or those at the job site.Six copies of such instructions shall be furnished to the Architect and his approval thereof obtained before work is begun. G-22 CLEANING UP: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or as a result of the Work. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 13 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WfP)Compound June 2016 At completion of work,the General Contractor shall, immediately prior to final inspection of complete building, execute the following final cleaning work with trained janitorial personnel and with material methods recommended by the manufactures of installed materials. 1. Sweep and buff resilient floors and base,and vacuum carpeting. 2. Dust all metal and wood trim and similar finished materials. 3. Clean all cabinets and casework. 4. Dust all ceilings and walls. 5. Dust,and if necessary wash,all plumbing and electrical fixtures. 6. Wash all glass and similar non-resilient materials. 7. All hardware and other unpainted metals shall be cleaned and polished and all equipment and paint or decorated work shall be cleaned and touched-up if necessary, and all temporary labels, tags, and paper coverings removed throughout the buildings. Surfaces that are waxed shall be polished. 8. The exterior of the building,the grounds, approaches, equipment, sidewalks,streets, etc.shall be cleaned similar to interior of buildings and left in good order at the time of final acceptance. All paint surfaces shall be clean and unbroken, hardware shall be clean and polished, all required repair work shall be completed and dirt areas shall be scraped and cleared of weed growth. 9. Clean all glass surfaces and mirrors of putty, paint materials, etc.,without scratching or injuring the glass and leave the work bright,clean and polished.Cost of this cleaning work shall be borne by Contractor. 10. Cleaning, polishing, scaling, waxing and all other finish operations indicated on the Drawings or required in the Specifications shall be taken to indicate the required condition at the time of acceptance of all work under the Contract. 11. Burning:Burning of rubbish on the premises will not be permitted. G-23 DUST CONTROL: Precaution shall be exercised at all times to control dust created as a result of any operations during the construction period. If serious problems or complaints arise due to air-borne dust, or when directed by the Architect, operations causing such problems shall be temporarily discontinued and necessary steps taken to control the dust. G-24 FIRE PROTECTION: The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage or injury to workmen.All scrap materials, rubbish and trash shall be removed daily from in and about the building and shall not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent property. Suitable storage space shall be provided outside the immediate building area for storing flammable materials and paints; no storage v will be permitted in the building. Excess flammable liquids being used inside the building shall be kept in closed metal container and removed from the building during unused periods. A fire extinguisher shall be available at each location where cutting or welding is being performed.Where electric or gas welding or cutting work is done,interposed shields of incombustible material shall be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot metal.When temporary heating devices are used,a watchman shall be present to cover periods when other workmen are not on the premises. The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendations and NFPA Bulletins Nos. 10 and 241. However, in all cases a minimum of two fire extinguishers shall be available for each floor of construction. G-25 CUTTING AND PATCHING: Wherever cutting and removal of portions of the existing work is indicated, such work shall be neatly sawed or cut by Contractor in a manner that will produce a neat straight line, parallel to adjacent surfaces or plumb for vertical surfaces.Care,should be exercised not to damage any work that is to remain. At no time shall any structural members be cut without written consent from the Architect. G-26 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Final Inspection, Record Drawings: Attention is called to General Conditions Section entitled, "Substantial Completion and Final Payment'. Maintenance ManuaF Sheets shall be 8%"x 11",except pull out sheets may be neatly folded to 8'/2"x 11".Manuals shall be bound in plastic covered,3 ring, loose leaf binder with title of project lettered on front and shall contain: 1) Name,address and trade of all sub-contractors. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 14 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 2) Complete maintenance instructions; name, address, and telephone number of installing Contractor, manufacturer's local representative,for each piece of operative equipment. 3) Catalog data on plumbing fixtures, valves, water heaters, heating and cooling equipment, temperature control, fan, electrical R panels,service entrance equipment and light fixtures. 4) Manufacturer's name,type,color designation for resilient floors,windows,doors,concrete block,paint, roofing,other materials. Submit six copies of Maintenance Manual,prior to request for final payment. Operational Inspection and Maintenance Instruction: The Contractor shall provide at his expense, competent manufacturer's representatives to completely check out all mechanical and electrical systems and items covered by the Drawings and Specifications. This requirement shall be scheduled just prior to and during the initial start up. After all systems are functioning properly the representatives shall instruct maintenance personnel of the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of each item. G-27 GUARANTEE AND EXTENDED GUARANTEE: Upon completion of the Project, prior to final payment, guarantees required by technical divisions of Specifications shall be properly executed in quadruplicate by subcontractors and submitted through the Contractor to Architect. Delivery of guarantees shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation assumed under Contract. The Contractor shall guarantee the entire Project for one year. In addition,where separate guarantees,for certain portions of work, are for longer periods, General Contractor's guarantee shall be extended to cover such longer periods. Manufacturer's extended warrantees shall be included in this contract. Guarantees shall become valid and operative and commence upon issuance of Certificate of Inspection and Acceptance by Owner. Guarantees shall not apply to work where damage is result of abuse,neglect by Owner or his successor(s)in interest. The Contractor agrees to warrant his work and materials provided in accordance with this contract and the terms of the Technical Specifications contained herein. Unless supplemented by the Technical Specifications or the manufacturer's normal extended warrantees,the Contractor shall warrant all work materials,and equipment against defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. The Contractor further agrees to bear all costs of making good all work that is found to be defective or not provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Additionally if the facility or contents are damaged due to defective materials or workmanship of the Contractor, the Contractor further agrees to bear all cost of repairing and/or replacing damaged items and components to bring such items back to at least their original condition. G-28 RECORD DRAWINGS: Upon completion of the Work and prior to application for final payment, one print of each of the drawings accompanying this specification shall be neatly and clearly marked in red by the Contractor to show variations between the construction actually provided and that indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. The annotated documents shall be �. delivered to Architect. Where a choice of materials and/or methods is permitted herein and where variations in the scope or character of the work from the entire work indicated or specified are permitted either by award of bidding items specified for that purpose, or by subsequent change to the drawings, the record drawings shall define the construction actually provided. The representation of such variations shall conform to standard drafting practice and shall include supplementary notes, legends and details which may be necessary for legibility and clear portrayal of the actual construction. The record drawings shall indicate, in addition,the actual location of all sub-surface utility lines,average depth below the surface and other appurtenances. G-29 CONSTRUCTION FENCE: At the Contractor's option, he may provide a substantial chain-link construction fence around all or a part of the site. The fences and gates must be maintained throughout the construction period.Remove the fences and gates R upon completion of the Project and restore the site to the required original or contract condition. G-30 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE, HANDLING: The Contractor shall handle, store and protect materials and products, including fabricated components, by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft (and resulting delays), thereby ensuring highest quality results as the work progresses. Control delivery schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-term storage at project site prior to installation. G-31 REMOVAL OF SALVAGED MATERIAL: The Contractor shall remove salvaged material and equipment from the Project site and dispose of it in accordance with the law. Equipment or material identified in the Specifications or Plans for Owner salvage shall be carefully removed and delivered to the Owner at any location in within the City limits as directed by the City. G-32 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not restrictive. Bids on brands of like nature and quality will be considered.Contractor shall inform the City of any substitutions intended for the project within 5 business days of bid opening. Failure to inform the City of substitute projects will obligate the Contractor to provide the specified material if awarded the contract. Within 14 days after bid opening and upon request of the Contractor, the Contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as"no substitute accepted", the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 15 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 SECTION H CONTRACT TIME H-1 DEFINITIONS The Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for completion of the Work and is the number of calendar days elapsing between the date of commencement and the date of substantial Completion plus additional days assessed for failure to complete punch list items from the Final Inspection in a timely manner The Date of Commencement of the Work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed. If there is no notice to proceed,it shall be the date of the Agreement or such other date as may be established therein. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect with the approval of the Owner that construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner may occupy the Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended. Final acceptance of the completed work or any portion thereof can be made only by the Assistant City Manager,and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. A Calendar Da v constitutes 24 hours of time and is any one of the seven days of a week, including Sunday,regardless of whether a 'Working Day"or not,and regardless of weather conditions or any situation which might delay construction.An extension of contract time shall be in accordance with this Section. Extensions of time will be as recommended by the BCM with final approval by City of Fort Worth. A Working Da v is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of work for a continuous period of not less than seven ® hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. However, nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturdays if he so desires. Legal holidays are defined as being New Years Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,Memorial Day,and Veteran's Day. H-2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION: All the time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of essence to the Contract. The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in this Section. He shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall complete it within the Contract Time. # H-3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or by any employee of the Owner, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control,or by any cause which the Architect determines may justify the delay,then the contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. When the Contractor is delayed due to abnormal weather conditions, the weather table provided as WT-1 in these Contract Documents shall be used as the basis for providing a fair and equitable adjustment of the contract time. All claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect no more than fifteen days after the occurrence of the delay; otherwise they shall be waived. If no schedule or agreement is made stating the dates upon which written interpretations shall be furnished,then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretation until fifteen days after demand is made for them, and not then unless such a claim is reasonable. H-4 NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY: No payment, compensation or adjustment or any kind (other than the extensions of time provided for) shall be made to the Contractor for damages because of hindrances or delays from an cause in the progress of the work, whether such hindrances or delays be avoidable or unavoidable, and the Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for compensation,damages or mitigation of liquidated damages for any such delays, and will accept in full satisfaction for such delays said extension of time. SECTION I PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 1-1 CONTRACT SUM: The Contract Sum is stated in the contract and is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 1-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Before the first Applicable for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values of the various portions of the Work, including quantities if required by the Architect, aggregating the total Contract Sum,divided so as to facilitate payments to Sub-contractors,prepared in such form as specified or as the Architect and the Contractor may agree upon, and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Architect may require. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit.This Schedule,when approved by the Architect and the Owner,shall be used as a basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1-3 ADJUSTMENT OF QUANTITIES(NOT USED) General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 16 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 1-4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS: On the first day of each month after the first month's work has been completed,the Contractor will make current estimates in writing for review by the Architect of materials in place complete and the amount of work performed during the preceding month or period and the value thereof at the prices contracted for as shown on the approved Schedule of Values and Progress Schedule. If payments are to be made on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or in an independent, bonded warehouse such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest including applicable insurance and transportation to the site. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not,will pass to the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the Contractor,free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances hereinafter referred to as"liens"; and that no Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, or by any other persons performing the Work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Work, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. The Contractor shall prepare each application for payment on AIA Document G702, "Application and Certificate for Payment", and attached thereto AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet", to indicate the progress made to date and the period or month for which payment is requested for each Item listed in the Schedule of Values. A copy of the revised monthly work progress schedule must be attached before the pay request can be accepted. 1-5 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT: If the Contractor has made Application for Payment as above,the above,the Architect will,with reasonable promptness but not more than seven days after the receipt of the Application,prepare a Certificate of Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount determined to be properly due, or state in writing reasons for withholding a Certificate. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Owner,based on the BCM's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents(subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests required by the Contract Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion,and to any specific qualifications stated in the Certificate);and recommendations to the Owner that the Contractor be paid in the amount certified. In addition,the Architect's approval of final payment assures the Owner that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment as set forth in this Section have been fulfilled. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall approve or disapprove same within ten days after it has been delivered to the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works.For contracts less than$400,000,Owner shall pay 90% of the approved estimate to the Contractor within seven days after its approval, and the remaining 10% of each such estimate will be retained by the Owner until the final estimate is approved and the Work is accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. For contracts in excess of$400,000,the Owner will retain only 5%of each estimate until the final estimate is approved and work accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship.The Contractor shall promptly remedy any defects in the Work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom that shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. 1-6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD: The BCM may decline to approve an Application for Payment and may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part if in his opinion he is unable to make the representations to the Owner as provided in this Section.The Architect may also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: 1) Defective work not remedied; 2) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; 3) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors,or for labor,materials or equipment; 4) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 5) Damage to another contractor; 6) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time;or 7) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor. When such grounds for the refusal of payment are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. The Owner reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate, without payment of interest, if the Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the specifications. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 17 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 1-7 NOT USED 1-8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The deduction for liquidated damages are based on the estimated cost of extended use of the facility and other costs associated with taking beneficial occupancy late and are calculated at$980.00 per day. 1-9 FAILURE OF PAYMENT: If, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the BCM should fail to issue any Certificate for Payment within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, if the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if,without fault on the part of the Contractor,the Owner should fail to approve such estimate or to pay to the Contractor 90%or 95% (as applicable) of the amount thereof within the period of time specified, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7)days additional written notice to the Owner and to the Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. 1-10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT: Prior to the request for final payment,the Contractor must meet all provisions for Project Closeout. = When the Contractor determines that the Work is substantially complete,the Construction Manager shall inspect the project with the Contractor and prepare a"Preliminary Punch List". When the Architect, on the basis of a subsequent inspection, determines that the Work is substantially complete, he then will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion(G704)which,when approved by the Owner, shall allow the Contractor to request a Certificate of Occupancy which will establish the Date of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Final Completion shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for maintenance, heat, utilities,and insurance,shall set forth the remaining work as a"final punch list".The Contractor shall complete the remaining work listed therein within 60 calendar days. When the Certificate of Occupancy has been issued,the retainage will be reduced to 4%. Upon completion of the work listed on the final punch list to the satisfaction of the City of Fort Worth,the retainage may be reduced to 2.5%. Should the Contractor fail to complete all contractual requirements of the contract, including submittals and final pay request within the fixed time,the contract time will again commence. Should the Contractor fail to complete the work within the contract duration, liquidated damages will be assessed Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection,the City will conduct a joint inspection and certify completion of the final punch list by cosigning it with the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit the following items to the City prior to requesting final payment: 1) Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (G706) stating that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied, 2) Consent of Surety to Final Payment(G707),if any,to final payment, 3) Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens(G706A),and, 4) Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as receipts, releases, and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. 5) Contractor's Warranty 6) Statement that all outstanding work has been completed 7) Issuance of the Final Certificate of Substantial Completion 8) Final acceptance by the City of Fort Worth. If any Subcontractor, materialman or laborer refuses to furnish a Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, the Contractor may, at the election of the Owner,furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any right, claim or lien which might be asserted by such Subcontractor, materialman or laborer. If any such right, claim or lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made.The Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay to discharging such right,claim or lien,including all costs and reasonable attorney's fees. The Contractor may then request final payment. The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and still unsettled. The Contractors one-year warranty will commence upon final acceptance of the Project by the City of Fort Worth. The designated representative of the City Council of the City of Fort Worth will make final acceptance and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. Final payment and release of the retainage amount will become due within fifteen days following acceptance. 1-11 FINAL PAYMENT FOR UN-BONDED PROJECTS: Final payment will not be made for a period of 30 calendar days and until all requirements have been met,with the exception of Consent of Surety for Final Payment. P General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 18 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 SECTION J PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY J-1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractors superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Architect. J-2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: (1) All employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; (2) All the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or-off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub-contractors;and (3) Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. Until acceptance of the Work, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every precaution against injury or damage to the Work by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever,whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the Work.The Contractor shall rebuild, repair,restore and make good, at his own expense,all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above,caused before its completion and acceptance. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as t required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. All damage or loss to any property referred to in the preceding paragraphs caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor,including damage or loss attributable to faulty Drawings or Specifications and acts or omissions of the Architect or anyone employed by him or for whose acts he may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor or anyone claiming through the Contractor for such damage or loss. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. J-3 HARD HATS: Hard Hats will be required at all construction sites included in this Contract from start to completion of work. Each Contractor, employee and visitor at any construction site included in the Contract will be required to wear a hard hat. The Contractor shall enforce the wearing of hard hats by Contractor,employees and visitors.Contractor shall provide ten hard hats for use by the consulting Architects and Engineers and visitors. J-4 EMERGENCIES: In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act at his discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Changes in the Work. J-5 SAFE WORK PRACTICES: The Contractor shall employ safe practices in handling materials and equipment used in performing required work so as to insure the safety of his workmen, City employees and the public. The Contractor shall keep the premise free at all times from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall r remove all his wastes and rubbish from and about the work area, as well as his tools, equipment and surplus materials and shall leave the area as clean and free of spot,stains,etc.,as before the work was undertaken. J-6 TRENCH SAFETY: The Contractor shall be responsible for all design and implementation of trench shoring and stabilization to meet regulatory requirements. If the Proposal requires,the Contractor shall include a per-unit cost for trench safety measures in his bid. If not included in the Proposal,the Contractor shall include a cost for trench safety measures for all trenches over 5 feet in depth in his Schedule of Values. SECTION K-INSURANCE K-1 INSURANCE REQUIRED: The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this Section and such insurance has been approved by the City of Fort Worth, nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work to be performed under this Contract until all similar insurance of the Subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. The City of Fort Worth will be listed as an "additional insured" on all policies except Worker's Compensation. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 19 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(V%fTP)Compound June 2016 K-2 WORKERS'COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1) General a) Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to provide to the Owner(City) a certificate showing that it has obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project in compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section. b) Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project. Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificates to the Owner(City). c) By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,the Contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's .. compensation coverage for the duration of the project,that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. d) The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. } 2) Definitions: a) Certificate of Coverage("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement(TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC- 84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project,for the duration of the project. b) Duration of the Project. Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. c) Persons providing services on the project("subcontractor"in section 406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity,or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services"include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors,office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 3) Requirements a) The Contractor shall provide coverage,based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services of the project,for the duration of the project. b) The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. c) If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been extended. d) The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project,and provide to the City: i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project;and ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. e) The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. f) The Contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within ten (10)days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. g) The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. h) The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 20 of 27 ow Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 i) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code,Section 401.011(44)for all of its employees providing services on the project,for the duration of the project; ii) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project,for the duration of the project; iii) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; iv) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts,and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning work�on the project;and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; v) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. vi) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within ten (10)days after the person knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;and vii) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs h-i)-vii), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 4) Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage a) The Contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered,and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage.This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19-point normal type,and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text,without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage,to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." K-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the term of this Contract such Liability Insurance as shall protect him,the City of Fort Worth and any Subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract,from claims of damage which may arise from operations under this Contract, including blasting,when blasting is done on, or in connection with the Work of the Project,whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the limits of such insurance shall be not less than the following: 1) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 each accident or reasonably equivalent split limits for bodily injury and property damage. ` Coverage shall be on "any auto" including leased, hired, owned, non-owned and borrowed vehicles used in connection with this Contract. 2) Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage under the policy shall be as ccmprehensive as that provided in a current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy form approved for use in Texas and the policy shall have no exclusions by endorsement unless such are approved by the City. 3) Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance:When the Project specifically requires the removal of Asbestos Containing Materials, the Contractor,or subcontractor performing the removal,shall be required to maintain Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance as follows: $1,000,000 per occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit. The coverage shall include any pollution exposure, including environmental impairment liability, associated with the services and operations performed under this contract in :- addition to sudden and accidental contamination or pollution liability for gradual emissions and clean-up costs. K-4 BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE: Unless stated otherwise in the Proposal or Invitation,the Contractor shall procure,pay for and maintain at all times during the term of this Contract,Builder's Risk Insurance against the perils of fire,lightning,windstorm, hurricane, hail, riot,explosion,civic commotion,smoke,aircraft, land vehicles,vandalism,and malicious mischief,at a limit equal to 100%of the Contract Sum. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 21 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Molly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 4ft The policy shall include coverage for materials and supplies while in transit and while being stored on or off site. If specifically required in the Instructions to Bidders, the policy shall include coverage for flood and earthquake. Different sub-limits for these +� coverages must be approved by the City. Consequential damage due to faulty workmanship and/or design performed by the Contractor or his agents shall be covered. Upon completion of the Work,the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Worth in writing before terminating this insurance. K-5 PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall provide a certificate of insurance documenting the Transportation and Public Works Department, City of Fort Worth as a"Certificate Holder", and noting the specific project(s)covered by the Contractor's insurance as documented on the certificate of insurance. More than one certificate may be required of the Contractor depending upon the agents and/or insurers for the Contractor's insurance coverages specified for the project(s). 1 K-6 OTHER INSURANCE RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1) The City of Fort Worth shall be an additional insured, by endorsement, on all applicable insurance policies. 2) Applicable insurance policies shall each be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Fort Worth. 3) Insurers of policies maintained by Contractor and its subcontractor(s), if applicable, shall be authorized to do business in the a State of Texas, or otherwise approved by the City of Fort Worth, and such shall be acceptable to the City of Fort Worth insofar as their financial strength and solvency are concerned. Any company through which the insurance is placed must have a rating of at least A:VII, as stated in current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. At the City's sole discretion, a less favorable rate may be accepted by the City. a 4) Deductible limits on insurance policies and/or self-insured retentions exceeding $10,000 require approval of the City of Fort Worth as respects this Contract. 5) The City of Fort Worth shall be notified in writing a minimum of thirty days prior to an insurer's action in the event of cancellation or non-renewal in coverage regarding any policy providing insurance coverage required in this Contract. 1 6) Full limits of insurance shall be available for claims arising out of this Contract with the City of Fort Worth. a 7) The Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to the City prior to commencement of operations pursuant to this Contract. Any failure on part of the City of Fort Worth to request such documentation shall not be construed as a waiver of insurance requirements specified herein. 8) The City of Fort Worth shall be entitled, upon request and without incurring expense,to review the insurance policies including endorsements thereto and,at its discretion,to require proof of payment for policy premiums. 9) The City of Fort Worth shall not be responsible for paying the cost of insurance coverages required herein. a 10) Notice of any actual or potential claim and/or litigation that would affect insurance coverages required herein shall be provided to the City in a timely manner. 11) "Other insurance"as referenced in any policy of insurance providing coverages required herein shall not apply to any insurance policy or program maintained by the City of Fort Worth. 12) Contractor shall agree to either require its subcontractors to maintain the same insurance coverages and limits thereof as specified herein or the Contractor shall provide such coverage on the Contractor's subcontractors. SECTION L CHANGES IN THE WORK L-1 CHANGE ORDER: The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order Changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All Such Changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Contractor,Owner and the Architect, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a Change in the Work or adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. Any changes in work required due to changed or unforeseen conditions, or by request of either the Contractor or the City, shall be coordinated with the Director, Department of Transportation and Public Works. A change order must be written and duly negotiated �. and executed prior to performing changed work. i General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 22 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a Change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 1) by mutual acceptance of a lump sum property itemized,including the allowance to Contractor for overhead and profit stipulated �. in the original contract proposal; 2) by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;or 3) by cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee. ' If none of the methods set forth herein above is agreed upon,the Contractor,provided he receives a Change Order, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such work shall then be determined on the basis of the Contractor's reasonable expenditures and savings, including a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit as indicted in the original contract proposal. In -* such cases, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect shall prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Architect's Certificate of Payment as approved by the Owner. If after the Contract has been executed,the Architect,requests a price proposal from the Contractor for a proposed change in scope of the work, Contractor shall process such proposal within seven days of receipt and return the price quote to the Architect in writing. The Architect shall review the price quotation and if approval is recommended, forward the proposed change order request and price proposal to the Owner for approval. If approval is not recommended,the Architect will attempt to negotiate with Contractor to revise the proposal to a figure which is fair and reasonable and forward it on to the Owner for approval. If the negotiations do not result in an equitable solution, the Architect shall prepare a cost-plus type Change Order with a price-not-to-exceed figure for approval by the City and require specific documentation to be provided by Contractor in accordance with the paragraph above. Contractor is advised that according to City of Fort Worth Charter,that,the City Council must approve all Change Orders and Work Orders which results in an increase in cost of the contract amount by over$25,000. Normal processing time for the City Staff to obtain City Council approval, once the recommended change order has been received at the City, is approximately thirty days. Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to identify Change Order items as early in the Construction process as possible to minimize their impact on the construction schedule. If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if the quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will create a hardship on the Owner or the Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted to prevent such hardship. If the Contractor claims that additional cost or time is involved because of(1)any written interpretation issued pursuant to Section A, (2) any order by the Architect or Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Section B, where the Contract was not at fault, or(3) any written order for a minor change in the Work,the Contractor shall make such claim. L-2 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST OR TIME: If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension in the Contract Time, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the event that gave rise to such claim.This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work,except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Section J. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. Any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from such claim, if approved by the Owner,shall be authorized by Change Order. L-3 OVERHEAD ALLOWANCES FOR CHANGES: Should any change in the work or extra work be ordered, the following applicable percentage shall be added to Material and Labor costs to cover overhead and profit: 1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces shall not exceed fifteen percent 2. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by a Subcontractor and supervised by the Contractor shall not exceed ten percent 1( 0%). L-4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: The Architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be confirmed in writing by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. L-5 FIELD ORDERS: The Architect may issue written Field Orders which interpret the Contract Documents, or which order minor changes in the Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out such Field Orders promptly. SECTION M UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK M-1 UNCOVERING OF WORK: If any Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Owner,it must be uncovered for observation and replaced,at the Contractor's expense. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 23 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 If any other work has been covered which the Owner has not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered,the Architect ® or the Owner may request to see such work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Plans and Specifications,the cost of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such work be found not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications,the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it is found that this condition was caused by a separate contractor employed by the Owner. M-2 CORRECTION OF WORK: The Contractor shall promptly correct all work rejected by the Owner as defective or as failing to conform to the Plans and Specifications whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including the cost of the Architect's additional service thereby made necessary. If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents,any of the work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition, describing same specifically and not generally.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. All such defective or non-conforming work under the preceding paragraphs shall be removed from the site where necessary and the work shall be corrected to comply with the Contract Documents without cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or correction. If the Contractor does not remove such defective or non-conforming work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Owner,the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter,the Owner may upon ten additional days'written notice sell such work at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should have been borne by the Contractor including compensation for additional architectural services. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs that the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor fails to correct such defective or non-conforming work,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section G. The obligation of the Contractor under this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any obligations imposed upon him by special guarantees required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law. M-3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING WORK: If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- conforming work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to reflect an appropriate reduction in the Contract Sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, it shall be paid by the Contractor. SECTION N TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT N-1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR: If the work is stopped for a period of 30 days under an order or any court or other public authority having jurisdiction,through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the work should be stopped for a period of 30 days by the Contractor for the Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided in Section I,then the Contractor may after the end of such period of 30 days and upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner,terminate the Contract. N-2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER: If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt,or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, of if the Contractor refuses, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or fails to comply with al Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner, on its own initiative that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any rights or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven (7)days'written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's additional services. exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The City of Fort Worth may terminate this contract in whole, or from time to time, in part, whenever such termination is in the best interest of the City. Termination will be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying to what extent General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 24 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 performance of the work of the contract is being terminated and the effective date of termination. After receipt of termination the Contractor shall: a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination. b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. After termination as above,the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion •� thereof allocatable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth,and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract SECTION O SIGNS The Contractor shall construct and install the project designation sign as required in the Contract Documents and in strict accordance with the Specifications for"Project Designation Signs."This sign shall be a part of this Contract and shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid for the Project. �s SECTION P TEMPORARY FACILITIES P-1 SCOPE: The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain facilities and perform temporary work required in the performance of this Contract,including those shown and specified. P-2 USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES: All temporary facilities shall be made available for use by all workmen and subcontractors employed on the project, subject to reasonable directions by the Contractor as to their proper and most efficient utilization. P-3 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL: The Contractor shall maintain temporary facilities in a proper, safe operating and sanitary condition for the duration of the Contract. Upon completion of the Contract, all such temporary work and facilities shall be removed from the premises and disposed of unless otherwise directed or specified hereunder. P-4 FIELD OFFICES AND SHED: The Contractor is not required to provide a temporary field office or telephone for projects under$1,000,000. Contractor shall equip the Project Superintendent with a pager and provide 24-hour contacts to the City. " The Contractor shall provide a temporary field office building for himself, his subcontractors and use by the Architect. For construction contracts with a bid price in excess of$1,000,000.00,the Contractor shall provide a separate field office for the City's field representative(but the separate office may be in the same structure). The buildings shall afford protection against the weather, and each office shall have a lockable door,at least one window,adequate electrical outlets and lighting,and a shelf large enough to accommodate perusal of the project drawings. Openings shall have suitable locks. Field offices shall be maintained for the full time during the operation of the work of the Contract. During cold weather months, the field offices shall be suitably insulated and equipped with a heating device to maintain 70 degree Fahrenheit temperature during the workday. During warm weather the offices shall be equipped with an air conditioning device to maintain temperature below 75 degrees F. Upon completion of the work of the Contract, the Contractor shall remove the building from the premises. In addition to the drawing shelf, provide for the City field representatives office:one deck,four chairs,plan rack and a four drawer filing cabinet(with lock). Each office shall contain not less than 120 square feet of floor space. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage sheds other temporary buildings or trailers on the project site as required for his use.Location of sheds and trailers shall be as approved by the Owner.Remove sheds when work is completed,or as directed. P-5 TELEPHONE: The Contractor shall provide and pay for telephone installation and service to the field offices described above.Service shall be maintained for the duration of operations under this contract.The Contractor shall provide for and pay for an automatic telephone-answering device at the site office for the duration of the project. Contractor will install separate fax lines and instruments for the City and the Contractor. P-6 TOILET FACILITIES: The Contractor shall provide proper, sanitary and adequate toilet facilities for the use of all workmen and subcontractors employed on the project. P-7 UTILITIES: Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and provide for temporary water and electricity required during the construction. Contractor shall provide and install temporary utility meters during the contract construction period. These — General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract–Imperial CC Page 25 of 27 'Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 .� i I meters will be read and the Contractor will be billed on this actual use. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required to tap into the utilities. The Contractor shall make the connections and extend the service lines to the construction area for use of all trades. Upon completion of the work all utility lines shall be removed and repairs made to the existing lines. Only utilities at existing voltages,pressures,frequencies,etc.will be available to the Contractor. Water. Provide an ample supply of potable water for all purposes of construction at a point convenient to the project or as shown on the Drawings. Pipe water from the source of supply to all points where water will be required. Provide sufficient hose to carry water to every required part of the construction and allow the use of water facilities to subcontractors engaged on the work. Provide pumps,tanks and compressors as may be required to produce required pressures. Electric Service. Provide adequate electric service for power and lighting to all points where required. Temporary, electric service shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics to supply proper current for various types of construction tools, motors, welding machines, lights, heating plant, air conditioning system,pumps, and other work required. Provide sufficient number of electric outlets * so that 50 foot long extension cords will reach all work requiring light or power. Lighting. Supply and maintain temporary lighting so that work of all trades may be properly and safely performed, in such areas and at such time that day-lighting is inadequate. Provide at least 0.75 watts of incandescent lighting per squgr4e foot and maintain a socket voltage of at least 110 volts. Use at least 100-watt lamps. In any event, the lighting intensity shall not be less than 5 foot candles in the vicinity of work and traffic areas. P-8 HEATING: Heating devices required under this paragraph shall not be electric. The Contractor shall provide heat, ventilation, fuel and services as required to protect all work and materials and to keep the humidity down to the extent required to prevent corrosion of any metal and to prevent dampness or mildew which is potentially damaging to materials and finishes. All such heating, ventilation and services shall be provided and maintained until final acceptance of all work. In addition,the Contractor shall provide heat ventilation prior and during the following work operations as follows: a) At all times during the placing, setting and curing of concrete provide sufficient heat to insure the heating of the spaces involved to not less than 40 F. y b) From the beginning of the application of drywall and during the setting and curing period, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature in the spaces involved of not less than 55 F. c) For a period of seven (7) days previous to the placing of interior finish materials and throughout the placing of finish painting, decorating and laying of resilient flooring materials,provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature of not less than 60 F. P-9 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTION: The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work all temporary rigging, scaffolding, hoisting equipment, rubbish chutes, ladders to roof, barricades around openings, and all other temporary work as required to complete all work of the Contract. Contractor shall coordinate the use and furnishing of scaffolds with his sub-contractors. The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work, or sooner, if authorized by the Owner, all fences, barricades, lights, shoring, pedestrian walkways, temporary fire escapes, and other protective structures or devices necessary for the safety of workmen,City employees,equipment,the public and property. All temporary construction and equipment shall conform to all regulations, ordinances, laws and other requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, including insurance companies,with regards to safety precautions, operation and fire hazard. The Contractor shall provide and maintain pumping facilities, including power, for keeping the site, all times, whether from underground seepage, rainfall,drainage of broken lines. ,. The Contractor shall maintain provision for closing and locking the building at such time as possible to do so. If this is not feasible, maintain a night The Contractor shall provide and maintain all barricades or enclosures, required to protect the work in progress from outside elements, dusts, and other disturbances as a result of work under this Contract. Such protection shall be positive, shall meet the approval of the Owner and shall be maintained for the duration of the construction period or as required to provide for the protection as specified. P-10 PROJECT BULLETIN BOARD: The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain during the life of the project a weather- tight bulletin board approximately 3 feet high by 5 feet wide having not less than two hinged or sliding glass doors with provisions for locking. The bulletin board shall be mounted where and as approved by the Owner, in a prominent place accessible to employees of the Contractor and sub-contractors, and to applicants for employment. The bulletin board shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by him upon completion of the Contract work. The following information which will be furnished by the City to the Contractor shall be posted on the bulletin board and shall be maintained by the Contractor in easily readable condition at all times for the duration of the Contract. R a. The Equal Opportunity Poster and Notice Nondiscrimination of Employment(Standard Form 38). b. Wage Rate Information Poster (Form SOL 155), with the Contract Schedule of minimum wage rates as required by the Davis-Bacon Act. r General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 26 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 C. Safety Posters. SECTION Q VENUE Should any action arise out of the terms and conditions of this contract,venue for said action shall lie in Tarrant County,Texas. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract—Imperial CC Page 27 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant(WTP)Compound June 2016 .� r CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (LUMP SUM) THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § This agreement made and entered into this the 28th day of June A.D., 2016, by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, organized and existing under and by virtue of a special charter adopted by the qualified voters within said City on the 11th day of December, A.D. 1924, under the authority (vested in said voters by the "Home Rule" provision) of the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a regular meeting of the City Council of said City, hereinafter called OWNER, and Imperial Construction, Inc. of r the City of Weatherford , County of Parker , State of Texas, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: City of Fort Worth Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound 2222 Daggett Avenue Fort Worth, Texas ® PMD2014-05 City Project#CO2422 That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten - (10)days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner. City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for stated additions thereto or deductions there from, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount shall be $6,530,625.00 including the Base Proposal ($6,075,000.00), Owner's General Contingency Allowance$(455,625.00), and No Alternates. Insurance Requirements: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until it has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and the Owner has approved such insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractors' certificates of insurance for approval. The Contractor shall indicate on its certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not its insurance covers subcontractors..It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all subcontractors. a. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE: Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 17 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 • Statutory limits. • Employer's liability: • $100,000 disease each employee. $500,000 disease policy limit. • $100,000 each accident. b. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: IP The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract public liability insurance coverage in the form of a Commercial General Liability insurance policy IF to cover bodily injury, including death, and property damage at the following limits: $1,000,000 each occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate limit. • The insurance shall be provided on a project specific basis and shall be endorsed *' accordingly. • The insurance shall include, but not be limited to, contingent liability for independent s contractors, XCU coverage, and contractual liability. C. BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: $1,000,000 each accident. • The policy shall cover any auto used in the course of the project. d. BUILDER'S RISK OR INSTALLATION FLOATER: This insurance shall be applicable according to the property risks associated with the project and commensurate with the contractual obligations specified in the contract documents. e. EXCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA: • $1,000,000 each occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit. • This insurance shall provide excess coverage over each line of liability insurance required herein. The policy shall follow the form(s) of the underlying policies. f. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and its subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by it, against any insurable hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. g. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in the amounts and by insurance carriers satisfactory to the Owner. The form to be used shall be the current Accord certificate of insurance form or such other form as the Owner may in its sole discretion deem acceptable. All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub- contractors, should the Contractor's insurance not cover the subcontractor's work operations performed in the course of this contracted project. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. The Owner, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 18 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 s insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. C. Any failure on part of the Owner to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A:VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the Owner. g. In lieu of traditional insurance, Owner may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The Owner must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the Owner. i. Owner shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by Owner shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to Owner's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could i give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. M. Upon the request of Owner, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. If this Contract is in excess of $25,000, the Contractor shall provide a Payment Bond in the full amount of the contract. If the contract is in excess of $100,000 Contractor shall provide both Payment and Performance Bonds for the full amount of the contract. Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Permit fees are waived. Separate permits will be required for each facility. 1 If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the r Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 19 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 on FM IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in four counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in four counterparts with its corporate seal attached. Done in Fort Worth, Texas, this the day of A.D., 2016. Imperial Constr ctio ompany, Inc APPROVED: CITY OF F RT WORTH By: By: Holg4veelle Jesus J. Chapa ®� F® Exec e-P resident Assistant City Manager APPROV L RE OMME E REC R D: By: 6 -`k By: y ZY 0-"6 Steve o o k e Mary J. Director, Property Management Department City Secretary j�"°'�0CP APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY: M&C C-27820 Approved 6-28-201 Contract Authorization By: f ILAIIS 54 Richard McCracken Assistant City Attorney PW OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT.WORTH,TX Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 20 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 s Bond# 8233-08-37 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TAR.RANT § That we, Imperial Construction,Inc. ,known as"Principal"herein and Federal Insurance Company , a corporate surety(sureties,if more than one)duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas,known as"Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and fmnly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of, Six Million, Five Hundred Thirty Thousand, Six Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars and No Cents (56.530,625.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the 28th day of June .2016, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant -� Compound located at 2222 Daeeett Avenue, Fort Worth, Texas PMD2014-05 City Project # CO2422. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED FURTHER,that if any legal action be filed on this Bond,venue shall lie in Tarrant County,Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas,Fort Worth Division. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 23 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code,as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the -� provisions of said statue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 7th day of Ju1Y ,2016. PRINCIPAL: Imperial Construction, Inc. ' BY: r S' a fe ATTEST: 1t VP (Principal)Secr ary Name and Title ' Address. 400 1-20 West Suite 200 ' Weatherford, TX 76086 f Witness as to Principal SURETY: t ' Federal Insurance Company BY: Signature Connie Jean Kregel Attorney-in-Fact Name and Title Address: 15 Mountain View Road ' Warren, NJ 07059 Wi ss as to Surety Telephone Number: (908) 903-3493 ' "Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address,both must be provided.The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. I Instruction to Offerors—imperial CC Page 24 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 I Bond# 8233-08-37 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, Imperial Construction, Inc. known as "Principal" herein, and Federal Insurance Company , a corporate surety(sureties),duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety"herein(whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas,known as"City"herein, in the penal sum of, Six Million,Five Hundred Thirty Thousand, Six Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars and No Cents ($6,530,625.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 28th '^ day of June , 2016, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said Contract and designated as Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound located at 2222 Daggett Avenue,Fort Worth,Texas PMD2014-05 City Project#CO2422. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal shall pay all monies owing to any(and all)payment bond beneficiary(as defined in Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code,as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial Cc Page 21 of 27 Municipal Vehlcle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code,as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statue. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 7th day of JUIy s 2016. PRINCIPAL: Imperial Construction, Inc. BY: gna e ATTEST: PaD er LeA 1 (Principal)Secreta4 ame and Title Address: 400 1-20 West Suite 200 Weatherford, TX 76086 Witness as to Principal SURETY: �IFederal Insurance Company BY: 'A/ I w 1 \e l![ y ' Signature Connie Jean Kregel Attorney-in-Fact Name and Title Address: 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 w Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: (908) 903-3493 i "Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company,there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws +� showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address,both must be provided.The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 24 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 - Chubb POWER Federal Insurance Company Attn: Surety Department OF Vigilant Insurance Company 15 Mountain View Road Surety ATTORNEY Paafic Indemnity Company Warren,NJ 07059 01�r.1ms Know All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana Corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY,a New York Corporation and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY,a Wisconsin corporation, do each hereby constitute and appoint Connie Jean Kregel ante Jeffrey Todd McIntosh of Dallas, Texas -------------------------------------- each as their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fad to execute under such designation in their names and to aft their corporate seals to and deliver for and on fleir behalf as surety thereon or otherwise,bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory In the nature thereof(other than bail bonds)given or executed in the course of business,and any instruments amending or atlering the same,and consents to the modification or alteration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations. ,. In Witness whenor,said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMP6W,VIGLANT INSURANCE COMPANY,and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested time presents and affixed their corporate wit on this 10 day of July,2014. i Oewn It g aftros,Ahstsant Sears" Devi orris.Jr-VMS Prestd �� • e � e s elan► naletd' STATE OF NEW JERSEY ss. County of Somerset On this I day of July, 2014 before me,a Notary Pubrnc of New Jersey,pen orWly came Dawn M.Chloros,to me known to be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL. INSURANCE COMPANY.VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY,and PACIFIC WDBiANITY COMPANY,the companies whiten executed the foregoing Power Of Attorney and the said Dawn M. Chioros, being by me duly swom, did depose and say that she is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY,VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY.and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seats thereof.that the seals afted to the foregoing Power of Attorney we such corporate seek and were thereto affixed by authority of the By-Laws of said Gomperkas,and that she signed said Power of Attorney as Asmiand Secretary of said Companies by like authority. and that she is acquainted with David B.Norris,Jr.,and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies;and that the signature of David B.Norris,Jr.,subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in the genuine handwriting of David B.Mortis,Jr.,and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By-Laws and In deponent's presence. Notarial Seal \� �,A!0 J.ADELAAR typTAR y l� NOTARY PUBBUC OF NEW JERSEY W a� No.2310686 PUOIL\ Cgmnt{ealort E>�kM'pol►18,201t➢ Notary Public � JE�S CERTIFICATION Extract from the BY-Laws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY,VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY,and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY: NI powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shag be executed In the name and on behalf of the Company,either by the Chairman or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Via President,jointly wA1 the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.under their respective designations.The signature of such olltaers may be engraved,printed or lithographed.The signature of each of the logowug officers:Chairman,President any Vice Pnesk*K any Assistant Vice President.any Secretary,any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney at to any certificate mlating thereto appointing Assluant Secretaries at Anomeys-irF Fact be purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and wdsrtakings and other willngs obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certAlcate betting such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and oertified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bored or undertaking to which it Is attached.- 1.Darn M.Chloros,Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY,VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY,and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY(it+e`Gampamiaa t do hereby certify that (I) the foregoing extract of the By-taws of the Companies is Aria and correct, (Q the Companies are duty licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America and the District of Columbia and are autorized by the U.S.Treasury Deparbnerd:further.Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the U.S.Virgin Islands,and Federal Is Incensed In American Samoa,Guam,Puerto Rico,and each of the Provinces of Cansda except Prince Edward island:and (N) the kxegoing Pourer of Attorney is true,correct and In fug fora and filled aA Given under my hared and seats of said Companies at warrers.NJ this July 7 t 2016. Down M,CtnWw Assidixt Secretary IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIK VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER w►TTER PLEASE CONTACT Ile AT AOORESS LW—wKD ABOVE.OR BY TMthme(ON)each-bees Fax t")9o3 3566 erns: naatydIdwEb.own Form 15.1E-02258-U GEN CONSiN(T(rev.02-1I) Policyholder Information Notice IMPORTANT NOTICE AV/SO /MPORTANTE To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener information o para someter una queja: You may call Chubb's toll-free telephone number Usted puede llamar al ndmero de telefono gratis for information or to make a complaint at de Chubb's para information o para someter una queja al 1-800-36-CHUBB 1-800-36-CHUBB You may contact the Texas Department of Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Insurance to obtain information on companies, Seguros de Texas para obtener information acerca coverages, rights or complaints at de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al 1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas P.O. Box 149104 P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection @tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection @tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: D/SPUTAS SOBRE PR/MAS O RECLAMOS: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un or about a claim you should contact the agent first. reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente primero. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Si no se resueve la disputa, puede entonces Texas Department of Insurance. comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: UNA ESTE AV/SO A SU POLIZA: This notice is for information only and does not Este aviso es solo para proposito de information y become a part or condition of the attached no se convierte en parte o condition del documento document. adjunto. Form 99-10-0299(Rev.1-08) a Client#:87822 18IMPERCON ACORD,. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE D7/07/2/D16 7ro7/2o1 s THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT:If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed.If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Wortham Insurance 8 Risk Mgmt. acCC N Ext:817 336-3030 aC ",; 817 336-8257 1600 West Seventh Street E-MAIL ADDRESS: Fort worth,TX 76102-2505 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A:Hartford Underwriters Insurance 30104 INSURED INSURER a:Hartford Casualty Insurance Co. 29424 Imperial Construction, Inc. INSURER C:RSUI Indemnity Company 22314 400 1-20 West,Suite 200 INSURER D Weatherford,TX 76086 INSURER E INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS aw LTR INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER MM/DD/YYYY MM/DD/YYYY A GENERAL LIABILITY 46UENQ10502 10/03/2015 10/03/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $1000000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES EaEo"cou ence s300 OOO CLAIMS-MADE a OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) s5,000 X PD Ded:$5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG s2,000,000 POLICY X JEC- LOC $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 46UENQ10502 10103/2015 10/03/201 Ea acclid.n SINGLE LIMIT 1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ X HIRED AUTOS X AUTOS Per accident $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB X I OCCUR 46RHUQ10503 10/03/2015 10/03/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $10,000,000 DED I X RETENTION$1O 000 1 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION 46WEQI0501 10/03/2015 10/03/201 X WC STATU- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN N E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? 7N N/A (Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1 000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 C Excess Liability NHA238889 10/03/2015 10103/201 $10,000,000 Ea.Occ. $10,000,000 Aggregate DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,If more space Is required) RE:City Project #CO2422 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound,222 Daggett Avenue,Fort Worth TX PMD2014-05 HS2424 12/14-Contractors Broad Form Endorsement-Texas HG0001 06/05-Commercial General Liability Coverage Form HA9916 03/12-Commercial Automobile Broad Form Endorsement (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Fort Worth SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE Y THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 1000 Throckmorton Street ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Fort Worth,TX 76102 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2010/05) 1 of 2 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S678846/M585996 18TXA DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) WC420304B-Texas Waiver Of Our Right To Recover From Others Endorsement WC040306-Waiver Of Our Right To Recover From Others Endorsement-California I SAGITTA 25.3(2010/05) 2 of 2 #S6788461M585996 i THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS BROAD FORM ENDORSEMENT - TEXAS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART r INDEX 1. Alienated Premises Coverage.......................................................................................................................................1 2. Damage To Your Work..................................................................................................................................................1 3 Contractors Limited Professional Liability.....................................................................................................................f gr 4. Per Project and Per Location General Aggregate Limits Of Insurance.........................................................................2 II5. Motor Vehicle Laws.......................................................................................................................................................3 6. Medical Payments Coverage—Including Products-Completed Operations...............................................................3 7. Insured Contract—Construction Operations And Municipal Work................................................................................3 8. Injury To Employee's Reputation With Respect To Incidental Medical Malpractice ....................................................3 9. Bodily Injury Employee Suits.........................................................................................................................................3 10. Consolidated Insurance(Wrap-Up)Programs..............................................................................................................3 11.Access Or Disclosure Of Confidential Or Personal Information And Data-Related Liability........................................4 12. Contractual Liability Coverage For Personal And Advertising Injury.............................................................................5 13. Supplementary Payments.............................................................................................................................................6 14. Notice of Cancellation to Certificate Holders.................................................................................................................6 r1. ALIENATED PREMISES COVERAGE This exclusion does not apply if the damaged work Exclusion j. Damage To Property of Section I — or the work out of which the damage arises was Coverage A is amended as follows: performed on your behalf by a subcontractor. a. The following exception to the exclusion is This provision does not apply if exclusion I. deleted: Damage To Your Work has been otherwise Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if modified by endorsement. r the premises are "your work" and were never 3. CONTRACTORS LIMITED PROFESSIONAL k occupied,rented or held for rental by you. LIABILITY b. This exception is replaced by the following: The following exclusion is added to Paragraph 2., Paragraph 2 ion does if Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A- Bodily g p h ( ) of this exclus oes not app Injury And Property Damage Liability, and to the premises are"your work". Paragraph 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage 2. DAMAGE TO YOUR WORK B-Personal And Advertising Injury Liability: Exclusion I. Damage To Your Work of Section This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", I-Coverage A is replaced by the following: "property damage"or"personal and advertising injury" I. Damage to Your Work arising out of the rendering of or failure to render any "Property damage"to that particular part of'your professional services by you with respect to your work"out of which damage arises and included in providing engineering, architectural o, surveying services in your capacity as an engineer,architect or the"products-completed operations hazard". surveyor. r I Form HS 24 24 12 14 Page 1 of 6 IVr Professional services include: except damages because of"bodily injury"or (1) The preparing,approving,or failing to prepare or "property damage" included in the "products- approve, maps,shop drawings,opinions, reports, completed operations hazard", and for surveys,field orders, change orders, or drawings medical expenses under Coverage C and specifications;and regardless of the number of; - (2) Supervisory or inspection activities performed as a. Insureds; a part of any related architectural or engineering b. Claims made or"suits"brought;or ® activities. c. Persons or organizations making claims This exclusion applies even if the claims against any or bringing"suits". insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for supervision,hiring,employment,training or monitoring damages or under Coverage C for medical of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which expenses shall reduce the Per Project caused the"bodily injury"or"property damage",or the General Aggregate Limit for that "project" or offense which caused the "personal and advertising the Per Location General Aggregate for that injury', involved the rendering of or failure to render "location",whichever applies. Such payments any professional services by you with respect to your shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS BROAD FORM ENDORSEMENT - TEXAS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX 1. Alienated Premises Coverage.......................................................................................................................................1 2. Damage To Your Work..................................................................................................................................................1 3 Contractors Limited Professional Liability.....................................................................................................................1 4. Per Project and Per Location General Aggregate Limits Of Insurance.........................................................................2 5. Motor Vehicle Laws.......................................................................................................................................................3 6. Medical Payments Coverage—Including Products-Completed Operations...............................................................3 7. Insured Contract—Construction Operations And Municipal Work................................................................................3 8. Injury To Employee's Reputation With Respect To Incidental Medical Malpractice ....................................................3 9. Bodily Injury Employee Suits.........................................................................................................................................3 10. Consolidated Insurance (Wrap-Up)Programs..............................................................................................................3 11. Access Or Disclosure Of Confidential Or Personal Information And Data-Related Liability ........................................4 12. Contractual Liability Coverage For Personal And Advertising Injury.............................................................................5 13. Supplementary Payments .............................................................................................................................................6 14. Notice of Cancellation to Certificate Holders.................................................................................................................6 1. ALIENATED PREMISES COVERAGE This exclusion does not apply if the damaged work Exclusion j. Damage To Property of Section I — or the work out of which the damage arises was Coverage A is amended as follows: performed on your behalf by a subcontractor. a. The following exception to the exclusion is This provision does not apply if exclusion 1. deleted: Damage To Your Work has been otherwise Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if modified by endorsement. the premises are "your work" and were never 3. CONTRACTORS LIMITED PROFESSIONAL occupied, rented or held for rental by you. LIABILITY b. This exception is replaced by the following: The following exclusion is added to Paragraph 2., Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, and to the premises are"your work". Paragraph 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage 2. DAMAGE TO YOUR WORK B -Personal And Advertising Injury Liability: Exclusion I. Damage To Your Work of Section This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", I-Coverage A is replaced by the following: "property damage"or"personal and advertising injury" 1. Damage to Your Work arising out of the rendering of or failure to render any "Property damage" to that particular part of "your professional services by you with respect to your work" out of which damage arises and included in providing engineering, architectural or surveying the"products-completed operations hazard". services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. Form HS 24 2412 14 Page 1 of 6 1 , Professional services include: except damages because of "bodily injury" or (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or "property damage" included in the "products- approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, completed operations hazard", and for surveys, field orders, change orders, or drawings medical expenses under Coverage C and specifications;and regardless of the number of; (2) Supervisory or inspection activities performed as a. Insureds; 3 a part of any related architectural or engineering b. Claims made or"suits"brought; or activities. c. Persons or organizations making claims This exclusion applies even if the claims against any or bringing "suits". insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring damages or under Coverage C for medical of others by that insured, if the 'occurrence" which expenses shall reduce the Per Project caused the"bodily injury" or"property damage", or the General Aggregate Limit for that "project" or offense which caused the "personal and advertising the Per Location General Aggregate for that - injury", involved the rendering of or failure to render "location", whichever applies. Such payments any professional services by you with respect to your shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit providing engineering, architectural or surveying shown in the Declarations, the Per Project services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or General Aggregate Limit for any other surveyor. "project", or the Per Location General This exclusion does not apply to your operations in Aggregate Limit for any other"location". connection with construction work performed by you 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each or on your behalf. Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To However, this exception to the exclusion will not apply You and Medical Expense continue to apply. if you are in the business or profession of providing However, instead of being subject to the the professional services described above General Aggregate Limit shown in the independent from the construction work performed by Declarations, such limits will be subject to the you or on your behalf. applicable Per Project General Aggregate In the event this insurance applies to any injury, Limit if attributable only to ongoing operations y damage, loss, cost or expense covered by at a single "project" or the Per Location Professional Liability insurance issued by a company General Aggregate if attributable only to unaffiliated with us, then the insurance afforded under ongoing operations at a single"location". this Coverage Part is excess over such other valid B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally and collectible Professional Liability insurance obligated to pay as damages caused by (including any deductible or self-insured retention 'occurrences" under Section I -Coverage A and portion thereof), and any other valid and collectible for all medical expenses caused by accidents insurance available to the insured whether primary, under Section I - Coverage C , which cannot be excess,contingent or on any other basis. attributed only to ongoing operations at a single 4. PER PROJECT AND PER LOCATION GENERAL "project"or a single"location"; AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE 1. Any payments made under Coverage A for A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally damages or under Coverage C for medical obligated to pay as damages caused by expenses shall reduce the amount available "occurrences" under Section I -Coverage A, and under the General Aggregate Limit or the for all medical expenses caused by accidents Products-Completed Operations Aggregate under Section I - Coverage C, which can be Limit, whichever is applicable; and attributed only to ongoing operations at a single 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Per "project"or a single"location"; Project General Aggregate Limit or any Per 1. A separate Per Project General Aggregate Location General Aggregate Limit. Limit or a separate Per Location General C. When coverage for liability arising out of the Aggregate Limit applies to each "project" or "products-completed operations hazard" is "location", whichever is applicable. The Per provided, any payments for damages because of Project General Aggregate Limit and Per "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in Location Aggregate Limit is equal to the the "products-completed operations hazard" will amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown reduce the Products-Completed Operations in the Declarations. Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General 2. The Per Project General Aggregate Limit or Aggregate Limit,or any Per Project General the Per Location General Aggregate Limit, Aggregate Limit or any Per Location General whichever applies, is the most we will pay for Aggregate Limit. the sum of all damages under Coverage A. Page 2 of 6 Form HS 24 24 12 14 D. The provisions of Section III - Limits Of (4) Included within the definition of the Insurance not otherwise modified by this "products-completed operations hazard;" endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. provided that: E. The following is added to Section V-Definitions: (1) The accident takes place in the "coverage "Project" means a premises an insured does not territory"and during the policy period; own or rent and where such insured performs construction-related operations. Each "project" (2) The expenses are incurred and reported �.. to us within three years of the date of the involving the same or connecting lots, or premises accident;and whose connection is separated by a street, roadway, waterway or right-of-wayrailroad shall be (3) The injured person submits to considered a single "project". If a "project" has examination, at our expense, by been abandoned and then restarted, or if the physicians of our choice as often as we authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, reasonably require. blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, 7. INSURED CONTRACT — CONSTRUCTION — the "project"shall be considered a single"project". OPERATIONS AND MUNICIPAL WORK "Project" does not include a premises that is a Paragraph d. of the definition of "insured contract" in "location". Section V - Definitions is deleted and replaced by "Location" means a premises an insured owns or the following: rents and where such insured performs business d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to operations other than construction-related indemnify a municipality. operations. Each "location" involving the same or 8. INJURY TO EMPLOYEE'S REPUTATION WITH connecting lots, or premises whose connection is RESPECT TO INCIDENTAL MEDICAL separated by a street, roadway, waterway or right- MALPRACTICE of-way railroad shall be considered a single "location." "Location" does not include a premises A. The following is added to paragraph 1.e. of the �. that is a"project". Insuring Agreement—Coverage A: This provision does not apply if the Per Project and the (3) With respect to incidental medical Per Location General Aggregate Limit has been otherwise malpractice, "bodily injury' includes damages modified by endorsement. claimed for injury to emotions or reputation of 5. MOTOR VEHICLE LAWS an "employee" arising out of the rendering or failure to render professional health care The following are added to Section IV - Commercial services as a physician, dentist, nurse, General Liability Conditions: emergency medical technician or paramedic 1. With respect to mobile equipment to which this services. insurance applies, the insurance provided by the B. The following exclusion is added to Coverage B - coverage part for Bodily Injury Liability or Property Personal and Advertising Injury: Damage Liability will comply with the provisions of "Personal and advertising injury arising out of the the law to the extent of the coverage and limits of rendering or failure to render professional health insurance required by that law. care services as a physician, dentist, nurse, 2. With respect to "mobile equipment" to which this emergency medical technician or paramedic. insurance applies, we will provide any liability, 9 BODILY INJURY EMPLOYEE SUITS uninsured motorists, underinsured motorists, no- fault or other coverages required by any motor A. Bodily injury as listed in paragraph 2.a.(1) of vehicle insurance law. We will provide the Section II-Who Is An Insured, does not apply to required limits for those coverages. 2.a.(1)(a)through 2.a.(1)(c). This provision applies only when there is no other B. Part a. of Paragraph 4. Mobile Equipment in valid or collectable insurance. Section II -Who Is An Insured does not apply. 6. MEDICAL PAYMENTS COVERAGE — INCLUDING C. Part a. of Paragraph 5. Nonowned Watercraft in PRODUCTS-COMPLETED OPERATIONS Section II -Who Is An Insured does not apply. Paragraph 1.a. of the Insuring Agreement — 10. CONSOLIDATED INSURANCE(WRAP-UP) w Coverage C is replaced by the following: PROGRAMS 1. Insuring Agreement a. We will pay medical expenses as described The following exclusion is added to Section I below for "bodily injury" caused by an Coverage A: accident: (1) On premises you own or rent; The term project as used in this subparagraph 10. (2) On ways next to premises you own or means any construction project subject to a "consolidated insurance(wrap-up)program". rent; (3) Because of your operations;or Form HS 24 24 12 14 Page 3 of 6 j I�1 This insurance does not apply to any"bodily injury" or 11. ACCESS OR DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL OR "property damage" arising out of any project or PERSONAL INFORMATION AND DATA-RELATED premises where an insured under this policy is also an LIABILITY insured under a commercial general liability (CGL) A. Exclusion policy included within a "consolidated insurance p• of Section I —Coverage A— Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced (wrap-up) program." This exclusion applies even if by the following: the limits of insurance for such "consolidated insurance (wrap-up) program" are exhausted or the P• Access Or Disclosure Of Confidential Or CGL coverage afforded under the "consolidated Personal Information And Data-Related insurance program" is narrower in scope than the Liability coverage provided by this policy. Damages arising out of: (1) Any access to or disclosure of any This exclusion does not apply to: person's or organization's confidential or personal information, including patents, A. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that trade secrets, processing methods, commences after the "products-completed operations customer lists, financial information, credit hazard" coverage or any completed operations card information, health information or extension provided by the "consolidated insurance any other type of nonpublic information;or (wrap-up) program" has ended or is no longer in (2) the loss of, loss of use of, damage to, effect. corruption of, inability to access, or inability to manipulate "electronic data" B. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" when an that does not result from physical injury to insured under this policy is also an insured under the tangible property. "consolidated insurance (wrap-up) program", but is This exclusion applies even if damages are performing certain operations that are not included in claimed for notification costs, credit monitoring the "consolidated insurance (wrap-up) program" if the expenses, forensic expenses, public relations project or premise subject to the "consolidated expenses or any other loss, cost or expense insurance (wrap-up) program" is endorsed onto this incurred by you or others arising out of that policy. which is described in Paragraph (1) or (2) above. C. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which you However, unless Paragraph (1) above are solely an additional insured under the applies, this exclusion does not apply to "consolidated insurance(wrap-up)program". liability for damages because of"bodily injury". To the extent that this insurance applies to any"bodily B.The following is added to Paragraph 2. injury" or"property damage" arising out of a project or Exclusions of Section I — Coverage B — premises covered by a"consolidated insurance(wrap- Personal and Advertising Injury: up) program" per 10.A., we will apply either the 2. Exclusion coverage terms of this policy, or the coverage terms of This insurance does not apply to: the "consolidated insurance (wrap-up) program", Access Or Disclosure Of Confidential Or whichever coverage terms are narrower. Personal Information To the extent that this insurance applies to any"bodily "Personal and advertising injury"arising out of injury" or"property damage" arising out of a project or any access to or disclosure of any person's or premises covered by a "consolidated insurance (wrap- organization's confidential or personal up) program", this policy shall be subject to audit for information, including patents, trade secrets, premium based on payroll or construction value processing methods, customer lists, financial associated with operations performed by the insured information, credit card information, health for the project or on the premises related to the information or any other type of nonpublic "consolidated insurance (wrap-up) program" pursuant information. to this policy's premium audit provisions. This exclusion applies even if damages are claimed for notification costs,credit monitoring .� "Consolidated insurance (wrap-up) program" means expenses, forensic expenses, public relations any agreement or arrangement under which expenses or any other loss, cost or expense contractors working on a specified project are insured incurred by you or others arising out of any under one or more CGL policies issued by a specified access to or disclosure of any person's or carrier for injury or damage arising out of operations organization's confidential or personal conducted in connection with or necessary or information, incidental to the project. C. The following paragraph is added to Section III— " Limits Of Insurance: Page 4 of 6 Form HS 24 2412 14 Subject to Paragraph 5. Each Occurrence Limit, occurs subsequent to the execution of the most we will pay under Coverage A for the contract or agreement. Solely for "property damage" because of all loss of the purposes of liability assumed in "electronic data" arising out of any one an "insured contract", reasonable "occurrence" is $100,000, unless modified by attorney fees and necessary litigation endorsement. expenses incurred by or for a party D. The following definition is added to Section V - other than an insured are deemed to Definitions: be damages because of "personal "Electronic data" means information, facts or and advertising injury", provided: programs: (a) Liability to such party for, or for a. Stored as or on; the cost of, that partys defense has also been assumed in the b. Created or used on; or same"insured contract`; and c. Transmitted to or from; (b) Such attorney fees and litigation computer software, (including systems and expenses are for defense of that applications software) hard or floppy disks, CD- party against a civil or alternative ROMS, tapes, drives, cells, data processing dispute resolution proceeding in devices or any other media which are used with which damages to which this electronically controlled equipment. insurance applies are alleged. E. For the purposes of the coverage provided by this B. Subparagraph f. of the definition of "insured provision, the definition of "property damage" in contract" (Section V — Definitions) is Section V - Definitions is replaced by the replaced by the following: following: f. That part of any other contract or "Property damage"means: agreement pertaining to your business a. Physical injury to tangible property, including (including an indemnification of a all resulting loss of use of that property. All municipality in connection with work such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at performed for a municipality) under which the time of the physical injury that caused it; you assume the tort liability"of another b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not party to pay for bodily injury", property 9 P P Y damage", or "personal and advertising physically injured.All such loss of use shall be injury' to a third person or organization. deemed to occur at the time of the Tort liability means a liability that would be "occurrence"that caused it;or imposed by law in the absence of any c. Loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption contract or agreement. Paragraph f. of, inability to access, or inability to properly includes that part of any contract or manipulate "electronic data", resulting from agreement that indemnifies a railroad for physical injury to tangible property. All such "bodily injury', "property damage", or loss of "electronic data" shall be deemed to "personal and advertising injury" arising occur at the time of the "occurrence" that out of construction or demolition caused it. operations, within 50 feet of any railroad For the purposes of this insurance, "electronic property and affecting any railroad bridge data"is not tangible property. or trestle, tracks, road-beds, tunnel, underpass or crossing. 12. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FOR However, Paragraph f. does not include PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY that part of any contract or agreement: A. Exclusion e. of Section I - Coverage B — Personal And Advertising Injury Liability is (1) That indemnifies an architect, replaced by the following: engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: This insurance does not apply to: (a) Preparing, approving, or failing to e. Contractual Liability prepare or approve, maps, shop "Personal and advertising injury"for which drawings, opinions, reports, the insured has assumed liability in a surveys, field orders, change contract or agreement.This exclusion orders or drawings and does not apply to liability for damages: specifications; or (1) That the insured would have in the (b) Giving directions or instructions, absence of the contract or agreement; or failing to give them, if that is or the primary cause of the injury or (2) Assumed in a contract or agreement damage;or that is an "insured contract", provided (2) Under which the insured. if an the "personal and advertising injury" architect, engineer or sijR,eyor, Form HS 24 24 12 14 Page 5 of 6 assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional services, including those listed in (1) above and supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 13. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS In the Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B provision: The limit for the cost of bail bonds in increased to $2,500. 14. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER(S) This policy is subject to the following additional Conditions: A. If this policy is cancelled by the Company, other than for nonpayment of premium, notice of such cancellation will be provided at least thirty (30) days in advance of the cancellation effective date to the certificate holder(s) with mailing addresses on file with the agent of record or the Company. B. If this policy is cancelled by the Company for nonpayment of premium, or by the insured, notice of such cancellation will be provided within (10) days of the cancellation effective date to the certificate holder(s)with mailing addresses on file with the agent of record or the Company. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the certificate holder(s) on file with the agent of record or the Company will be sufficient proof of notice. Any notification rights provided by this endorsement apply only to active certificate holder(s) who were issued a certificate of insurance applicable to this ® policy's term. Failure to provide such notice to the certificate holder(s) will not amend or extend the date the cancellation becomes effective, nor will it negate cancellation of the policy. Failure to send notice shall impose no liability of any kind upon the Company or its agents or representatives. Page 6 of 6 Form HS 24 2412 14 s COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Various provisions in this policy restrict coverage. Read (2) The "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs the entire policy carefully to determine rights, duties and during the policy period; and what is and is not covered. (3) Prior to the policy period, no insured listed Throughout this policy the words "you" and "your" refer to under Paragraph 1. of Section II — Who Is An the Named Insured shown in the Declarations, and any Insured and no"employee"authorized by you to other person or organization qualifying as a Named give or receive notice of an "occurrence" or Insured under this policy. The words "we", "us" and "our" claim, knew that the "bodily injury" or "property refer to the stock insurance company member of The damage" had occurred, in whole or in part. If Hartford providing this insurance. such a listed insured or authorized "employee" The word "insured" means any person or organization knew, prior to the policy period, that the "bodily qualifying as such under Section II—Who Is An Insured. injury" or "property damage" occurred, then any continuation, change or resumption of such Other words and phrases that appear in quotation marks "bodily injury" or "property damage" during or have special meaning. Refer to Section V—Definitions. after the policy period will be deemed to have SECTION I—COVERAGES been known prior to the policy period. COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY c. "Bodily injury" or"property damage" will be deemed DAMAGE LIABILITY to have been known to have occurred at the 1. Insuring Agreement earliest time when any insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II — Who Is An Insured or a. We will pay those sums that the insured becomes any "employee" authorized by you to give or legally obligated to pay as damages because of receive notice of an "occurrence"or claim: "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies. We will have the right and duty (1) Reports all, or any part, of the "bodily injury" or to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking "property damage"to us or any other insurer; those damages. However, we will have no duty to (2) Receives a written or verbal demand or claim defend the insured against any "suit" seeking for damages because of the "bodily injury" or damages for "bodily injury" or"property damage" to "property damage";or which this insurance does not apply. We may, at (3) Becomes aware by any other means that our discretion, investigate any "occurrence" and "bodily injury" or "property damage" has settle any claim or"suit"that may result. But: occurred or has begun to occur. (1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited d. Damages because of "bodily injury" include as described in Section III — Limits Of damages claimed by any person or organization for Insurance; and care, loss of services or death resulting at any time (2) Our right and duty to defend ends when we from the"bodily injury". have used up the applicable limit of insurance in e. Incidental Medical Malpractice the payment of judgments or settlements under Coverages A or B or medical expenses under (1) "Bodily injury" arising out of the rendering of or Coverage C. failure to render professional health care services as a physician, dentist, nurse, No other obligation or liability to pay sums or emergency medical technician or paramedic perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly shall be deemed to be caused by an provided for under Supplementary Payments — "occurrence", but only if: Coverages A and B. (a) The physician, dentist, nurse, emergency b. This insurance applies to "bodily injury" and medical technician or paramedic is "property damage"only if: employed by you to provide such services; (1) The "bodily injury" or "property damage" is and caused by an "occurrence" that takes place in (b) You are not engaged in the business or the "coverage territory"; occupation of providing such services. HG 00 01 06 05 Page 1 of 18 ©2005 The Hartford (Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission.) s, (2) For the purpose of determining the limits of d. Workers'Compensation And Similar Laws insurance for incidental medical malpractice, Any obligation of the insured under a workers' any act or omission together with all related acts compensation, disability benefits or unemployment or omissions in the furnishing of these services to any one person will be considered one compensation law or any similar law. "occurrence". e. Employer's Liability 2. Exclusions "Bodily injury"to: This insurance does not apply to: (1) An "employee" of the insured arising out of and a. Expected Or Intended Injury in the course of: "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or (a) Employment by the insured; or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This (b) Performing duties related to the conduct of exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or the insured's business; or "property damage" resulting from the use of (2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of reasonable force to protect persons or property. that "employee" as a consequence of b. Contractual Liability Paragraph (1)above. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the This exclusion applies: insured is obligated to pay damages by reason of (1) Whether the insured may be liable as an the assumption of liability in a contract or employer or in any other capacity; and agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability (2) To any obligation to share damages with or for damages: repay someone else who must pay damages (1) That the insured would have in the absence of because of the injury. the contract or agreement; or This exclusion does not apply to liability assumed (2) Assumed in a contract or agreement that is an by the insured under an "insured contract". "insured contract", provided the "bodily injury"or f. Pollution "property damage" occurs subsequent to the (1) "Bodily in u ry" or "property damage" arising out execution of the contract or agreement. Solely for the purposes of liability assumed in an of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, "insured contract", reasonable attorney fees and dispersal, seepage, migration, release or necessary litigation expenses incurred by or for escape of"pollutants": a party other than an insured are deemed to be (a) At or from any premises, site or location damages because of"bodily injury" or"property which is or was at any time owned or damage", provided: occupied by, or rented or loaned to, any (a) Liability to such party for, or for the cost of, insured. However, this subparagraph does that party's defense has also been assumed not apply to: in the same"insured contract"; and (i) "Bodily injury" if sustained within a (b) Such attorney fees and litigation expenses building and caused by smoke, fumes, are for defense of that party against a civil or vapor or soot produced by or originating " alternative dispute resolution proceeding in from equipment that is used to heat, cool which damages to which this insurance or dehumidify the building, or equipment applies are alleged. that is used to heat water for personal C. Liquor Liability use, by the building's occupants or their guests; "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which any (ii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for insured may be held liable by reason of: which you may be held liable, if you are a (1) Causing or contributing to the intoxication of any contractor and the owner or lessee of person; such premises, site or location has been (2) The furnishing of alcoholic beverages to a added to your policy as an additional person under the legal drinking age or under the insured with respect to your ongoing influence of alcohol; or operations performed for that additional insured at that premises, site or location (3) Any statute, ordinance or regulation relating to and such premises, site or location is not the sale, gift, distribution or use of alcoholic and never was owned or occupied by, or beverages. rented or loaned to, any insured, other This exclusion applies only if you are in the than that additional insured; or business of manufacturing, distributing, selling, serving or furnishing alcoholic beverages. Page 2 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 (iii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" (e) At or from any premises, site or location on arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from which any insured or any contractors or a "hostile fire"; subcontractors working directly or indirectly (b) At or from any premises, site or location on any insured's behalf are performing which is or was at any time used by or for operations if the operations are to test for, any insured or others for the handling, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, storage, disposal, processing or treatment of detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond waste; to, or assess the effects of, "pollutants". (c) Which are or were at any time transported, (2) Any loss, cost or expense arising out of any: handled, stored, treated, disposed of, or (a) Request, demand, order or statutory or processed as waste by or for: regulatory requirement that any insured or (i) Any insured; or others test for, monitor, clean up, remove, (ii) Any person or organization for whom you contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in may be legally responsible; any way respond to, or assess the effects of, "pollutants"; or (d) At or from any premises, site or location on (b) Claim or suit by or on behalf of a which any insured or any contractors or governmental authority for damages subcontractors working directly or indirectly because of testing for, monitoring, cleaning on any insured's behalf are performing operations if the "pollutants" are brought on up, removing, containing, treating, detoxifying or neutralizing, or in any way or to the premises, site or location in responding to, or assessing the effects of, -r connection with such operations by such "pollutants". insured, contractor or subcontractor. However, this subparagraph does not apply However, this paragraph does not apply to to: liability for damages because of "property "Bodily or "property damage" damage" that the insured would have in the () y in u�' g absence of such request, demand, order or arising out of the escape of fuels, statutory or regulatory requirement, or such lubricants or other operating fluids which claim or"suit" by or on behalf of a governmental are needed to perform the normal authority. electrical, hydraulic or mechanical functions necessary for the operation of g• Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft "mobile equipment" or its parts, if such "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to escape from a vehicle part designed to others of any aircraft, "auto" or watercraft owned or hold, store or receive them. This operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. Use exception does not apply if the "bodily includes operation and "loading or unloading". injury" or"property damage" arises out of This exclusion applies even if the claims against the intentional discharge, dispersal or any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing release of the fuels, lubricants or other in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or *- operating fluids, or if such fuels, monitoring of others by that insured, if the lubricants or other operating fluids are "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or brought on or to the premises, site or "property damage" involved the ownership, location with the intent that they be maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any discharged, dispersed or released as part aircraft, "auto" or watercraft that is owned or of the operations being performed by operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. such insured, contractor or This exclusion does not apply to: subcontractor; (ii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" (1) A watercraft while ashore on premises you own sustained within a building and caused or rent; by the release of gases, fumes or vapors (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: from materials brought into that building (a) Less than 51 feet long; and in connection with operations being performed by you or on your behalf by a (b) Not being used to carry persons for a contractor or subcontractor; or charge; (iii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" (3) Parking an "auto" on, or on the ways next to, ( ) Y g arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from premises you own or rent, provided the "auto" is a "hostile fire';or not owned by or rented or loaned to you or the insured; HG 00 01 06 05 Page 3 of 18 (4) Liability assumed under any "insured contract" working directly or indirectly on your behalf are for the ownership, maintenance or use of performing operations, if the "property damage" aircraft or watercraft; arises out of those operations; or * (5) 'Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out (6) That particular part of any property that must be of the operation of any of the equipment listed in restored, repaired or replaced because "your Paragraph f.(2) or f.(3) of the definition of work"was incorrectly performed on it. "mobile equipment"; or Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not (6) An aircraft that is not owned by any insured and apply to "property damage" (other than damage by is hired, chartered or loaned with a paid crew. fire) to premises, including the contents of such However, this exception does not apply if the premises, rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer insured has any other insurance for such"bodily consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance injury" or "property damage", whether the other applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on described in Section III —Limits Of Insurance. any other basis. Paragraph(2) of this exclusion does not apply if the h. Mobile Equipment premises are"your work"and were never occupied, "Bodily injury"or"property damage"arising out of: rented or held for rental by you. (1) The transportation of "mobile equipment" by an Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not "auto"owned or operated by or rented or loaned apply to "property damage" arising from the use of to any insured; or elevators. (2) The use of "mobile equipment" in, or while in Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do practice for, or while being prepared for, any not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack prearranged racing, speed, demolition, or agreement. stunting activity. Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not I. War apply to "property damage" to borrowed equipment "Bodily injury" or "property damage", however while not being used to perform operations at the job site. caused, arising, directly or indirectly, out of: Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to (1) War, including undeclared or civil war; "property damage" included in the "products- (2) Warlike action by a military force, including completed operations hazard". action in hindering or defending against an k. Damage To Your Product actual or expected attack, by any government, sovereign or other authority using military "Property damage"to "your product"arising out of it personnel or other agents;or or any part of it. (3) Insurrection, rebellion, revolution, usurped I. Damage To Your Work power, or action taken by governmental "Property damage"to "your work"arising out of it or authority in hindering or defending against any any part of it and included in the "products- of these. completed operations hazard". j. Damage To Property This exclusion does not apply if the damaged work "Property damage"to: or the work out of which the damage arises was (1) Property you own, rent, or occupy, including any performed on your behalf by a subcontractor. costs or expenses incurred by you, or any other m. Damage To Impaired Property Or Property Not person, organization or entity, for repair, Physically Injured replacement, enhancement, restoration or "Property damage" to "impaired property" or maintenance of such property for any reason, property that has not been physically injured, including prevention of injury to a person or arising out of: damage to another's property; (1) A defect, deficiency, inadequacy or dangerous (2) Premises you sell, give away or abandon, if the condition in"your product"or"your work"; or "property damage" arises out of any part of (2) A delay or failure by you or anyone acting on those premises; your behalf to perform a contract or agreement (3) Property loaned to you; in accordance with its terms. (4) Personal property in the care, custody or control This exclusion does not apply to the loss of use of of the insured; other property arising out of sudden and accidental (5) That particular part of real property on which physical injury to "your product" or"your work"after you or any contractors or subcontractors it has been put to its intended use. Page 4 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 n. Recall Of Products, Work Or Impaired kind to persons or property which would not Property have occurred in whole or in part but for the Damages claimed for any loss, cost or expense "asbestos hazard'; incurred by you or others for the loss of use, (b) Arise out of any request, demand, order or withdrawal, recall, inspection, repair, replacement, statutory or regulatory requirement that any adjustment, removal or disposal of: insured or others test for, monitor, clean up, (1) "Your product; remove, encapsulate, contain, treat, detoxify (2) "Your work"; or or neutralize or in any way respond to or assess the effects of an asbestos hazard"; (3) 'Impaired property"; or ,. if such product, work, or property is withdrawn or (c) Arise out of any claim or suit for damages recalled from the market or from use by any person because of testing for, monitoring, cleaning or organization because of a known or suspected up, removing, encapsulating, containing, defect, deficiency, inadequacy or dangerous treating, detoxifying or neutralizing or in any condition in it. way responding to or assessing the effects o. Personal And Advertising Injury of an "asbestos hazard". "Bodily injury" arising out of "personal and Damage To Premises Rented To You — Exception advertising injury". For Damage By Fire, Lightning Or Explosion p. Electronic Data Exclusions c. through h. and j. through n. do not apply Damages arising out of the loss of, loss of use of, to damage by fire, lightning or explosion to premises ' damage to, corruption of, inability to access, or while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with inability to manipulate electronic data. permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III — As used in this exclusion, electronic data means Limits Of Insurance. - information, facts or programs stored as or on, COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING created or used on, or transmitted to or from INJURY LIABILITY computer software, including systems and 1 Insuring Agreement applications software, hard or floppy disks, CD- g g ROMS, tapes, drives, cells, data processing a. We will pay those sums that the insured becomes devices or any other media which are used with legally obligated to pay as damages because of electronically controlled equipment. "personal and advertising injury" to which this q. Employment-Related Practices insurance applies. We will have the right and duty "Bodily to: to defend the insured against any "suit' seeking y those damages. However, we will have no duty to (1) A person arising out of any "employment— defend the insured against any "suit' seeking related practices"; or damages for "personal and advertising injury" to (2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of which this insurance does not apply. We may, at that person as a consequence of "bodily injury" our discretion, investigate any offense and settle to that person at whom any "employment- any claim or"suit'that may result. But: related practices" are directed. (1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited This exclusion applies: as described in Section III — Limits Of (1) Whether the insured may be liable as an Insurance; and employer or in any other capacity; and (2) Our right and duty to defend end when we have (2) To any obligation to share damages with or used up the applicable limit of insurance in the repay someone else who must pay damages payment of judgments or settlements under ' because of the injury. Coverages A or B or medical expenses under Coverage C. r. Asbestos No other obligation or liability to pay sums or (1) 'Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly of the"asbestos hazard". provided for under Supplementary Payments — (2) Any damages, judgments, settlements, loss, Coverages A and B. costs or expenses that: b. This insurance applies to "personal and advertising (a) May be awarded or incurred by reason of injury" caused by an offense arising out of your any claim or suit alleging actual or business but only if the offense was committed in threatened injury or damage of any nature or the"coverage territory"during the policy period. HG 00 01 06 05 Page 5 of 18 2. Exclusions (2) Slogan, unless the slogan is also a trademark, This insurance does not apply to: trade name, service mark or other designation a. Knowing Violation Of Rights Of Another of origin or authenticity; or "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of an (3) Title of any literary or artistic work. offense committed by, at the direction or with the j• Insureds In Media And Internet Type consent or acquiescence of the insured with the Businesses expectation of inflicting "personal and advertising "Personal and advertising injury" committed by an injury". insured whose business is: b. Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity (1) Advertising, broadcasting, publishing or "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of oral, telecasting; written or electronic publication of material, if done (2) Designing or determining content of web sites by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge for others; or of its falsity. (3) An Internet search, access, content or service c. Material Published Prior To Policy Period provider. "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of oral, However, this exclusion does not apply to written or electronic publication of material whose Paragraphs 17.a., b. and c. of "personal and first publication took place before the beginning of advertising injury" under the Definitions Section. the policy period. For the purposes of this exclusion, placing an d. Criminal Acts "advertisement"for or linking to others on your web "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of a site, by itself, is not considered the business of criminal act committed by or at the direction of the advertising, broadcasting, publishing or telecasting. insured. k. Electronic Chatrooms Or Bulletin Boards e. Contractual Liability "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of an "Personal and advertising injury" for which the electronic chatroom or bulletin board the insured insured has assumed liability in a contract or hosts, owns, or over which the insured exercises agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability control. for damages that the insured would have in the I. Unauthorized Use Of Another's Name Or absence of the contract or agreement. Product f. Breach Of Contract "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the "Personal and advertising injury arising out of a unauthorized use of another's name or product in breach of contract, except an implied contract to use your e-mail address, domain name or metatags, or another's"advertising idea"in your"advertisement". any other similar tactics to mislead another's g. Quality Or Performance Of Goods — Failure To potential customers. Conform To Statements m. Pollution "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the Personal and advertising injury arising out of the failure of goods, products or services to conform actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dispersal, with any statement of quality or performance made seepage, migration, release or escape of in your"advertisement". "pollutants"at any time. h. Wrong Description Of Prices n. Pollution-Related "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the Any loss, cost or expense arising out of any: wrong description of the price of goods, products or (1) Request, demand, order or statutory or services. regulatory requirement that any insured or i. Infringement Of Intellectual Property Rights others test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in any "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of any way respond to, or assess the effects of, violation of any intellectual property rights such as "pollutants"; or copyright, patent, trademark, trade name, trade secret, service mark or other designation of origin (2) Claim or suit by or on behalf of a governmental or authenticity. authority for damages because of testing for, However, this exclusion does not apply to monitoring, cleaning up, removing, containing, treating, detoxifying or neutralizing, or in any infringement, in your"advertisement", of: way responding to, or assessing the effects of, (1) Copyright; "pollutants". Page 6 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 o. War (2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of "Personal and advertising injury", however caused, that person as a consequence of "personal and arising, directly or indirectly, out of: advertising injury" to that person at whom any (1) War, including undeclared or civil war; "employment-related practices"are directed. (2) Warlike action by a military force, including This exclusion applies: action in hindering or defending against an (1) Whether the insured may be liable as an actual or expected attack, by any government, employer or in any other capacity; and sovereign or other authority using military (2) To any obligation to share damages with or personnel or other agents; or repay someone else who must pay damages (3) Insurrection, rebellion, revolution, usurped power, because of the injury. or action taken by governmental authority in v. Asbestos hindering or defending against any of these. (1) "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of p. Internet Advertisements And Content Of Others the "asbestos hazard". "Personal and advertising injury"arising out of: (2) Any damages, judgments, settlemerts, loss, (1) An "advertisement"for others on your web site; costs or expenses that: (2) Placing a link to a web site of others on your (a) May be awarded or incurred by reason of web site; any claim or suit alleging actual or (3) Content, including information, sounds, text, threatened injury or damage of any nature or kind to persons or property which would not graphics, or images from a web site of others have occurred in whole or in part but for the displayed within a frame or border on your web "asbestos hazard'; site;or (b) Arise out of any request, demand, order or (4) Computer code, software or programming used statutory or regulatory requirement that any to enable: insured or others test for, monitor, clean up, (a) Your web site; or remove, encapsulate, contain, treat, detoxify (b) The presentation or functionality of an or neutralize or in any way respond to or "advertisement" or other content on your assess the effects of an "asbestos hazard"; web site. or q. Right Of Privacy Created By Statute (c) Arise out of any claim or suit for damages Air "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the because of testing for, monitoring, cleaning violation of a person's right of privacy created by up, removing, encapsulating, containing, any state or federal act. treating, detoxifying or neutralizing or in any way responding to or assessing the effects However, this exclusion does not apply to liability of an "asbestos hazard". for damages that the insured would have in the COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS absence of such state or federal act. r. Violation Of Anti-Trust law 1. Insuring Agreement "Personal We will pay medical expenses as described below Personal and advertising injury arising out of a for"bodily injury"caused by an accident: violation of any anti-trust law. S. Securities (1) On premises you own or rent; w "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the (2) On ways next to premises you own or rent;or fluctuation in price or value of any stocks, bonds or (3) Because of your operations; other securities. provided that: t. Discrimination Or Humiliation (1) The accident takes place in the "coverage "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of territory"and during the policy period; discrimination or humiliation committed by or at the (2) The expenses are incurred and reported to us direction of any "executive officer", director, within three years of the date of the accident; stockholder, partner or member of the insured. and u. Employment-Related Practices (3) The injured person submits to examination, at "Personal and advertising injury"to: our expense, by physicians of our choice as (1) A person arising out of any "employment— often as we reasonably require. related practices'; or HG 00 01 06 05 Page 7 of 18 b. We will make these payments regardless of fault. e. All costs taxed against the insured in the"suit". These payments will not exceed the applicable limit f. Prejudgment interest awarded against the insured of insurance.We will pay reasonable expenses for: on that part of the judgment we pay. If we make an (1) First aid administered at the time of an accident; offer to pay the applicable limit of insurance, we will (2) Necessary medical, surgical, x-ray and dental not pay any prejudgment interest based on that services, including prosthetic devices; and period of time after the offer. (3) Necessary ambulance, hospital, professional g• All interest on the full amount of any judgment that nursing and funeral services. accrues after entry of the judgment and before we have paid, offered to pay, or deposited in court the 2. Exclusions part of the judgment that is within the applicable We will not pay expenses for"bodily injury": limit of insurance. a. Any Insured These payments will not reduce the limits of insurance. To any insured, except"volunteer workers". 2. If we defend an insured against a "suit" and an b. Hired Person indemnitee of the insured is also named as a party to To a person hired to do work for or on behalf of any the "suit", we will defend that indemnitee if all of the insured or a tenant of any insured. following conditions are met: c. Injury On Normally Occupied Premises a. The "suit" against the indemnitee seeks damages for which the insured has assumed the liability of To a person injured on that part of premises you the indemnitee in a contract or agreement that is an own or rent that the person normally occupies. "insured contract'; d. Workers Compensation And Similar Laws b. This insurance applies to such liability assumed by To a person, whether or not an "employee" of any the insured; insured, if benefits for the "bodily injury" are payable c. The obligation to defend, or the cost of the defense or must be provided under a workers' compensation of, that indemnitee, has also been assumed by the or disability benefits law or a similar law. insured in the same"insured contract'; e. Athletics Activities d. The allegations in the "suit" and the information we To a person injured while practicing, instructing or know about the "occurrence" are such that no participating in any physical exercises or games, conflict appears to exist between the interests of sports, or athletic contests. the insured and the interests of the indemnitee; f. Products-Completed Operations Hazard e. The indemnitee and the insured ask us to conduct Included within the "products-completed operations and control the defense of that indemnitee against hazard". such suit and agree that we can assign the same ccunsel to defend the insured and the indemnitee; g. Coverage A Exclusions and Excluded under Coverage A. f. The indemnitee: SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES (1) Agrees in writing to: E A AND B (a) Cooperate with us in the investigation, 1. We will pay,with respect to any claim we investigate or settlement or defense of the "suit'; settle, or any"suit"against an insured we defend: (b) Immediately send us copies of any a. All expenses we incur. demands, notices, summonses or legal b. Up to $1,000 for cost of bail bonds required papers received in connection with the"suit"; because of accidents or traffic law violations arising (c) Notify any other insurer whose coverage is out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily available to the indemnitee; and Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (d) Cooperate with us with respect to coordinating other applicable insurance c. The cost of appeal bonds or bonds to release available to the indemnitee; and attachments, but only for bond amounts within the (2) Provides us with written authorization to: applicable limit of insurance. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (a) Obtain records and other information related d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at to the "suit"; and our request to assist us in the investigation or (b) Conduct and control the defense of the defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss indemnitee in such "suit". of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off So long as the above conditions are met, attorneys' from work. fees incurred by us in the defense of that indemnitee, Page 8 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 necessary litigation expenses incurred by us and However, none of these "employees" or "volunteer necessary litigation expenses incurred by the workers"are insureds for: indemnitee at our request will be paid as (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising Supplementary Payments. Notwithstanding the injury": provisions of Paragraph 2.b.(2) of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you Liability, such payments will not be deemed to be are a partnership or joint venture), to your damages for"bodily injury" and "property damage"and members (if you are a limited liability will not reduce the limits of insurance. company), to a co-"employee" while in the Our obligation to defend an insured's indemnitee and course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of to pay for attorneys' fees and necessary litigation your business, or to your other "volunteer expenses as Supplementary Payments ends when: workers" while performing duties related to a. We have used up the applicable limit of insurance the conduct of your business; in the payment of judgments or settlements; or (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister b. The conditions set forth above, or the terms of the of that co-"employee" or that "volunteer agreement described in Paragraph f. above, are no worker" as a consequence of Paragraph longer met. (1)(a)above; SECTION II—WHO IS AN INSURED (c) For which there is any obligation to share 1. If you are designated in the Declarations as: damages with or repay someone else who a. An individual, you and your spouse are insureds, must pay damages because of the injury but only with respect to the conduct of a business described in Paragraphs (1)(a) or (b) above;or of which you are the sole owner. b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an insured. (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. Your members, your partners, and their spouses are also insureds, but only with respect to the If you are not in the business of providing conduct of your business. professional health care services, Paragraph (d) C. A limited liability company, you are an insured. does not apply to any nurse, emergency Your members are also insureds, but only with medical technician or paramedic employed by you to provide such services. respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds, but only with respect to (2) "Property damage"to property: -� their duties as your managers. (a) Owned, occupied or used by, d. An organization other than a partnership, joint (b) Rented to, in the care, custody or control of, venture or limited liability company, you are an or over which physical control is being insured. Your "executive officers" and directors are exercised for any purpose by insureds, but only with respect to their duties as you, any of your "employees", "volunteer your officers or directors. Your stockholders are workers", any partner or member (if you are a also insureds, but only with respect to their liability partnership or joint venture), or any member (if as stockholders. you are a limited liability company). e. A trust, you are an insured. Your trustees are also b. Real Estate Manager insureds, but only with respect to their duties as trustees. Any person (other than your "employee" or "volunteer worker"), or any organization while 2. Each of the following is also an insured: acting as your real estate manager. a. Employees and Volunteer workers c. Temporary Custodians of Your Property Your "volunteer workers" only while performing Any person or organization having proper duties related to the conduct of your business, or temporary custody of your property if you die, but your"employees", other than either your"executive only: officers" (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability (1) With respect to liability arising out of the company) or your managers (if you are a limited maintenance or use of that property; and liability company), but only for acts within the scope (2) Until your legal representative has been of their employment by you or while performing appointed. duties related to the conduct of your business. d. Legal Representative If You Die Your legal representative if you die, but only with respect to duties as such. That representative will HG 00 01 06 05 Page 9 of 18 have all your rights and duties under this Coverage 5. Nonowned Watercraft Part. With respect to watercraft you do not own that is less e. Unnamed Subsidiary than 51 feet long and is not being used to cant' Any subsidiary, and subsidiary thereof, of yours persons for a charge, any person is an insured while which is a legally incorporated entity of which you operating such watercraft with your permission. Any own a financial interest of more than 50% of the other person or organization responsible for the voting stock on the effective date of the Coverage conduct of such person is also an insured, but only Part. with respect to liability arising out of the operation of the watercraft, and only if no other insurance of any The insurance afforded herein for any subsidiary not named in this Coverage Part as a named kind is available to that person or organization for this liability. insured does not apply to injury or damage with respect to which an insured under this Coverage However, no person or organization is an insured with Part is also an insured under another policy or respect to: would be an insured under such policy but for its a. "Bodily injury" to a co-"employee" of the person termination or the exhaustion of its limits of operating the watercraft; or insurance. b. "Property damage"to property owned by, rented to, y 3. Newly Acquired or Formed Organization in the charge of or occupied by you or the employer Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than of any person who is an insured under this a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, provision. and over which you maintain financial interest of more 6. Additional Insureds When Required By Written than 50% of the voting stock, will qualify as a Named Contract, Written Agreement Or Permit Insured if there is no other similar insurance available The following person(s) or organization(s) are an to that organization. However: additional insured when you have agreed, in a written a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until contract, written agreement or because of a permit the 180th day after you acquire or form the issued by a state or political subdivision, that such organization or the end of the policy period, person or organization be added as an additional whichever is earlier: insured on your policy, provided the injury or damage b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or "property damage" that occurred before you agreement. acquired or formed the organization; and A person or organization is an additional insured under �• c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and this provision only for that period of time required by advertising injury" arising out of an offense the contract or agreement. committed before you acquired or formed the However, no such person or organization is an insured organization. under this provision if such person or organization is 4. Mobile Equipment included as an insured by an endorsement issued by With respect to "mobile equipment" registered in your us and made a part of this Coverage Part. name under any motor vehicle registration law, any a. Vendors person is an insured while driving such equipment Any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to below along a public highway with your permission. Any other as vendor), but only with respect to "bodily injury" person or organization responsible for the conduct of or"property damage" arising out of"your products" such person is also an insured, but only with respect to which are distributed or sold in the regular course liability arising out of the operation of the equipment, of the vendor's business and only if this Coverage and only if no other insurance of any kind is available Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or to that person or organization for this liability. However, "property damage" included within the "products- no person or organization is an insured with respect to: completed operations hazard". a. "Bodily injury" to a co-"employee" of the person (1) The insurance afforded the vendor is subject to driving the equipment; or the following additional exclusions: b. "Property damage"to property owned by, rented to, This insurance does not apply to: in the charge of or occupied by you or the employer (a) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for of any person who is an insured under this which the vendor is obligated to pay provision. damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; Page 10 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 (b) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; c. Lessors of Land or Premises (c) Any physical or chemical change in the Any person or organization from whom you lease product made intentionally by the vendor; land or premises, but only with respect to liability (d) Repackaging, except when unpacked solely arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of for the purpose of inspection,demonstration, that part of the land or premises leased to you. testing, or the substitution of parts under With respect to the insurance afforded these instructions from the manufacturer,and then additional insureds the following additional repackaged in the original container; exclusions apply: (e) Any failure to make such inspections, This insurance does not apply to: a adjustments,tests or servicing as the vendor 1. Any "occurrence" which takes place after you has agreed to make or normally undertakes cease to lease that land;or to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the 2• Structural alterations, new construction or .. products; demolition operations performed by or on behalf (f) Demonstration, installation, servicing or of such person or organization. repair operations, except such operations d. Architects,Engineers or Surveyors .. performed at the vendor's premises in Any architect, engineer, or surveyor, but only with connection with the sale of the product; respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property (g) Products which, after distribution or sale by damage" or "personal and advertising injury" you, have been labeled or relabeled or used caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or as a container, part or ingredient of any omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting other thing or substance by or for the on your behalf: vendor;or (1) In connection with your premises;or (h) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising (2) In the performance of your ongoing operations out of the sole negligence of the vendor for performed by you or on your behalf. its own acts or omissions or those of its With respect to the insurance afforded these employees or anyone else acting on its additional insureds, the following additional behalf. However, this exclusion does not exclusion applies: apply to: i The exceptions contained in Sub- This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", () p "property damage" or "personal and advertising paragraphs(d)or(f);or injury"arising out of the rendering of or the failure (ii) Such inspections, adjustments, tests or to render any professional services by or for you, servicing as the vendor has agreed to including: make or normally undertakes to make in 1. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare the usual course of business, in or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, connection with the distribution or sale of reports,surveys, field orders, change orders or the products. drawings and specifications;or (2) This insurance does not apply to any insured 2. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or person or organization, from whom you have engineering activities. acquired such products, or any ingredient, part e. Permits Issued By State Or Political or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products. Subdivisions b. Lessors of Equipment Any state or political subdivision, but only with respect to operations performed by you or on your (1) Any person or organization from whom you behalf for which the state or political subdivision lease equipment; but only with respect to their has issued a permit. liability for"bodily injury", "property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in With respect the insurance afforded these whole or in part,by your maintenance,operation additional insureds, this insurance does not apply f to: or use of equipment leased to you by such f person or organization. (1) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these and advertising injury" arising out of operations additional insureds this insurance does not performed for the state or municipality;or apply to any "occurrence" which takes place (2) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" included after the equipment lease expires. within the "products-completed operations hazard". r HG 00 01 06 05 Page 11 of 18 ) f. Any Other Party c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing Any other person or organization who is not an "suits". insured under Paragraphs a.through e. above, but 2. General Aggregate Limit only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay "property damage" or "personal and advertising for the sum of: injury"caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting a. Medical expenses under Coverage C; on your behalf: b. Damages under Coverage A, except damages (1) In the performance of your ongoing operations; because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" (2) In connection with your premises owned by or included in the "products-completed operations rented to you;or hazard";and E (3) In connection with "your work" and included c. Damages under Coverage B. within the "products-completed operations 3. Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit hazard",but only if The Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit (a) The written contract or agreement requires is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages f. Any Other Party c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing Any other person or organization who is not an "suits". insured under Paragraphs a. through e. above, but 2. General Aggregate Limit -� only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay "property damage" or "personal and advertising for the sum of: injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting a. Medical expenses under Coverage C; on your behalf: b. Damages under Coverage A, except damages (1) In the performance of your ongoing operations; because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" (2) In connection with your premises owned by or included in the "products-completed operations hazard"; and rented to you; or (3) In connection with "your work" and included c. Damages under Coverage B. within the "products-completed operations 3. Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit hazard", but only if The Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit (a) The written contract or agreement requires is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages you to provide such coverage to such because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" additional insured; and included in the "products-completed operations (b) This Coverage Part provides coverage for hazard". "bodily injury" or"property damage" included 4. Personal and Advertising Injury Limit within the "products-completed operations Subject to 2. above, the Personal and Advertising hazard". Injury Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage B With respect to the insurance afforded to these for the sum of all damages because of all "personal additional insureds, this insurance does not apply and advertising injury" sustained by any one person or to: organization. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or"personal and 5. Each Occurrence Limit advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or Subject to 2. or 3. above, whichever applies, the Each the failure to render, any professional architectural, Occurrence Limit is the most we will pay for the sum engineering or surveying services, including: of: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare a. Damages under Coverage A; and or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, b. Medical expenses under Coverage C reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or because of all "bodily injury" and "property damage" arising out of any one "occurrence". (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 6. Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented The limits of insurance that apply to additional insureds To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A under this provision is described in Section III — Limits for damages because of"property damage"to any one Of Insurance. premises, while rented to you, or in the case of How this insurance applies when other insurance is damage by fire, lightning or explosion, while rented to available to the additional insured is described in the you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of Other Insurance Condition in Section IV— Commercial the owner. General Liability Conditions. In the case of damage by fire, lightning or explosion, No person or organization is an insured with respect to the the Damage to Premises Rented To You Limit applies conduct of any current or past partnership,joint venture or to all damage proximately caused by the same event, limited liability company that is not shown as a Named whether such damage results from fire, lightning or Insured in the Declarations. explosion or any combination of these. SECTION III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE 7. Medical Expense Limit 1. The Most We will Pay Subject to 5. above, the Medical Expense Limit is the The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations and most we will pay under Coverage C for all medical the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of expenses because of "bodily injury" sustained by any the number of: one person. a. Insureds; 8. How Limits Apply To Additional Insureds b. Claims made or"suits"brought; or If you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement that another person or organization be Page 12 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 added as an additional insured on your policy, the (3) Cooperate with us in the investigation or most we will pay on behalf of such additional insured is settlement of the claim or defense against the the lesser of: "suit"; and a. The limits of insurance specified in the written (4) Assist us, upon our request, in the enforcement of contract or written agreement; or any right against any person or organization which b. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. may be liable to the insured because of injury or Such amount shall be a part of and not in addition to damage to which this insurance may also apply. Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations and d. Obligations At The Insureds Own Cost described in this Section. No insured will, except at that insured's own cost, The Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part apply voluntarily make a payment, assume any separately to each consecutive annual period and to any obligation, or incur any expense, other than for first remaining period of less than 12 months, starting with the aid,without our consent. beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations, e. Additional Insureds Other Insurance unless the policy period is extended after issuance for an If we cover a claim or "suit" under this Coverage additional period of less than 12 months. In that case, the Part that may also be covered by other insurance additional period will be deemed part of the last preceding available to an additional insured, such additional period for purposes of determining the Limits of Insurance. insured must submit such claim or "suit" to the SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY other insurer for defense and indemnity. CONDITIONS However, this provision does not apply to the 1. Bankruptcy extent that you have agreed in a written contract or .� Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured or of the written agreement that this insurance is primary insured's estate will not relieve us of our obligations and non-contributory with the additional insured's under this Coverage Part. own insurance. 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim f. Knowledge Of An Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit Or Suit a. Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense Paragraphs a. and b. apply to you or to any additional insured only when such 'occurrence", You or any additional insured must see to it that we offense, claim or"suit"is known to: are notified as soon as practicable of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a (1) You or any additional insured that is an claim.To the extent possible, notice should include: individual; (1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or (2) Any partner, if you or an additional insured is a offense took place; partnership; (2) The names and addresses of any injured (3) Any manager, if you or an additional insured is a persons and witnesses; and limited liability company; (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage (4) Any "executive officer" or insurance manager, if arising out of the"occurrence"or offense. you or an additional insured is a corporation; b. Notice Of Claim (5) Any trustee, if you or an additional insured is a If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against any trust; or insured,you or any additional insured must: (6) Any elected or appointed official, if you or an w 1 Immediately record the specifics of the claim or additional insured is a political subdivision or ( ) y p public entity. "suit"and the date received; and This duty applies separately to you and any additional (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. insured. You or any additional insured must see to it that we 3. Legal Action Against Us receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. No person or organization has a right under this = C. Assistance And Cooperation Of The Insured Coverage Part: a. To join us as a party or otherwise bring us into a You and any other involved insured must: "suit"asking for damages from an insured;or (1) Immediately send us copies of any demands, b. To sue us on this Coverage Part unless all of its notices, summonses or legal papers received in terms have been fully complied with. connection with the claim or"suit"; A person or organization may sue us to recover on an (2) Authorize us to obtain records and other agreed settlement or on a final judgment against an information; insured; but we will not be liable for damages that are not payable under the terms of this Coverage Part or HG 00 01 06 05 Page 13 of 18 that are in excess of the applicable limit of insurance. (7) When You Add Others As An Additional An agreed settlement means a settlement and release Insured To This Insurance of liability signed by us, the insured and the claimant or Any other insurance available to an additional the claimant's legal representative. insured. 4. Other Insurance However, the following provisions apply to other If other valid and collectible insurance is available to insurance available to any person or the insured for a loss we cover under Coverages A or organization who is an additional insured under B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as this coverage part. follows: (a) Primary Insurance When Required By _ a. Primary Insurance Contract This insurance is primary except when b. below This insurance is primary if you have agreed applies. If other insurance is also primary, we will in a written contract or written agreement share with all that other insurance by the method that this insurance be primary. If other described in c. below. insurance is also primary, we will share with b. Excess Insurance all that other insurance by the method This insurance is excess over any of the other described in c. below. insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or (b) Primary And Non-Contributory To Other on any other basis: Insurance When Required By Contract (1) Your Work If you have agreed in a written contract, That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, written agreement, or permit that this insurance is primary and non-contributory Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your with the additional insured's own insurance, work"; this insurance is primary and we will not (2) Premises Rented To You seek contribution from that other insurance. That is fire, lightning or explosion insurance for Paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply to other premises rented to you or temporarily occupied insurance to which the additional insured has by you with permission of the owner; been added as an additional insured. (3) Tenant Liability When this insurance is excess, we will have no That is insurance purchased by you to cover duty under Coverages A or B to defend the insured your liability as a tenant for "property damage" against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to to premises rented to you or temporarily defend the insured against that "suit". If no other occupied by you with permission of the owner; insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all (4) Aircraft,Auto Or Watercraft those other insurers. If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use When this insurance is excess over other of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount subject to Exclusion g. of Section 1 — Coverage of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: A—Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability; (1) The total amount that all such other insurance (5) Property Damage to Borrowed Equipment Or would pay for the loss in the absence of this Use Of Elevators insurance; and _ If the loss arises out of "property damage" to (2) The total of all deductible and self-insured borrowed equipment or the use of elevators to amounts under all that other insurance. the extent not subject to Exclusion j. of Section - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any Damage Liability; other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insurance provision and was not bought specifically (6) When You Are Added As An Additional to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown Insured To Other Insurance in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. Any other insurance available to you covering c. Method Of Sharing liability for damages arising out of the premises or operations, or products and completed If all of the other insurance permits contribution by operations, for which you have been added as equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under an additional insured by that insurance; or this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. Page 14 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 If any of the other insurance does not permit insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by and help us enforce them. limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is b. Waiver Of Rights Of Recovery (Waiver Of based on the ratio of its applicable limit of Subrogation) insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. If the insured has waived any rights of recovery against any person or organization for all or part of 5. Premium Audit any payment, including Supplementary Payments, a. We will compute all premiums for this Coverage we have made under this Coverage Part, we also Part in accordance with our rules and rates. waive that right, provided the insured waived their b. Premium shown in this Coverage Part as advance rights of recovery against such person or premium is a deposit premium only. At the close of organization in a contract, agreement or permit that each audit period we will compute the earned was executed prior to the injury or damage. premium for that period and send notice to the first 9. When We Do Not Renew Named Insured. The due date for audit and If we decide not to renew this Coverage Part, we will retrospective premiums is the date shown as the mail or deliver to the first Named Insured shown in the due date on the bill. If the sum of the advance and Declarations written notice of the nonrenewal not less audit premiums paid for the policy period is greater than 30 days before the expiration date. than the earned premium, we will return the excess to the first Named Insured. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient c. The first Named Insured must keep records of the proof of notice. SECTION V—DEFINITIONS information we need for premium computation, and send us copies at such times as we may request. 1. "Advertisement" means the widespread public 6. Representations dissemination of information or images that has the purpose of inducing the sale of goods, products or a. When You Accept This Policy services through: By accepting this policy, you agree: a. (1) Radio; (1) The statements in the Declarations are accurate (2) Television; and complete; (3) Billboard; (2) Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and (4) Magazine; (3) We have issued this policy in reliance upon your (5) Newspaper; or representations. b. Any other publication that is given widespread b. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards public distribution. If unintentionally you should fail to disclose all However, "advertisement"does not include: hazards relating to the conduct of your business a. The design, printed material, information or images that exist at the inception date of this Coverage contained in, on or upon the packaging or labeling Part, we shall not deny coverage under this of any goods or products; or Coverage Part because of such failure. b. An interactive conversation between or among 7. Separation Of Insureds persons through a computer network. Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any 2. "Advertising idea" means any idea for an rights or duties specifically assigned in this Coverage "advertisement". Part to the first Named Insured, this insurance applies: 3. "Asbestos hazard" means an exposure or threat of a. As if each Named Insured were the only Named exposure to the actual or alleged properties of Insured; and asbestos and includes the mere presence of asbestos b. Separately to each insured against whom claim is in any form. made or"suit" is brought. 4. "Auto" means a land motor vehicle,trailer or semitrailer 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To designed for travel on public roads, including any Us attached machinery or equipment. But "auto" does not a. Transfer of Rights Of Recovery include "mobile equipment". If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any 5. "Bodily injury" means physical: payment, including Supplementary Payments, we a. Injury; have made under this Coverage Part, those rights b. Sickness; or are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing c. Disease after loss to impair them. At our request, the sustained by a person and, if arising out of the above, mental anguish or death at any time. HG 00 0106 05 Page 15 of 18 6. "Coverage territory"means: rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with a. The United States of America (including its territories permission of the owner is subject to the Damage and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada; to Premises Rented To You Limit described in b. International waters or airspace, but only if the Section III—Limits of Insurance; injury or damage occurs in the course of travel or b. A sidetrack agreement; transportation between any places included in a. c. Any easement or license agreement, including an above; or easement or license agreement in connection with c. All other parts of the world if the injury or damage construction or demolition operations on or within arises out of: 50 feet of a railroad; (1) Goods or products made or sold by you in the d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to territory described in a.above; indemnify a municipality, except in connection with (2) The activities of a person whose home is in the work for a municipality; territory described in a. above, but is away for a e. An elevator maintenance agreement; short time on your business; or f. That part of any other contract or agreement (3) "Personal and advertising injury" offenses that pertaining to your business (including an take place through the Internet or similar indemnification of a municipality in connection with electronic means of communication work performed for a municipality) under which you provided the insured's responsibility to pay damages is assume the tort liability of another party to pay for determined in the United States of America (including its bodily injury or "property damage to a third person or organization, provided the "bodily injury" territories and possessions), Puerto Rico or Canada, in a or"property damage" is caused, in whole or in part, suit on the merits according to the substantive law in by you or by those acting on your behalf. Tort such territory or in a settlement we agree to. liability means a liability that would be imposed by 7. "Employee" includes a "leased worker". "Employee" law in the absence of any contract or agreement. does not include a "temporary worker". Paragraph f. includes that part of any contract or 8. "Employment-Related Practices"means: agreement that indemnifies a railroad for "bodily a. Refusal to employ a person; injury" or "property damage" arising out of b. Termination of a person's employment; or construction or demolition operations,within 50 feet of any railroad property and affecting any railroad c. Employment-related practices, policies, acts or bridge or trestle, tracks, road-beds, tunnel, omissions, such as coercion, demotion, evaluation, underpass or crossing. reassignment, discipline, defamation, harassment, However, Paragraph f. does not include that part of humiliation or discrimination directed at a person. any contract or agreement: 9. "Executive officer" means a person holding any of the (1) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or officer positions created by your charter, constitution, surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: by-laws or any other similar governing document. 10."Hostile fire" means one which becomes uncontrollable (a) Preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or breaks out from where it was intended to be. approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders 11."Impaired property" means tangible property, other or drawings and specifications; or than "your product"or"your work",that cannot be used (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing to or is less useful because: give them, if that is the primary cause of the a. It incorporates "your product" or"your work" that is injury or damage; or known or thought to be defective, deficient, (2) Under which the insured, if an architect, engineer inadequate or dangerous; or or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or b. You have failed to fulfill the terms of a contract or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or agreement; failure to render professional services, including if such property can be restored to use by: those listed in (1) above and supervisory, a. The repair, replacement, adjustment or removal of inspection, architectural or engineering activities. "your product"or"your work or 13."Leased worker" means a person leased to you by a b. Your fulfilling the terms of the contract or agreement. labor leasing firm under an agreement between you and the labor leasing firm, to perform duties related to 12."Insured contract" means: the conduct of your business. "Leased worker" does a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that not include a "temporary worker". portion of the contract for a lease of premises that 14."Loading or unloading" means the handling of property: indemnifies any person or organization for damage a. After it is moved from the place where it is accepted by fire, lightning or explosion to premises while for movement into or onto an aircraft, watercraft or "auto"; Page 16 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 b. While it is in or on an aircraft, watercraft or "auto"; 16."Occurrence" means an accident, including continuous or or repeated exposure to substantially the same general c. While it is being moved from an aircraft, watercraft harmful conditions. or"auto"to the place where it is finally delivered; 17."Personal and advertising injury" means injury, but "loading or unloading" does not include the including consequential "bodily injury", arising out of movement of property by means of a mechanical one or more of the following offenses: device, other than a hand truck, that is not attached to a. False arrest, detention or imprisonment; the aircraft, watercraft or"auto". b. Malicious prosecution; 15."Mobile equipment" means any of the following types c. The wrongful eviction from, wrongful entry into, or of land vehicles, including any attached machinery or invasion of the right of private occupancy of a room, equipment: dwelling or premises that a person occupies, a. Bulldozers, farm machinery, forklifts and other committed by or on behalf of its owner, landlord or vehicles designed for use principally off public lessor; roads; d. Oral, written or electronic publication of material b. Vehicles maintained for use solely on or next to that slanders or libels a person or organization or premises you own or rent; disparages a person's or organization's goods, c. Vehicles that travel on crawler treads; products or services; d. Vehicles, whether self-propelled or not, maintained e. Oral, written or electronic publication of material primarily to provide mobility to permanently that violates a person's right of privacy; mounted: f. Copying, in your "advertisement", a person's or (1) Power cranes, shovels, loaders, diggers or organization's "advertising idea" or style of drills; or "advertisement"; (2) Road construction or resurfacing equipment g• Infringement of copyright, slogan, or title of any such as graders, scrapers or rollers; literary or artistic work, in your"advertisement"; or e. Vehicles not described in a., b., c. or d. above that h. Discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to are not self-propelled and are maintained primarily the feelings or reputation of a natural person. to provide mobility to permanently attached 18."Pollutants" mean any solid, liquid, gaseous or thermal equipment of the following types: irritant or contaminant, including smoke, vapor, soot, (1) Air compressors, pumps and generators, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and waste. Waste including spraying, welding, building cleaning, includes materials to be recycled, reconditioned or geophysical exploration, lighting and well reclaimed. servicing equipment; or 19."Products-completed operations hazard": (2) Cherry pickers and similar devices used to raise a. Includes all "bodily injury" and "property damage" or lower workers; occurring away from premises you own or rent and f. Vehicles not described in a., b., c. or d. above arising out of"your product"or"your work"except: maintained primarily for purposes other than the (1) Products that are still in your physical transportation of persons or cargo. possession; or However, self-propelled vehicles with the following (2) Work that has not yet been completed or types of permanently attached equipment are not abandoned. However, "your work" will be "mobile equipment"but will be considered "autos": deemed completed at the earliest of the (1) Equipment, of at least 1,000 pounds gross following times: vehicle weight, designed primarily for: (a) When all of the work called for in your (a) Snow removal; contract has been completed. (b) Road maintenance, but not construction or (b) When all of the work to be done at the job resurfacing; or site has been completed if your contract (c) Street cleaning; calls for work at more than one job site. (2) Cherry pickers and similar devices mounted on (c) When that part of the work done at a job site has been put to its intended use by any automobile or truck chassis and used to raise or person or organization other than another lower workers; and contractor or subcontractor working on the (3) Air compressors, pumps and generators, same project. including spraying, welding, building cleaning, Work that may need service, maintenance, geophysical exploration, lighting and well correction, repair or replacement, but which is servicing equipment. otherwise complete, will be treated as completed. HG 00 01 06 05 Page 17 of 18 b. Does not include "bodily injury" or "property 22."Temporary worker" means a person who is damage"arising out of: furnished to you to substitute for a permanent (1) The transportation of property, unless the "employee" on leave or to meet seasonal or short- injury or damage arises out of a condition in or term workload conditions. on a vehicle not owned or operated by you, 23."Volunteer worker"means a person who and that condition was created by the "loading a. Is not your"employee"; or unloading"of that vehicle by any insured; b. Donates his or her work; (2) The existence of tools, uninstalled equipment or abandoned or unused materials; or c. Acts at the direction of and within the scope of (3) Products or operations for which the duties determined by you; and classification, listed in the Declarations or in a d. Is not paid a fee, salary or other compensation by policy schedule, states that products- you or anyone else for their work performed for completed operations are subject to the you. General Aggregate Limit. 24."Your product": 20."Property damage" means: a. Means: a. Physical injury to tangible property, including all (1) Any goods or products, other than real resulting loss of use of that property. All such loss property, manufactured, sold, handled, of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the distributed or disposed of by: physical injury that caused it; or (a) You; b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not (b) Others trading under your name; or physically injured. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the "occurrence" (c) A person or organization whose business that caused it. or assets you have acquired; and As used in this definition, computerized or (2) Containers (other than vehicles), materials, electronically stored data, programs or software are parts or equipment furnished in connection not tangible property. Electronic data means with such goods or products. information,facts or programs: b. Includes a. Stored as or on; (1) Warranties or representations made at any b. Created or used on; or time with respect to the fitness, quality, durability, performance or use of "your c. Transmitted to or from; product'; and computer software, including systems and (2) The providing of or failure to provide warnings applications software, hard or floppy disks, CD- or instructions. ROMS, tapes, drives, cells, data processing devices c. Does not include vending machines or other or any other media which are used with electronically property rented to or located for the use of others controlled equipment. but not sold. 21."Suit" means civil proceeding in which damages 25."Your work": �� because of bodily injury", property damage or "personal and advertising injury" to which this a. Means: insurance applies are alleged. "Suit"includes: (1) Work or operations performed by you or on a. An arbitration proceeding in which such damages your behalf; and II are claimed and to which the insured must submit (2) Materials, parts or equipment furnished in or does submit with our consent; or connection with such work or operations. b. Any other alternative dispute resolution b. Includes proceeding in which such damages are claimed (1) Warranties or representations made at any and to which the insured submits with our time with respect to the fitness, quality, consent. durability, performance or use of "your work", and (2) The providing of or failure to provide warnings or instructions. Page 18 of 18 HG 00 01 06 05 COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE HA 99 16 03 12 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE BROAD FORM ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM To the extent that the provisions of this endorsement provide broader benefits to the "insured" than other provisions of the Coverage Form,the provisions of this endorsement apply. 1. BROAD FORM INSURED d. Any "employee" of yours while using a i A. Subsidiaries and Newly Acquired or covered "auto" you don't own, hire or Formed Organizations borrow in your business or your The Named Insured shown in the personal affairs. Declarations is amended to include: C. Lessors as Insureds (1) Any legal business entity other than a Paragraph A.1.- WHO IS AN INSURED- of partnership or joint venture, formed as a Section II - Liability Coverage is amended to subsidiary in which you have an add: ownership interest of more than 50% on e. The lessor of a covered "auto" while the the effective date of the Coverage Form. "auto" is leased to you under a written However, the Named Insured does not agreement if: include any subsidiary that is an (1) The agreement requires you to "insured" under any other automobile policy or would be an "insured" under provide direct primary insurance for the lessor and such a policy but for its termination or the exhaustion of its Limit of Insurance. (2) The "auto"is leased without a driver. (2) Any organizati on that is acquired or Such a leased "auto" will be considered a formed by you and over which you covered "auto" you own and not a covered maintain majority ownership. However, "auto"you hire. the Named Insured does not include any D. Additional Insured if Required by Contract newly formed or acquired organization: (a) That is a partnership or joint (1) Paragraph A.I. - WHO IS AN INSURED - of Section II - Liability Coverage is venture, amended to add: (b) That is an "insured" under any other f. When you have agreed, in a written policy, contract or written agreement,that a (c) That has exhausted its Limit of person or organization be added as Insurance under any other policy, or an additional insured on your (d) 180 days or more after its business auto policy, such person or acquisition or formation by you, organization is an "insured", but only unless you have given us notice of to the extent such person or the acquisition or formation. organization is liable for "bodily Coverage does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused injury" or"property damage" that results by the conduct of an "insured" under from an "accident" that occurred before paragraphs a. or b. of Who Is An you formed or acquired.the organization. Insured with regard to the B. Employees as Insureds ownership, maintenance or use of a covered auto. Paragraph A.I. - WHO IS AN INSURED - of SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended to add: ©2011,The Hartford (Includes copyrighted material Form HA 9916 0312 of ISO Properties, Inc.,with its permission.) Page 1 of 5 � Ip The insurance afforded to any such E. Primary and Non-Contributory if additional insured applies only if the Required by Contract "bodily injury" or "property damage" Only with respect to insurance provided to occurs: an additional insured in I.D. - Additional (1) During the policy period, and Insured If Required by Contract, the (2) Subsequent to the execution of such following provisions apply: written contract, and (3) Primary Insurance When Required By (3) Prior to the expiration of the period Contract of time that the written contract This insurance is primary if you have requires such insurance be provided agreed in a written contract or written to the additional insured. agreement that this insurance be (2) How Limits Apply primary. If other insurance is also If you have agreed in a written contract primary, we will share with all that other or written agreement that another insurance by the method described in person or organization be added as an Other Insurance 5.d. additional insured on your policy, the (4) Primary And Non-Contributory To Other most we will pay on behalf of such Insurance When Required By Contract additional insured is the lesser of If you have agreed in a written contract (a) The limits of insurance specified in or written agreement that this insurance the written contract or written is primary and non-contributory with the agreement; or additional insured's own insurance, this (b) The Limits of Insurance shown in insurance is primary and we will not seek contribution from that other the Declarations. insurance. Such amount-shall be a part of and not Paragraphs (3) and (4) do not apply to other in addition to Limits of Insurance shown insurance to which the additional insured in the Declarations and described in this has been added as an additional insured. Section. (3) Additional Insureds Other Insurance When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty to'defend the insured against any "suit" if If we cover a claim or "suit" under this any other insurer has a duty to defend the Coverage Part that may also be covered insured against that "suit". If no other insurer by other insurance available to an defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will additional insured, such additional be entitled to the insured's rights against all _ insured must submit such claim or"suit" those other insurers. to the other insurer for defense and When this insurance is excess over other indemnity. insurance, we will pay only our share of the However, this provision does not apply amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum to the extent that you have agreed in a of written contract or written agreement (1) The total amount that all such other that this insurance is primary and non- insurance would pay for the loss in the contributory with the additional insured's absence of this insurance; and own insurance. 4 Duties in The Event Of Accident, Claim, (2) The total of all deductible and self-insured ( � amounts under all that other insurance. Suit or Loss If you have agreed in a written contract We will share the remaining loss, if any, by the method described in Other Insurance 5.d. or written agreement that another person or organization be added as an 2. AUTOS RENTED BY EMPLOYEES additional insured on your policy, the Any "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" additional insured shall be required to on your behalf and at your direction will be comply with the provisions in LOSS considered an "auto"you hire. CONDITIONS 2. - DUTIES IN THE The OTHER INSURANCE Condition is amended EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM , SUIT by adding the following: OR LOSS — OF SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, in the same manner as the Named Insured. ©2011,The Hartford (Includes copyrighted material Form HA 9916 0312 of ISO Properties, Inc.,with its permission.) Page 2 of 5 If an "employee's" personal insurance also 5. PHYSICAL DAMAGE - ADDITIONAL applies on an excess basis to a covered "auto" TEMPORARY TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE hired or rented by your "employee" on your COVERAGE behalf and at your direction, this insurance will Paragraph AA.a. of SECTION III - PHYSICAL be primary to the "employee's" personal DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended to provide a insurance. limit of $50 per day and a maximum limit of 3. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION $1,000. EXCLUSION 5. - FELLOW EMPLOYEE - of 6. LOANILEASE GAP COVERAGE SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE does not Under SECTION 111 - PHYSICAL DAMAGE apply if you have workers' compensation COVERAGE, in the event of a total "loss" to a insurance in-force covering all of your " covered "auto", we will pay your additional legal employees". obligation for any difference between the actual Coverage is excess over any other collectible cash value of the "auto" at the time of the "loss" insurance. and the"outstanding balance"of the loan/lease. 4. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE "Outstanding balance" means the amount you If hired "autos" are covered "autos" for Liability owe on the loan/lease at the time of"loss" less Coverage and if Comprehensive, Specified any amounts representing taxes; overdue Causes of Loss, or Collision coverages are payments; penalties, interest or charges provided under this Coverage Form for any resulting from overdue payments; additional "auto" you own, then the Physical Damage mileage charges; excess wear and tear charges; Coverages provided are extended to "autos"you lease termination fees; security deposits not hire or borrow,subject to the following limit. returned by the lessor; costs for extended The most we will pay for "loss" to any hired warranties, credit life Insurance, health, accident "auto"is: or disability insurance purchased with the loan or lease; and carry-over balances from previous (1) $100,000; loans or leases. (2) The actual cash value of the damaged or 7. AIRBAG COVERAGE stolen property at the time of the"loss": or Under Paragraph B. EXCLUSIONS - of (3) The cost of repairing or replacing the SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE damaged or stolen property, COVERAGE,the following is added: whichever is smallest, minus a deductible. The The exclusion relating to mechanical breakdown deductible will be equal to the largest deductible does not apply to the accidental discharge of an applicable to any owned. "auto" for that airbag. coverage. No deductible applies to"loss"caused g, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - BROADENED by fire or lightning. Hired Auto Physical Damage COVERAGE coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance. Subject to the above limit, deductible a. The exceptions to Paragraphs 6.4 - and excess provisions, we will provide coverage EXCLUSIONS - of SECTION III - PHYSICAL equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any DAMAGE COVERAGE are replaced by the covered"auto"you own. following: We will also cover loss of use of the hired'auto" Exclusions 4.c. and 4.d. do not apply to if it results from an "accident", you are legally equipment designed to be operated solely liable and the lessor incurs an actual financial by use of the power from the "auto's" loss, subject to a maximum of $1000 per electrical system that, at the time of"loss", "accident". is: This extension of coverage does not apply to (1) Permanently installed in or upon any "auto" you hire or borrow from any of your the covered "auto"; "employees", Partners (if you are a partnership), (2) Removable from a housing unit members (if you are a limited liability company), which is permanently installed in or members of their households. or upon the covered "auto"; (3) An integral part of the same unit housing any electronic equipment described in Paragraphs (1) and (2)above;or ©2011,The Hartford(Includes copyrighted material Form HA 9916 03 12 of ISO Properties, Inc.,with its permission.) Page 3 of 5 (4) Necessary for the normal If another Hartford Financial Services Group, operation of the covered "auto"or Inc. company policy or coverage form that is not the monitoring of the covered an automobile policy or coverage form applies to "auto's"operating system. the same "accident",the following applies: b.Section III — Version CA 00 01 03 10 of the (1) If the deductible under this Business Auto Business Auto Coverage Form, Physical Coverage Form is the smaller (or smallest) Damage Coverage, Limit of Insurance, deductible, it will be waived; -- Paragraph C.2 and Version CA 00 01 10 01 of (2) If the deductible under this Business Auto the Business Auto Coverage Form, Physical Coverage Form is not the smaller (or Damage Coverage, Limit of Insurance, smallest) deductible, it will be reduced by Paragraph C are each amended to add the the amount of the smaller (or smallest) following: deductible. $1,500 is the most we will pay for"loss" in 12. AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF any one "accident" to all electronic ACCIDENT,CLAIM,SUIT OR LOSS equipment (other than equipment designed solely for the reproduction of sound, and The requirement in LOSS CONDITIONS 2.a. - accessories used with such equipment) DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCtDENT,CLAIM, that reproduces, receives or transmits SUIT OR LOSS - of SECTION IV - BUSINESS audio, visual or data signals which, at the AUTO CONDITIONS that you must notify us of time of"loss", is: an "accident" applies only when the "accident".is known to: a (1) Permanently installed in or.upon the covered "auto" in a housing, (1) You,if you are an individual; opening or other location that is not (2) A partner, if you are a partnership; normally used by the "auto" (3) A member, if you are a limited liability manufacturer for the installation of company; or such equipment; (4) An executive officer or insurance manager, if (2) Removable from a peffnanently you are a corporation. installed housing unit as described 13. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE in Paragraph 2.a. above or is an HAZARDS integral part of that equipment; or (3)An integral part of such equipment. If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards existing at the inception date of your policy, we c.For each covered "auto", should loss be limited will not deny coverage under this Coverage to electronic equipment only, our obligation to Form because of such failure. pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or 14. HIRED AUTO-COVERAGE TERRITORY stolen electronic equipment will be reduced by the applicable deductible shown in the Paragraph e. of GENERAL CONDITIONS 7. - Declarations, or $250, whichever deductible is POLICY PERIOD, COVERAGE TERRITORY - less. of SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO 9. EXTRA EXPENSE - BROADENED CONDITIONS is replaced by the following: COVERAGE e. For short-term hired "autos", the coverage Under Paragraph A. -COVERAGE-of SECTION territory with respect to Liability Coverage is 111 - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, we will anywhere in the worid provided that if the pay for the expense of retuming a stolen covered "insured's" responsibility to pay damages for "auto"to you. "bodily injury" or "property damage" is determined in a"suit,"the"suit" is brought in 10. GLASS REPAIR-WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE the United States of America, the territories Under Paragraph D.-DEDUCTIBLE-of SECTION and possessions of the United States of III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the America, Puerto Rico or Canada or in a !' following is added: settlement we agree to. No deductible applies to glass damage if the 15. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION glass is repaired rather than replaced. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY 11. TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES AGAINST OTHERS TO US - of SECTION IV - Under Paragraph D.-DEDUCTIBLE-of SECTION BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended by III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the adding the following: following is added: ©2011,The Hartford(Includes copyrighted material Form HA 99 16 03 12 of ISO Properties, Inc.,with its permission.) Page 4 of 5 We waive any right of recovery we may have c.Regardless of the number of autos deemed a against any person or organization with whom total loss, the most we will pay under this you have a written contract that requires such Hybrid, Electric, or Natural Gas Vehicle waiver because of payments we make for Payment Coverage provision for any one damages under this Coverage Form. "loss"is $10,000. 16. RESULTANT MENTAL ANGUISH COVERAGE For the purposes of the coverage provision, The definition of "bodily injury" in SECTION V- a.A "non-hybrid" auto is defined as an auto that DEFINITIONS is replaced by the following: uses only an internal combustion engine to "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or move the auto but does not include autos disease sustained by any person, including powered solely by electricity or natural gas. mental anguish or death resulting from any of b.A "hybrid" auto is defined as an auto with an these. internal combustion engine and one or more 17. EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION electric motors; and that uses the internal Paragraph 2. of the COMMON POLICY combustion engine and one or more electric CONDITIONS - CANCELLATION - applies motors to move the auto, or the internal except as follows: combustion engine to charge one or more electric motors, which move the auto. If we cancel for any reason other than 19. VEHICLE WRAP COVERAGE nonpayment of premium, we will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured written notice of In the event of a total loss to an "auto"for which cancellation at least 60 days before the effective Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss, or date of cancellation. Collision coverages are provided under this 18. HYBRID, ELECTRIC, OR NATURAL GAS Coverage Form, then such Physical Damage VEHICLE PAYMENT COVERAGE Coverages are amended to add the following: In addition to the actual cash value of the "auto", In the event of a total loss to a "non-hybrid" auto we will pay up to $1,000 for vinyl vehicle wraps for which Comprehensive, Specified Causes of which are displayed on the covered "auto" at the Loss, or Collision coverages are provided under time of total loss. Regardless of the number of this Coverage Form, then such Physical autos deemed a total loss, the most we will pay Damage Coverages are amended as follows: under this Vehicle Wrap Coverage provision for a.lf the auto is replaced with a "hybrid" auto or any one "loss" is $5,000. For purposes of this an auto powered solely by electricity or natural coverage provision, signs or other graphics gas, we will pay an additional 10%,' to a painted or magnetically affixed to the vehicle are maximum of$2,500, of the "non-hybrid"auto's not considered vehicle wraps. actual cash value or replacement cost, whichever is less, b.The auto must be replaced and a copy of a bill of sale or new lease agreement received by us within 60 calendar days of the date of"loss," ®2011,The Hartford(Includes copyrighted material Form HA 99 16 0312 of ISO Properties, Inc.,with its permission.) Page 5 of 5 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT Policy Number:46WE010501 Endorsement Number: Effective Date: Effective hour is the same as stated on the Information Page of the policy. Named Insured and Address: Imperial construction,Inc. 400 1-20 West,Suite 200 Weatherford,TX 76086 This endorsement applies only to the insurance of the operations described in the Schedule where provided by the policy because Texas is shown in you are required by a written contract to obtain this Item 3.A.of the Information Page. waiver from us. We have the right to recover our payments from This endorsement shall not operate directly or anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy.We indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the will not enforce our right against the person or Schedule. organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver The premium for this endorsement is shown in the applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out Schedule. Schedule 1. ( ) Special Waiver Name of person or organization (X) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s)or organization(s)arising out of the operations described. • 4. Advance Premium: Form WC 42 03 04 B Printed in U.S.A. .. This page has been left blank intentionally. it THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT - CALIFORNIA We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule. The additional premium for this endorsement shall be % of the California workers' compensation premium otherwise due on such remuneration. SCHEDULE Person or Organization Job Description Any Person Or Organization From Whom You Are Required By Written Contract Or Agreement To Obtain This Waiver Of Rights From Us. r. Countersigned by Authorized Representative Form WC 04 03 06 (1) Printed in U.S.A. Process Date: Policy Expiration Date: .. This page has been left blank intentionally. 181MPERCON MOW. DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE 07/07/2016 THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAMED BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST. AGENCY PHONE A/C No Ext 817 336-3030 COMPANY Wortham Insurance&Risk Mgmt. American Zurich Insurance Company 1600 West Seventh Street 1400 American Lane f Fort Worth,TX 76102-2505 Schaumburg,IL 60196-1056 FAX(A/C,No:817 336-6257 ADDRIESS: CODE: SUB CODE: AGENCY $7822 CUSTOMERID INSURED Imperial Construction Inc. LOAN NUMBER POLICYNUMBER 400 1-20 West,Suite 200 EC07196167 Weatherford,TX 76086 EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE CONTINUED UNTIL 10/03/15 10/03/16 TERMINATED IF CHECKED THIS REPLACES PRIOR EVIDENCE DATED: PROPERTY INFORMATION LOCATION/DESCRIPTION Location#1 Various Locations in the Contiguos United States except where XL Various,04 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. COVERAGE INFORMATION COVERAGE/PERILS/FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Builders Risk Coverage Information Open Reporting-Any One Structure-Frame&Joisted Masonry $10,000,000 Open Reporting-Any One Structure-Non-Combustible Or Better $30,000,000 Special $5,000 4 Windstorm Or Hail Deductible-3% $50,000 Softcosts-30 Day Period Deductible $250,000 Flood Coverage $10,000,000 $50,000 Earthquake Coverage $10,000,000 $50,000 (See Attached Coverage Info.) REMARKS(Including Special Conditions) Builders Risk And Installation Coverage Form-40660 04/09 RE:City Project #CO2422 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound,222 Daggett Avenue,Fort Worth TX PMD2014-05 CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAME AND ADDRESS MORTGAGEE ADDITIONAL INSURED City of Fort worth -d LO PAY ___H __.. 1000 Throckmorton Street LOAN# Fort Worth TX 76102 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE .--°o�ot, .Av-AM a ffi+,emu /.P- ACORD 27(2009/12) 1 of 2 S61622 C 1993-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 18TXA COVERAGE INFORMATION (Continued from page 1.) COVERAGEIPERILS/FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Transit $250,000 Temporary Location $250,000 SAGITTA 27.3(12109)2 of 2 S61622 ii3TXA Builders Risk And Installation Coverage Form ZURICH Various provisions in this policy restrict coverage. Read the entire policy carefully to determine rights, duties and what is and is not covered. Throughout this policy, the words "you" and "your' refer to the Named Insured shown in the Declarations. The words "we", "us"and"our"refer to the Company providing this insurance. Words and phrases that appear in quotation marks have special meaning. Refer to Section F. DEFINITIONS. Coverage provided by Coverage Form is also subject to all Conditions in the Common Policy Conditions and Commercial Inland Marine Conditions forms. A. COVERAGE We will pay for direct physical loss or damage to Covered Property caused by or resulting from a Covered Cause of Loss described in this Coverage Form. 1. Covered Property, as used in this Coverage Form, means the following types of property: a. All property, including but not limited to materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, fixtures and other property of similar nature, designated to be a permanent part or which has become a permanent part of the fabrication, erection, installation, alteration or completion of the project while at the "project site" described in the Declarations. These items are Covered Property whether the property is owned by you or is property of others for which you are responsible. Such property is covered from the time the property is at your risk and while: (1) At the"project site"; (2) In transit; or (3) At any location on a temporary basis. b. Foundations, excavations and other underground property of buildings or structures in the course of construction at the"project site": and c. Temporary structures, including office trailers, tool trailers, fencing, but not including construction forms and scaffolding, at the"project site". 2. Property Not Covered MW Covered Property does not include: a. Contractor's equipment, tools, machinery, equipment and property of similar nature not designated to be a permanent part of the project at the"project site'; �- b. Existing buildings or structures to which additions, alterations, improvements or repairs are being made, unless specifically indicated in the Declarations; c. Property in storage or in transit not specifically designated to the "project site" covered by this Coverage Form; d. Motorized land vehicles,watercraft(including its motors, equipment and accessories)and aircraft; e. Contraband or property in the course of illegal transportation or trade; f. "Money"and "securities'; g. Outdoor trees, shrubs, plants and lawns, except as provided in Paragraph A.4.Additional Coverages; or h. Land or water. 3. Covered Causes Of Loss Covered Causes of Loss means risk of direct physical loss or damage unless the loss or damage is otherwise excluded or limited in this Coverage Form. 40660(04-09) Page 1 of 8 '^ Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. 4. Additional Coverages No Deductible applies to these Additional Coverages unless specifically stated below. .. a. Construction Forms And Scaffolding (1) We will pay for direct physical loss or damage to construction forms and scaffolding used by you at the "project site"if the loss or damage is caused by or results from a Covered Cause of Loss. (2) We will pay for the cost of reassembling construction forms or re-erecting scaffolding used by you at the "project site" if the loss or damage to the forms or scaffolding is caused by or results from a Covered Cause of Loss. The most we will pay under this Additional Coverage is the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Construction Forms And Scaffolding. - b. Valuable Papers and Records We will pay for direct physical loss or damage to"valuable papers and records" caused by or resulting from a Covered Cause of Loss. The value will be based on the blank materials for reproducing the records and labor to transcribe or copy the records when there is a duplicate. When there is no duplicate, we will pay the costs to research, replace, restore or reproduce the lost information on lost or damaged"valuable papers and records". The most we will pay under this Additional Coverage is the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Valuable Papers And Records. c. Outdoor Trees,Shrubs, Plants And Lawns We will pay for direct physical loss or damage to outdoor trees, shrubs, plants and lawns if the loss or damage is caused by or results from a Covered Cause of Loss. The most we will pay under this Additional Coverage is the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Outdoor Trees, Shrubs, Plants And Lawns. d. Debris Removal We will pay your expenses to remove debris of Covered Property caused by or resulting from a Covered Cause of Loss that occurs during the policy period. The expenses will be paid only if they are reported to us in writing within 180 days of the date of direct physical loss or damage. The most we will pay under this Additional Coverage is 50%of: (1) The amount we pay for the direct physical loss or damage to Covered Property; plus (2) The deductible in this policy applicable to that loss or damage; not to exceed the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Debris Removal. This Additional Coverage does not apply to costs to extract "pollutants" from land or water or to remove, restore or replace polluted land or water. e. Pollutant Clean-Up And Removal We will pay your expenses to extract "pollutants" from land or water at the "project site" if the discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape of the "pollutants" is caused by or results from a Covered Cause of Loss that occurs during the policy period. The expenses will be paid only if they are reported to us in writing within 180 days of the date on which the Covered Cause of Loss occurs. This Additional Coverage does not apply to costs to test for, monitor or assess the existence, concentration or effects of"pollutants". But we will pay for testing performed in the course of extracting the "pollutants" from the land or water. The most we will pay at each "project site" under this Additional Coverage is the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Pollutant Clean-Up And Removal for the sum of all such expenses arising out of Covered Causes of Loss occurring during each separate 12 month period of this policy. f. Fire Department Service Charge 40660(04-09) Page 2 of 8 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. When the fire department is called to save or protect Covered Property from a Covered Cause of Loss, we will pay for your liability for the fire department service charges: (1) Assumed by contract or agreement prior to loss; or (2) Required by local ordinance or law. The most we will pay under this Additional Coverage is the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Fire Department Service Charge. g. Cost To Refill Fire Protection Devices We will pay the cost to refill fire protection devices which are discharged as a result of a Covered Cause of Loss. This Additional Coverage does not apply to periodic recharge or refilling. The most we will pay at each "project site" under this Additional Coverage is the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Cost To Refill Fire Protective Devices. h. Preservation Of Property If it is necessary to move Covered Property from a "project site" described in the Declarations to preserve it from loss or damage by a Covered Cause of Loss, we will pay for any direct physical loss of or damage to that property: (1) While it is being moved or while temporarily stored at another location; and (2) Only if the loss or damage occurs within 30 days after the property is first moved. This Additional Coverage is part of, and not in addition to, the Limit of Insurance applicable to the Covered .. Property. i. Reward At our option, we may reimburse you for rewards you pay, other than to you, your partners or officers, for information leading to the conviction of any one or more persons responsible for loss or damage covered under this Coverage Form. We will be the sole judge as to the payment and amount of the reimbursement. The most we will pay under this Additional Coverage is the amount shown in the Supplemental Declarations for Rewards. B. EXCLUSIONS 1. We will not pay for loss or damage caused directly or indirectly by or resulting from any of the following. Such loss or damage is excluded regardless of any other cause or event that contributes concurrently or in any sequence to the loss. y a. Governmental Action Seizure or destruction of property by order of governmental authority. But we will pay for loss or damage caused by or resulting from acts of destruction ordered by governmental authority and taken at the time of a fire to prevent its spread, if the fire would be covered under this Coverage Form. b. Nuclear Hazard Nuclear reaction or radiation, or radioactive contamination, however caused. But if nuclear reaction or radiation, or radioactive contamination, results in fire, we will pay for the loss or damage caused by that fire. c. War And Military Action (1) War, including undeclared or civil war; (2) Warlike action by a military force including action in hindering or defending against an actual or expected attack by any government, sovereign or other authority using military personnel or other agents; or (3) Insurrection, rebellion, revolution, usurped power or action taken by governmental authority in hindering or defending against any of these. d. Earth Movement 40660(04-09) Page 3 of 8 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. (1) Any earth movement(other than "sinkhole collapse"), such as an earthquake, landslide, mine subsidence or earth sinking, rising or shifting. But if earth movement results in fire or explosion, we will pay for the loss or damage caused by that fire or explosion. (2) Volcanic eruption, explosion or effusion. But if volcanic eruption, explosion or effusion results in fire, building glass breakage or "volcanic action", we will pay for the loss or damage caused by fire, building glass breakage or"volcanic action". All volcanic eruptions that occur within any 168-hour period will constitute a single volcanic eruption. The expiration of this policy will not reduce the 168-hour period. This exclusion does not apply to property in transit. e. Flood (1) Flood, surface water, waves, tides, tidal waves, overflow of any body of water, or their spray, all whether driven by wind or not; (2) Mudslide or mud flow. But if flood, as described in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, results in fire, explosion or sprinkler leakage, we will pay for the loss or damage caused by that fire,explosion or sprinkler leakage. This exclusion does not apply to property in transit. f. Ordinance Or Law The enforcement of any ordinance or law: (1) Regulating the construction, use or repair of any property; or (2) Requiring the tearing down of any property, including the cost of removing its debris. This exclusion, Ordinance or Law, applies whether the loss or damage results from: (1) An ordinance or law that is enforced even if the property has not been damaged; or (2) The increased costs incurred to comply with ordinance or law in the course of construction, repair, renovation, remodeling or demolition of property, or removal of its debris, following a physical loss to that property. 2. We will not pay for loss or damage caused directly or indirectly by or resulting from any of the following: a. Delay, loss of use, loss of contract, loss of market or any other"consequential loss'; b. Dishonest or criminal acts by you, any of your partners, "employees", directors, trustees, authorized representatives or anyone to whom you entrusted the property for any purpose: (1) Acting alone or in collusion with others; or (2) Whether or not occurring during the hours of employment. This exclusion does not apply to: (1) Acts of destruction by your"employees", except theft by"employees"is not covered; or .. (2) Acts committed by carriers for hire or anyone claiming to be a carrier for hire; c. Unexplained disappearance; d. Shortage found upon taking inventory; e. Rain, snow, ice or sleet, all whether or not driven by wind, unless Covered Property at the time of loss or damage was located within a fully enclosed structure, and then only for such loss or damage that is caused by a Covered Cause of Loss or not otherwise excluded. But we will pay for direct loss or damage to Covered Property due to collapse of a building or structure caused by weight of rain, snow, ice or sleet; f. Penalties for noncompliance of, or delay in completion of, any contract or failure to comply with contract conditions; 40660(04-09) Page 4 of 8 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. g. Water, other liquids, powder or molten material that leaks or flows from plumbing, heating, air conditioning or other equipment(except fire protective systems)caused by or resulting from freezing, unless: (1) You do your best to maintain heat in the building or structure; or (2) You drain the equipment and shut off the supply if the heat is not maintained; h. Discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape of "pollutants" unless the discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape is itself caused by any of the "specified causes of loss". But if the discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape of "pollutants" results in a "specified causes of loss",we will pay for the loss or damage caused by the"specified cause of loss": or 1. Testing, start-up, commissioning, examination or trial of Covered Property such as boilers, ovens, stoves, turbines, pumps, process equipment or equipment of a similar nature to prove their ability or function. This includes any form of testing making use of feedstock, including operational tests, performance tests, or other w* tests performed in conjunction with such testing. This exclusion does not apply to "electrical testing", "mechanical testing", "pneumatic testing" or "hydrostatic testing" used in the start-up and testing of building systems that are intended to service a building. 3. We will not pay for loss or damage caused directly or indirectly by or resulting from any of the following. But if an excluded cause of loss that is listed in 3.a.through 3.d. below results in a Covered Cause of Loss, we will pay for the loss or damage caused by that Covered Cause of Loss. a. Weather conditions. But this exclusion only applies if weather conditions contribute in any way with a cause or event excluded in paragraph B.I.to produce the loss or damage. b. Acts or decisions, including the failure to act or decide, of any person, group, organization or a governmental body. c. Faulty, inadequate or defective: (1) Planning, zoning, development, surveying, siting; (2) Design, specifications, workmanship, repair, construction, renovation, remodeling, grading, compaction; (3) Materials used in repair, construction, renovation or remodeling; or (4) Maintenance of all or part of any property wherever located. d. Wear and tear; marring; scratching; gradual deterioration; rust; corrosion; dampness; changes in or extremes of temperature; nesting or infestation, or discharge or release of waste products or secretions, by insects, birds, rodents or other animals; settling, cracking, shrinking or expansion of walls, sidewalks, driveways, patios,floors or ceilings. C. LIMITS OF INSURANCE The most we will pay for loss or damage in any one occurrence is the applicable Limit of Insurance for each coverage shown in the Declarations. D. DEDUCTIBLE We will not pay for loss or damage in any one occurrence until the amount of loss or damage exceeds the applicable Deductible shown in the Declarations. We will then pay the amount of loss or damage in excess of the Deductible, up to the applicable Limit of Insurance. E. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS The following conditions apply in addition to the Commercial Inland Marine Conditions and the Common Policy Conditions. 1. Coverage Territory We will cover property wherever located within the United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada. 2. When Coverage Begins And Ends 40660(04-09) Page 5 of 8 a� Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. We will cover from the time the Covered Property is at risk starting on or after the time this coverage begins, but we will not provide coverage after the earliest of the following: a. After the owner or buyer accepts the property; b. When your interest ceases; c. When you abandon the"project site"with no intention to complete it; Iff d. When the policy expires or is canceled; e. Beyond 90 days after the completion of the project at the"project site'; or f. When the Builders Risk Coverage is specified in the Policy Declarations, 60 days after the property is occupied in whole or in part, or put to its intended use. If there are multiple "project sites" or structures, the termination of coverage will apply separately to each "project site"or structure. 3. Impairment Of Recovery Rights If any act or agreement of yours after loss impairs your right to recover from others, we will not cover the loss or damage, nor will we cover any loss or damage which you settle or compromise without our written consent. 4. Liberalization Clause If we adopt any revision that would broaden the coverage under this Coverage Form without additional premium within 60 days prior to or during the policy period, the broadened coverage will immediately apply to this Coverage Form. 5. Mortgage Holders a. The term mortgage holders includes trustee. b. We will pay for covered loss or damage to buildings or structures to each mortgage holder shown in the Declarations in their order of precedence, as interests may appear. c. The mortgage holder has the right to receive loss payment even if the mortgage holder has started foreclosure or similar action on a building or structure insured under this policy. d. If we deny your claim because of your acts or because you have failed to comply with the terms of this Coverage Form, the mortgage holder will still have the right to receive loss payment if the mortgage holder: (1) Pays the premium due under this Coverage Form at our request if you have failed to do so; (2) Submits a signed, swom proof of loss within 60 days after receiving notice from us of your failure to do so; and (3) Has notified us of any change in ownership, occupancy or substantial change in the risk known to the mortgage holder. All of the terms of this Coverage Form will then apply directly to the mortgage holder. e. If we pay the mortgage holder for any loss or damage and deny payment to you because of your acts or because you have failed to comply with the terms of this Coverage Form: (1) The mortgage holder's rights under the mortgage will be transferred to us to the extent of the amount we pay; and (2) The mortgage holder's right to recover the full amount of the mortgage holder's claim will not be impaired. At our option, we may pay to the mortgage holder the whole principal on the mortgage plus any accrued interest. In this event, your mortgage and note will be transferred to us and you will pay your remaining mortgage debt to us. f. If we cancel this Policy, we will give written notice to the mortgage holder at least: (1) 10 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for your nonpayment of premium; or :.- (2) 30 days before the effective date of the cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. 40660(04-09) Page 6 of 8 ;; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. g. If we do not renew this policy, we will give written notice to the mortgage holder at least 10 days before the expiration date of this policy. 6. Interest Of Subcontractors, Sub-Subcontractors And Suppliers We cover the interest which your subcontractors, your sub-subcontractors and your suppliers have in the Covered Property, but only while such property is situated at the "project site" of the insured. This condition does not �. impair any right of subrogation we would otherwise have. F. DEFINITIONS 1. "Consequential loss" means a loss which arises out of direct damage to property. This includes, but is not limited to, loss of business income and loss of rents. 2. "Employee"means any natural person: a. While in your service and for 30 days after termination of service; and b. Whom you compensate directly by salary,wages or commissions; and c. Whom you have the right to direct and control while performing services for you; or d. Employed by an employment contractor while that person is subject to your direction and control and performing services for you, excluding, however, any such person while having care and custody of property outside the premises. "Employee"does not mean any: a. Agent, broker, factor, commission merchant, consignees, independent contractor or representative of the same general character; or b. Director or trustee except while performing acts coming within the scope of the usual duties of an "employee". 3. "Electrical testing" means the testing of systems that are operated by electricity, excluding service equipment and service conductors, electrical systems greater than 600 volts nominal and electrical systems that are greater than single phase. 4. "Hydrostatic testing" means testing through the use of water or other fluids, which are processed through the machinery or system being tested. 5. "Mechanical testing" means testing of moving parts of equipment and components, which are part of the buildings or structures insured, by operation of such equipment or components. 6. "Money" means: a. Currency, coins and bank notes in current use and having a face value; and b. Traveler checks, registered or certified checks and money orders held for sale to the public. 7. "Operations"means the type of your business activities occurring at the"project site". 8. `Pneumatic testing" means testing through the use of compressed air or other gas to fill test cavities which is processed through the machinery or system being tested. 9. "Pollutants" means any solid, liquid, gaseous or thermal irritant or contaminant, including smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and waste. Waste includes materials to be recycled, reconditioned or reclaimed. 10. 'Project site" means one or more premises described in the Declarations where the Covered Property will be permanently located at the completion of the construction, installation or erection of the Covered Property. 11. "Securities" means negotiable and non-negotiable instruments or contracts representing either "money" or other property and includes: a. Tokens,tickets, revenue and other stamps or unused value(whether represented by actual stamps or unused value in a meter)in current use; and b. Evidences of debt issued in connection with credit or charge cards, which cards are not issued by you; But"securities"does not include"money". 40660(04-09) Page 7 of 8 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.with its permission. 12. "Sinkhole collapse" means sudden sinking or collapse of the land into underground empty space created by the action of water on limestone or similar rock formations. "Sinkhole collapse" does not include the cost of filling sinkholes or the collapse of land into manmade underground cavities. 13. "Specified causes of loss"means: a. Fire; b. Lightning; c. Explosion; d. Windstorm or hail; e. Aircraft or vehicles; f. Riot or civil commotion; g. Vandalism; h. Leakage from fire extinguishing equipment; i. "Sinkhole collapse"; j. "Volcanic action"; k. Falling objects, which does not include loss or damage to: (1) Personal property in the open; (2) The interior of a building or structure, or property inside a building or structure, unless the roof or an outside wall of the building or structure is first damaged by a failing object; I. Weight of snow, ice or sleet; or .� m. Water damage, meaning accidental discharge or leakage of water or stream as the direct result of the breakage apart or cracking of any part of a system or appliance containing water or steam. 14. "Valuable papers and records" means inscribed, printed or written documents, manuscripts or records, including abstracts, books, deeds, drawings, films, maps or mortgages. However, "valuable papers and records" does not mean: a. "Money'or"securities'; b. Converted data; c. Programs or instructions used in your data processing operation, including the materials on which the data is recorded. 15. "Volcanic action" means direct loss or damage resulting from the eruption of a volcano when the loss or damage is caused by: r a. Airborne volcanic blast or airborne shock waves; b. Ash, dust or particulate matter; or c. Lava flow. "Volcanic action" does not include the cost to remove ash, dust, particulate matter that does not cause direct physical loss or damage to the"project site". 40660(04-09) Page 8 of 8 �* Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. w CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW �- Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project, Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound located at 2222 Dauett Avenue,Fort Worth, Texas PMD2014-05 City Project# CO2422. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: By: 1'�iJ� &r" 'CQAI Company �' *�,� (Pleas n 4 (ICJ w �� D , �(U;�c 2.CACJ Signature: Address (4. NrU( - o D 1 Title: V LLP, `1 City/State/Zip (Please Print) THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared ! known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of 24Vaft6CJ Sn�,.c,��Jn _ .�/�C.• for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this %"-day of , 2016. HOLLY DONALDSON Notary Public,State of Texas My Commission Expires "'' oF;�•• March 23, 2019 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 26 of 27 Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016 A� — 4'--0" I 2'-0" �2'--O CENTERLINE OF 'r SIGN, LOGO & TEXT INFORMATION _ FLORT ORTH@ Project Title _ o Architect: Architect's Name Contractor: Contractor's Name FUNDED BY (List Bond Fund, etc.) SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE YEAR a SIGN COLOR & FONT: BACKGROUND - WHITE BORDER - 5/16"WIDE, 3"RADIUS CORNERS, PMS 288 (BLUE) _ TEXT - HELVETICA or ARIAL, PMS 288 (BLUE) FORT WORTH LOGO COLORS & FONT: FORT WORTH - PMS 288 (BLUE), CHELTENHAM BOLD LONGHORN LOGO - PMS 725 (BROWN) _ PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN _ Instruction to Offerors—Imperial CC Page 27 of 27 — Municipal Vehicle Maintenance Facility at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Compound June 2016